Cover U DV4100 14101513564522

User Manual: DV4100

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 143

DownloadCover-U DV4100 14101513564522
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Service
Manual

DV4100/A1B, /N1B, /S1G, /U1B
DVD Player

DVD PLAYER DV4100
PLAY
STANDBY

SOUND

ON/OFF

POWER

OPEN/CLOSE

PAUSE

STOP

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
2.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ............................................................................... 1
CONNECTION FACILITIES .................................................................................... 3

3.
4.

INFORMATIONS ..................................................................................................... 4
SERVICING HINT ................................................................................................... 5

5.
6.
7.

WARNING AND LASER SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ............................................... 6
SERVICE HINTS .................................................................................................... 8
BLOCK DIAGRAM .................................................................................................. 9

8.
9.

WIRING DIAGRAM ............................................................................................... 13
DISMANTLING INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................... 15

10.
11.

EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST ................................................................... 17
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AND PARTS LOCATION ............................................... 21

12.
13.

TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................................................................... 47
DIAGNOSTIC SOFWARE : SCRIPT INTERFACES ............................................. 53

14.
15.

INTERACTIVE TESTS .......................................................................................... 55
TEST INSTRUCTIONS DISPLAY BOARD ........................................................... 62

16.
17.

CURRENT MODE POWER SUPPLY 20PS203 ................................................... 64
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS .............................................. 68

18.

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ................................................................................... 70

DV4100

Please use this service manual with referring to the user guide (D.F.U) without fail.

DV4100
Printed in Japan

302W855010 AO
3120 785 22440
First Issue:2000.11

MARANTZ DESIGN AND SERVICE

Using superior design and selected high grade components, MARANTZ company has created the ultimate in stereo sound.
Only original MARANTZ parts can insure that your MARANTZ product will continue to perform to the specifications for which
it is famous.
Parts for your MARANTZ equipment are generally available to our National Marantz Subsidiary or Agent.

ORDERING PARTS :
Parts can be ordered either by mail or by Fax.. In both cases, the correct part number has to be specified.
The following information must be supplied to eliminate delays in processing your order :
1. Complete address
2. Complete part numbers and quantities required
3. Description of parts
4. Model number for which part is required
5. Way of shipment
6. Signature : any order form or Fax. must be signed, otherwise such part order will be considered as null and void.

USA

EUROPE / TRADING

AMERICAS
SUPERSCOPE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
MARANTZ PROFESSIONAL PRODUCTS
2640 WHITE OAK CIRCLE, SUITE A
AURORA, ILLINOIS 60504 USA
PHONE : 630 - 820 - 4800
FAX
: 630 - 820 - 8103

AUSTRALIA
QualiFi Pty Ltd,
24 LIONEL ROAD,
MT. WAVERLEY VIC 3149
AUSTRALIA
PHONE : +61 - (0)3 - 9543 - 1522
FAX
: +61 - (0)3 - 9543 - 3677

NEW ZEALAND
WILDASH AUDIO SYSTEMS NZ
14 MALVERN ROAD MT ALBERT
AUCKLAND NEW ZEALAND
PHONE : +64 - 9 - 8451958
FAX
: +64 - 9 - 8463554

BRAZIL

MARANTZ EUROPE B.V.
P.O.BOX 80002, BUILDING SFF2
5600 JB EINDHOVEN
THE NETHERLANDS
PHONE : +31 - 40 - 2732241
FAX
: +31 - 40 - 2735578

MARANTZ AMERICA, INC.
INC
440 MEDINAH ROAD
ROSELLE, ILLINOIS 60172
USA
PHONE : 630 - 307 - 3100
FAX
: 630 - 307 - 2687

AUSTRALIA
TECHNICAL AUDIO GROUP PTY, LTD
558 DARLING STREET,
BALMAIN, NSW 2041,
AUSTRALIA
PHONE : 61 - 2 - 9810 - 5300
FAX
: 61 - 2 - 9810 - 5355

THAILAND
MRZ STANDARD CO.,LTD
746 - 754 MAHACHAI ROAD.,
WANGBURAPAPIROM, PHRANAKORN,
BANGKOK, 10200 THAILAND
PHONE : +66 - 2 - 222 9181
FAX
: +66 - 2 - 224 6795

TAIWAN
PAI- YUING CO., LTD.
6 TH FL NO, 148 SUNG KIANG ROAD,
TAIPEI, 10429, TAIWAN R.O.C.
PHONE : +886 - 2 - 25221304
FAX
: +886 - 2 - 25630415

JAPAN Technical
MARANTZ JAPAN, INC.
35- 1, 7- CHOME, SAGAMIONO
SAGAMIHARA - SHI, KANAGAWA
JAPAN 228-8505
PHONE : +81 42 748 1013
FAX
: +81 42 741 9190

PHILIPS DA AMAZONIA IND. ELET. ITDA
CENTRO DE INFORMACOES AO
CEP 04698-970
SAO PAULO, SP, BRAZIL
PHONE : 0800 - 123123(Discagem Direta Gratuita)
FAX
: +55 11 534. 8988

CANADA
LENBROOK INDUSTRIES LIMITED
633 GRANITE COURT,
PICKERING, ONTARIO L1W 3K1
CANADA
PHONE : 905 - 831 - 6333
FAX
: 905 - 831 - 6936

SINGAPORE
WO KEE HONG DISTRIBUTION PTE LTD
130 JOO SENG ROAD
#03-02 OLIVINE BUILDING
SINGAPORE 368357
PHONE : +65 858 5535 / +65 381 8621
FAX
: +65 858 6078

MALAYSIA
WO KEE HONG ELECTRONICS SDN. BHD.
SUITE 8.1, LEVEL 8, MENARA GENESIS,
NO. 33, JALAN SULTAN ISMAIL,
50250 KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA
PHONE : +60 3 - 2457677
FAX
: +60 3 - 2458180

KOREA
MK ENTERPRISES LTD.
ROOM 604/605, ELECTRO-OFFICETEL, 16-58,
3GA, HANGANG-RO, YONGSAN-KU, SEOUL
KOREA
PHONE : +822 - 3232 - 155
FAX
: +822 - 3232 - 154

SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST :
CAUTION : After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between either primary AC
cord connector pins ( with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON ), and the face or Front Panel of product and
controls and chassis bottom.
Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC power is applied, and
verified before it is return to the user/customer.
Ref. UL Standard No. 1492.

In case of difficulties, do not hesitate to contact the Technical
Department at above mentioned address.
001120 A.O

1. TECHHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (/N1B)
PLAYBACK SYSTEM
DVD-Video
Video CD
CD (CD-R and CD-RW)

CONNECTIONS
SCART
S-Video Output
Video Output
Audio L+R output
Digital Output

OPTICAL READOUT SYSTEM
Lasertype
Semiconductor AlGaAs
Numerical Aperture
0.60 (DVD)
0.45 (VCD/CD)
Wavelength
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
DVD DISC FORMAT
Medium
Diameter
Playing time
(12cm)

TV STANDARD
Number of lines
Playback
VIDEO FORMAT
DA Converter
Signal handling
Digital Compression

Optical Disc
12cm (8cm)
One layer
Dual layer
Two side
Single layer
Two side
Dual layer
EUROPE
(PAL/50Hz)
625
Multistandard

CABINET
Dimensions(w x h x d)
Weight

2.15 h*
4 h*
4.30 h*
8 h*

USA
(NTSC/60Hz)
525
(PAL/NTSC)

10 bits
Components
MPEG2 for DVD,
MPEG1 for VCD

DVD
Horiz. Resolutio
Vertical Resolution

720 pixels**
576 lines

720 pixels**
480 lines

VCD
Horiz. Resolution
Vertical Resolution

352 pixels
288 lines

352 pixels
240 lines

VIDEO PERFORMANCE
Video output
1 Vpp into 75 ohm
S-Video output
Y: 1 Vpp into 75 ohm
C: 0.3 Vpp into 75 ohm
RGB output
1 Vpp into 75 ohm
Black Level Shift
On/Off
Video Shift
Left/Right
AUDIO FORMAT
Digital

MPEG
DTS/AC-3
PCM

Compressed Digital
16, 20, 24 bits
fs, 44.1, 48, 96 kHz

Analog Sound Stereo
Dolby Pro Logic downmix from AC-3 multi-channel sound
3D Sound for virtual 5.1 channel sound on 2 speakers
AUDIO PERFORMANCE
DA Converter
24 bits
DVD
fs 96 kHz
fs 48 kHz
Video CD
fs 48 kHz
CD
fs 44.1 kHz
Signal-Noise (1kHz)
Dynamic Range (1kHz)
Crosstalk (1kHz)
Distortion and Noise (1kHz)

4 Hz - 22kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 20 kHz
95 dB
90 dB
110 dB
85 dB

Euroconnector 2x
Mini DIN, 4 pins
Cinch (yellow)
Cinch (white/red)
1 coaxial, 1 optical
IEC958 for CDDA / LPCM
IEC1937 for MPEG1/2,
AC-3 and DTS
440 x 92 x 305 mm
Approx. 3.8 Kg

PACKAGE CONTENTS
DVD-Video Player
Remote Control & Batteries
AC Power cable
User Manual
SCART cable (Euroconnector)
Audio/Video cable
GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY
Stop / Play / Pause
Fast Forward / Backward
Time search
Step Forward / Backward
Slow
Title / Chapter / Track Select
Skip Next / Skip Previous
Repeat (Chapter / Title / All) or (Track / All)
A-B Repeat
Shuffle
Enhanced ease of use graphical interface
Perfect Still with digital multi-tap filter
Zoom (x1.33, x2, x4) with picture enhancement
3D Sound
Virtual jog shuttle
Audio and video bit rate indicator (only available in certain countries)
DVD FUNCTIONALITY
Multi-angle Selection
Audio Selection (1 out of max. 8 languages)
Subtitles Selection (1 out of max. 32 languages)
Aspect Ratio conversion (16:9, 4:3 Letterbox, 4:3 Pan Scan)
Parental Control and Disk Lock
Disc Menu support (Title Menu and Root Menu)
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Titles/chapters with Favorite Selection
VIDEO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Playback Control for VCD 2.0 discs
Parental Control and Disc lock
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Tracks with Favorite Selection
AUDIO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Time Display (Total / Track )
Full audio functionality with remote control
Programming with Favorite Track Selection

*

typical playing time for movie with 2 spoken languages and 3 subtitle languages.

** equivalent to 500 lines on your TV

Specifications subject to change without prior notice

1

(/A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
CONNECTIONS
S-Video Output
Component Video

PLAYBACK SYSTEM
DVD-Video
Video CD
CD (CD-R and CD-RW)
OPTICAL READOUT SYSTEM
Lasertype
Semiconductor AlGaAs
Numerical Aperture
0.60 (DVD)
0.45 (VCD/CD)
Wavelength
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
DVD DISC FORMAT
Medium
Diameter
Playing time
(12cm)

TV STANDARD
Number of lines
Playback
VIDEO FORMAT
DA Converter
Signal handling
Digital Compression

Optical Disc
12cm (8cm)
One layer
Dual layer
Two side
Single layer
Two side
Dual layer

8 h*

EUROPE
(PAL/50Hz)
625
Multistandard

USA
(NTSC/60Hz)
525
(PAL/NTSC)

10 bits
Components
MPEG2 for DVD,
MPEG1 for VCD

DVD
Horiz. Resolution
Vertical Resolution

720 pixels*
576 line

VCD
Horiz. Resolution
Vertical Resolution

352 pixel
288 line

VIDEO PERFORMANCE
Video output
S-Video output

2.15 h*
4 h*
4.30 h*

720 pixels**
480 lines

352 pixels
240 lines

Y
CR
CB
Black Level Shift
Video Shift

1 Vpp into 75 ohm
Y: 1 Vpp into 75 ohm
C: 0.3 Vpp into 75 ohm
1 Vpp into 75 ohm
0.7 Vpp into 75 ohm
0.7 Vpp into 75 ohm
On/Off
Left/Right

AUDIO FORMAT
Digital

MPEG
DTS/AC-3
PCM

Compressed

16, 20, 24 bits
fs, 48, 96 kHz

Analog Sound Stereo
Dolby Pro Logic downmix from AC-3 multi-channel sound
3D Sound for virtual 5.1 channel sound on 2 speakers

Video Output
Audio L+R output
Digital Output

CABINET
Dimensions (w x h x d)
Weight

Mini DIN, 4 pins
Y Cinch (green)
U (CR) Cinch (blue)
V (CB) Cinch (red)
Cinch (yellow) 2x
Cinch (white/red) 2x
1 coaxial, 1 optical
IEC958 for CDDA / LPCM
IEC1937 for MPEG1/2,
AC-3 and DTS
440 x 92 x 305mm
Approx. 3.8 Kg

PACKAGE CONTENTS
DVD-Video Player
Remote Control & Batteries
AC power cord
User Manual
Audio/Video cord
GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY
Stop / Play / Pause
Fast Forward / Backward
Time search
Step Forward / Backward
Title / Chapter / Track Select
Skip Next / Skip Previous
Repeat (Chapter / Title / All) or (Track / All)
A-B Repeat
Shuffle
Enhanced ease of use graphical interface
Perfect Still with digital multi-tap filter
Zoom (x1.33 x2. x4) with picture enhancement
3D Sound
Virtual Jog Shuttle
Audio and video bit rate indicator (only available in certain countries)
DVD FUNCTIONALITY
Multi-angle Selection
Audio Selection (1 out of max. 8 languages)
Subtitles Selection (1 out of max. 32 languages)
Aspect Ratio conversion (16:9, 4:3 Letterbox, 4:3 Pan Scan)
Parental Control and Disk Lock
Disc Menu support (Title Menu and Root Menu)
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Titles/chapters with Favorite Selection
VIDEO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Playback Control for VCD 2.0 discs
Parental Control and Disc lock
Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby
Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.)
Programming Tracks with Favorite Selection
AUDIO CD FUNCTIONALITY
Time Display (Total / Track )
Full audio functionality with remote control
Programming with Favorite Track Selection

AUDIO PERFORMANCE
DA Converter
DVD

24 bits
fs 96 kHz
fs 48 kHz
Video CD
fs 48 kHz
CD
fs 44.1 kHz
Signal-Noise (1kHz)
Dynamic Range (1kHz)
Crosstalk (1kHz)
Distortion and Noise (1kHz)

4 Hz - 44 kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 22 kHz
4 Hz - 20 kHz
95 dB
90 dB
110 dB
85 dB

* typical playing time for movie with 2 spoken languages and 3 subtitle languages.
** equivalent to 500 lines on your TV

Specifications subject to change without prior notice

2

2. CONNECTION FACILITIES
SCART (/N1B versions only)
Full according PQR3 IMS
Connector implementation according EN50049-1; color = black; dual SCART
Fully according to prEN1057-2-1
Signal switching is P50 controlled; supported features of mode 3 see survey of applicable standards.

2-1 Video performance (/N1B only)

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19
21

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

2-1-1 SCART II (connected to TV)

SCART I (connected to AUX)

Pin signals:
1 Output
2 Input
3 Output
4
5
6 Input
7 Bi-dir
8 Output

Pin signals:
1 Output
2 Input
3 Output
4
5
6 Input
7 Bi-dir
8 Input
9
10 Bi-dir
11 Input
12
13
14
15 Input
16 Input
17
18
19
20 Input
21

9
10
11 Output
12
13
14
15 Output
16 Output
17
18
19 Output
20 Input
21

Audio R
1.8V RMS
Audio R
Audio L
1.8V RMS
Audio GND
Blue/Chroma GND
Audio L
Blue out/Chroma in 0.7pp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
Function switch
2V = TV
4.5V / 7V = asp. ratio 16:9 DVD
9.5V / 12V = asp. ratio 4:3 DVD
Green GND
Bi-dir P50 control
Green
0.7Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
not connected
Red/Chroma GND
fast switch GND
Red out/Chroma out 0.7Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
+/-3dB 0.3Vpp in case of Chroma
fast switch RGB
1V / 3V into 75 Ohm = RGB
/CVBS or Y
0.4V into 75 Ohm = CVBS
Y/CVBS GND
fast switching GND
CVBS/Y/RGB sync 1Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*)
CVBS/Y
Shield

Audio R
1.8V RMS
Audio R
Audio L
1.8V RMS
Audio GND
Blue/Chroma GND
Audio L
Blue in/Chroma out +/-3dB 0.3Vpp Chroma
Function switch
Green GND
P50 control
Green
not connected
Red/Chroma GND
fast switch GND
Red in/Chroma in
fast switch RGB/CVBS or Y
CVBS GND
fast switching GND
CVBS/Y
Shield

(*) for 100% white

What are "regional codes"?
Motion picture studios want to control the home release of movies in different countries because theater releases arenít
simultaneous (a movie may come out on DVD in the US when itís just hitting screens in Europe). Therefore they have
required that the DVD standard include codes which can be used to lock out the playback of certain discs in certain geographical regions. Players sold in each region will have that regionís code built into the player. The player will refuse to play
these "region coded" discs which are not allowed in the region. However, regional codes are entirely optional. Discs without
codes will play on any player in any country. Some studios have already announced that only their new releases will have
regional codes. There are six regions:
1. United States and Canada
4. South America and Oceania
5. Africa and the Middle East
2. Europe and Japan
3. Far East (except Japan & China)
6. China (except Hong Kong)

5
1

2
6

2
3

5
4
2

Map of DVD Regions
3

4

3. INFORMATIONS
REGION CODE
VERSION

REGION CODE

/N1B
/S1G

2
3

EUROPE
ASIAN PACIFIC

COUNTRY

/U1B
/A1B

1
4

USA/CANADA
AUSTRALIA

Multi-angles:
On some DVDs, scenes have been filmed from different angles
(up to a maximum of 9). On these discs, you can select the
angle that you want to watch. Please refer to the DVD’s manual
to see which scenes have multi-angles.

THE DISCS THAT THE DV4100 CAN HANDLE
The following discs can be played back with a DV4100.
disc

mark

playback capability

DVD

Audio/Video

CD

Audio

size
side
12 cm
single/double
8 cm
12 cm
single
8 cm

It is important to note that CD-R, CD-RW discs must be
FINALIZED before they can be played on this player. The disc
types which run on the player feature one or more of these
logos on the disc packaging.

12 cm
VCD

Audio/Video

single
8 cm

Note: The regional code of the discs must meet to the regional
code of the DV4100.

DVD INFORMATION
Below is a glossary of the new terms related to DVD.
Title:
A disc may have more than one story/movie on it, so each
story/movie is called a “title”.
For example, if there are 2 movies on the disc, they are
separated into Title 1 and Title 2.
Chapter:
A title may also be separated into chapters.
For example, a movie (title) may be separated into 3 scenes
(chapters).

Title 1

Title 2

Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter
1
2
3
1
2
3

Subtitles:
DVDs are recorded with up to 32 different subtitle languages.
If a disc has more than one subtitle language, you can select
the subtitle language that you want to read.
Soundtrack language:
DVDs are recorded with up to 8 different soundtrack languages.
If a disc has more than one language, you can select the
soundtrack language that you want to listen to.

4

4. SERVICING HINT
SERVICE HINTS

SERVICE TOOLS
Audio signals disc
Disc without errors (SBC444)+
Disc with DO errors, black spots and fingerprints (SBC444A)
Disc (65 min 1kHz) without no pause
Max. diameter disc (58.0 mm)
Torx screwdrivers
Set (straight)
Set (square)
13th order filter
DVD test disc
TEST software for PC : ComPair V1. 2
ComPair V1. 3
Connection Cable

5

4822 397 30184
4822 397 30245
4822 397 30155
4822 397 60141
4822 395 50145
4822 395 50132
4822 395 30204
4822 397 10131
4822 727 21634
4822 727 21637
3122 785 90017

5. WARNING AND LASER SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
GB

WARNING

NL

All ICs and many other semi-conductors are
susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD).
Careless handling during repair can reduce
life drastically.
When repairing, make sure that you are
connected with the same potential as the
mass of the set via a wrist wrap with
resistance.
Keep components and tools also at this
potential.

F

WAARSCHUWING

Alle IC’s en vele andere halfgeleiders zijn
gevoelig voor elektrostatische ontladingen
(ESD).
Onzorgvuldig behandelen tijdens reparatie
kan de levensduur drastisch doen
verminderen.
Zorg ervoor dat u tijdens reparatie via een
polsband met weerstand verbonden bent met
hetzelfde potentiaal als de massa van het
apparaat.
Houd componenten en hulpmiddelen ook op
ditzelfde potentiaal.

D

ATTENTION

Tous les IC et beaucoup d’autres semiconducteurs sont sensibles aux décharges
statiques (ESD).
Leur longévité pourrait être considérablement
écourtée par le fait qu’aucune précaution
n’est prise a leur manipulation.
Lors de réparations, s’assurer de bien être
relié au même potentiel que la masse de
l’appareil et enfiler le bracelet serti d’une
résistance de sécurité.
Veiller a ce que les composants ainsi que les
outils que l’on utilise soient également a ce
potentiel.

WARNUNG

I

Alle IC und viele andere Halbleiter sind
empfindlich gegen elektrostatische
Entladungen (ESD).
Unsorgfältige Behandlung bei der Reparatur
kann die Lebensdauer drastisch vermindern.
Sorgen sie dafür, das Sie im Reparaturfall
über ein Pulsarmband mit Widerstand mit
dem Massepotential des Gerätes verbunden
sind.
Halten Sie Bauteile und Hilfsmittel ebenfalls
auf diesem Potential.

AVVERTIMENTO

Tutti IC e parecchi semi-conduttori sono
sensibili alle scariche statiche (ESD).
La loro longevita potrebbe essere fortemente
ridatta in caso di non osservazione della piu
grande cauzione alla loro manipolazione.
Durante le riparazioni occorre quindi essere
collegato allo stesso potenziale che quello
della massa dell’apparecchio tramite un
braccialetto a resistenza.
Assicurarsi che i componenti e anche gli
utensili con quali si lavora siano anche a
questo potenziale.

D

GB

Bei jeder Reparatur sind die geltenden Sicherheitsvorschriften zu beachten.
Der Originalzustand des Gerats darf nicht verandert werden.
Fur Reparaturen sind Original-Ersatzteile zu verwenden.

Safety regulations require that the set be restored to its original condition
and that parts which are identical with those specified be used.

NL

I

Veiligheidsbepalingen vereisen, dat het apparaat in zijn oorspronkelijke
toestand wordt terug gebracht en dat onderdelen, identiek aan de
gespecifieerde worden toegepast.

Le norme di sicurezza esigono che l’apparecchio venga rimesso nelle
condizioni originali e che siano utilizzati pezzi di ricambiago idetici a quelli
specificati.

F
Les normes de sécurité exigent que l’appareil soit remis a l’état d’origine et
que soient utilisées les pièces de rechange identiques à celles spécifiées.

SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST:
CAUTION: After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between
either primary AC cord connector pins (with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON), and the
face or Front Panel of product and controls and chassis bottom,
Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC
power is applied, and verified before return to user/customer.
Ref.UL Standard NO.1492.
NOTE ON SAFETY:
Symbol : Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original parts should be used to replace any part with symbol
Any other component substitution(other than original type), may increase risk or fire or electrical shock hazard.

6

LASER SAFETY
This unit employs a laser. Only a qualified service person should remove the cover or attempt to service
t his device, due to possible eye injury.
LASER DEVICE UNIT
Type:
Wave length:
Output Power:
Beam divergence:

SemiconductorlaserGaAlAs
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
7 mW (DVD)
10 mW (VCD/CD)
60 degree

USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURE OTHER THAN
THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE T O BEAM
WARNING
The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard.
Repair handling should take place as much as possible with a disc loaded inside the player
WARNING LOCATION: INSIDE ON LASER COVERSHIELD
CAUTION VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VED ÅBNING UNDGÅ UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING
! ÅPNES UNNGÅ EKSPONERING FOR STRÅLEN
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING NÅR DEKSEL
VARNING SYNLIG OCH OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN
VARO! AVATT AESSA OLET ALTTIINA NÄKYVÄLLE JA NÄKYMÄTT ÖMÄLLE LASER SÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KAT SO SÄT EESEEN
VORSICHT SICHTBARE UND UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETSEN
DANGER VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM
AT TENTION RAYO NNEMENT LASER VISIBLE ET INVISIBLE EN CAS D'OUVERTURE EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU

Warning for powersupply on position 1005
The primary side of the powersupply including the heatsink carries live mains voltage when the
player is connected to the mains even when the player is swiched off !
This primary area is not shielded so it is possible to touc h copper tracks and/or components when
servicingthe player
. Service person
nel have to take precautions to pre vent touching this area or
components in this area .
The primary side of the powersu pply has been indicated with a lightning stroke and a st ripe-marked
printed onthe printed wiring board
Note:
The screws on the basic Engine (position 218 in on the exploded view drawing) may never be
touched removed or re-adjusted.
Handle the Basic engine with care when the unit has to be exchanged!
The mechanism of the basic engine is very sensative for droping or shocks

7

6. SERVICE HINTS
6.1

DVD-Module 218

6.2

The DVD mechanism has to be exchanged completely in case
of failure. A new or repaired mechanism can be ordered with
codenumber 9305 023 61001.
Return the defective unit complete assembled in original
package to Philips Consumer Service in Eindhoven.

Diagnostic software

In chapter “Diagnostic software” some tests are refering to the
SCART functionality.
These tests are for sets with RGB-output.
For sets without RGB-output no SCART connector is mounted.
In these sets the SCART tests will automatically be skipped

The monoboard has to be repaired on component level.

6.3

Power Supply options
3122 427 21750

3122 427 21370

3122 427 21760

110V USA

220V Europe China

Multi voltage A/P

2261

CAP 330pF

2121

ELCO 150uF 250V

3133

Resistor 10M

6.4

2121

ELCO 100uF 385V

2261

CAP 330pF

2121

ELCO 150uF 400V

Compair

For assistance with the repair process of the monoboard an
electronic Fault finding guidance has been developed , this
program is called COMPAIR.
This COMPAIR program is available on CDROM.
The Version of the CDROM for repair of the monoboard is V1.3
and can be ordered with codenumber : 4822 727 21637.
This is an update CDROM , so when the COMPAIR CDROM is
used for the first time , one has to install the COMPAIR
ENGINE CDROM V1.2 first.
The V1.2 CDROM can be ordered with codenumber 4822 727
634 and has to registered after installation , the procedure for
registration is explained in the help file of the program and in
the booklet from the CDROM.
The cable to connect the monoboard with a PC can be ordered
with codenumber 3122 785 90017.
All the hardware and software requirements of the systems
necessary for working with COMPAIR is described on the
CDROM.

6.5

Monoboard repair

For repair of the monoboard the service manual 3122 785
10045 must be used.

8

7. BLOCK DIAGRAM (/N1B)

AUDIO/VIDEO BACKEND BOARD

MONO BOARD
0/6/12V

RAM

ROM

I2C
RGB/CVBS

7900-7905

RGB

SCART
SWITCHING
RGB/CVBS

CVBS(/YC not on SCART)

7917

AUDIO

TEA6420
AUDIO SCART
SWITCHING

AUDIO

+12Vstby

JBE
(servo)

8Vstab

I2S
3V3stab

SCART
AUX

CVBS

SCART
CVBS

Video
IC's and
audio
buffers

TV

RGB/CVBS

DAC
CVBS

HOST
S2B

A/V signals

Sti5505

-8Vstby
Y/C
-5Vstab

Switches
OPTICAL
OUTPUT

DIG_OUT

DIGITAL
OUTPUT
AUDIO L+R

7401

7403
L+R

I2S Audio

I2C

SPMS

3

DAC
UDA1328T

Kill

7104

St_by

DISPLAY BOARD

SLAVE PROCESSOR

+12V stby
+5V stby
-8V stby

1113

-40V
+5V

RC

KEYBOARD

+3V3

9

10

(/A1B, /S1G, /U1B)

AUDIO/VIDEO BACKEND BOARD

MONO BOARD

7020 : 7023

RAM

CVBS1

ROM

CVBS
-8V

CVBS2
-8V

-5V
CB

-5V

RGB

TDA 4780
CR

+12Vstby

JBE
(servo)

Video
IC's and
audio
buffers

8Vstab

I2S
3V3stab

HOST
S2B

(ONLY DVD751)
Y

DAC

Y

C

Y/C

-8Vstby

A/V signals

Sti5505

-5Vstab

Switches
OPTICAL
OUTPUT

DIG_OUT
7405 #

# DVD732 ONLY

DIGITAL
OUTPUT

7403 #
KOK
TC9409
7400

7002
7008
L+R

MICRO
3

DAC
UDA1328T

2x

I2S Audio

I2C

KILL

Headphone out

SPMS

7104

St_by

DISPLAY BOARD

SLAVE PROCESSOR

+12V stby
+5V stby
-8V stby

1113

-40V
RC

+5V

KEYBOARD

+3V3

11

12

8. WIRING DIAGRAM

A/V BOARD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

HP_L
MIC GND
HP_R
+12V
MIC_A
GND
-8V

8

KILL

8

1002

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

GND
H_SYNC
GND
PCM_OUT2
GND
PCM_OUT1
-8VSTBY
SCL

+12VSTBY
SDA
+6VSTBY
3V3A
GND
C
GND
Y

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

P50
B
G
GND
R
CVBS
GND
0|6|12

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

1

16

*

1003

22

5

1

FFC

EH

ADJA_OUT
ADJA_IN
ADJB_OUT
ADJB_IN
MIC GND

1
2
3
4
5

GND
PCM_CLK
CENTER_ON
STEREO_MUTE
DIG_OUT
GND

1001

1000
1

17
18
19
20
21
22

-8V
+5VD
+5WD
KILL
GND
PCM_OUT0
LRCLK
SCLK

1
EH

FFC

400MM -----> 3139 110 38831
105MM ----->

105MM ----->

3139 110 34321

3139 110 34221

3103 308 91150
<----- 400MM

PH
5

FFC
1

1
2
3
4
5

FFC

16

1

1501

22

1
1603

1604

SCL
GND
SCA
STBCONTROL
P50

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

GND
H_SYNC
GND
PCM_OUT2
GND
PCM_OUT1
-8VSTBY
SCL

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

+12VSTBY
SDA
+6VSTBY
3V3A
GND
C
GND
Y

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

P50
B
G
GND
R
CVBS
GND
0|6|12

9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

-8V
+5VD
+5WD
KILL
GND
PCM_OUT0
LRCLK
SCLK

GND
PCM_CLK
CENTER_ON
STEREO_MUTE
DIG_OUT
GND

17
18
19
20
21
22

POWER SUPPLY

12

1600

PH

BOARD

1

3V3
3V3
+5V
+5VSTBY
+6VSTBY
GND

1
2
3
4
5
6

MONO BOARD

7
8
9
10
11
12

1
2
3
4
5
6

GND
GND
-8VSTBY
STBCONTROL
+12VSTBY
GND

3V3
3V3
+5V
+5VSTBY
+6VSTBY
GND

7
8
9
10
11
12

GND
GND
-8VSTBY
STBCONTROL
+12VSTBY
GND

1
2
3
4

+12V
GND
+5VSTBY
-40V

EH
2

CN4

1
0207

0205

5

Non Euro model only
STBKEY+
STBKEY-

1
20

EH

2

1
2
3
4

+5VSTBY
STBLED
STBKEY+
STBKEY-

1
1205
4

Non Euro model only

1

3139 110 38371

3139 110 38631
EH

EH

----->

BOARD

400MM

----->

STANDBY

1118

3139 110 37201

100MM

100MM

13

1117
4

1
2
3
4

+5VSTBY
STBLED
STBKEY+
STBKEY-

1

4

5

1115

DISPLAY
BOARD

1
2
3
4

2

STBKEY -

EH

EH

SCL
GND
SCA
STBCONTROL
P50

----->

1
2

1

1
2
3
4
5

STBKEY+

<-----

PH

1

+12V
GND
+5VSTBY
-40V

1

*
1
2
3
4
5

280MM

1116

ADJA_OUT
ADJA_IN
ADJB_OUT
ADJB_IN
MIC GND

14

1

12

1

HR

4
EH

3139 110 34251
3139 110 38681

<----- 280MM

9. DISMANTLING INSTRUCTIONS

Cover 151
Remove 7 screws 233
Lift cover at rearside to
remove

mounting

demounting

Front assy 1
remove 2 screws 212
(front 1 frame 213)
unlock front from frame by
releasing successively 3
snaps (on the left, in the
middle and on the right)
put front assy in front of the
set(service position)

Display board 1002
Remove 7 screws
203(board front), pay
attention to earth spring 300.
demount board

DVD MODULE 218
Remove connections to
Mono board
remove 4 screws
217 (loader bracket
2
frame 213)
demount module

Standby board 1003 and
switch assy
Remove 2 screws
25 26(board front)
demount board
Remove 1 screw 207
Take out switch assy

AV board 1002
remove flex connections to
Mono board
remove 7 screws 227
release snaps of 2 spacers
221
demount board

Power supply unit 1005
remove connections
remove 2 screws 222
(board frame)
remove screw 225 (mains
inled backplate)
release snaps of spacers
226 (board frame)
demount board

DVD MONO Board 7
See also exploded view of
DVD module
Remove flex connections to
turntable motor and sledge
motor.
remove 4 screws
10 13(mono board 7
loader bracket 2)
remove carefully flex
connection to OPU and wire
connection to tray motor.
demount board.

LOADER VAL3000 1
Remove 2 screws 8,9
Remove 4 suspensions
3 6 from loader bracket

15

16

10. EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST (/N1B)

POS.
NO

17

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)

DESCRIPTION

0200
0201
0202
0204
0205
0219
0220
0240
0244
0245

3139 247 51280
3120 001 00051
3139 247 51310
3139 244 00550
3139 244 00560
3139 244 00590
3139 241 20110
3139 247 51410
3139 247 51461
3139 247 51461

1005
1014
1018

3122 427 22300 PSU PCB ASSY
DVD2B+ 20PS223
3104 157 11190 CWAS FLEX DVD 22 130 32S
3104 157 11200 CWAS FLEX DVD 16 130 32S

QW15711190
QW15711200

0385
0384
0387

4822 321 10249 MAINS CORD
3139 228 85500 REMOTE CONTROL
3139 246 10340 USER GUIDE (/N1B)

QP32110249
QT22885500
QT24610340

18

FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
BADGE MARANTZ
BADGE DVD
WINDOW
BUTTON STANDBY
DOOR
SPRING DOOR
BUTTON CONTROL
FOOT
FOOT

PART NO.
(MJI)
QT24751280
QZ00100051
QT24751310
QT24400550
QT24400560
QT24400590
QT24120110
QT24751410
QT24751461
QT24751461

(/A1B, /S1G, /U1B)

For /U1B old
For /A1B, /S1G and /U1B new

POS.
NO

PART NO.
(PCS)

DESCRIPTION

0200
0200
0201
0202
0202
0204
0205
0205
0219
0219
0220
0240
0240
0244
0245

/A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51290
/S1G
3139 247 51302
4822 454 11825
/A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51310
/S1G
3139 247 51321
3139 244 00550
/A1B,/U1B 3139 244 00570
/S1G
3139 247 51331
/A1B,/U1B 3139 244 00590
/S1G
3139 247 51341
3139 241 20110
/A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51410
/S1G
3139 247 51421
3139 247 51451
3139 247 51271

1005

1014
1018

/A1B,/S1G 3139 248 80390 PSU PCB ASSY DVD2000
(OVS)
/U1B
3139 248 80380 PSU PCB ASSY DVD2000
(USS)
3139 110 34220 FFC FOIL 22P/105/22P BD B
3139 110 34230 FFC FOIL 16P/105/16P BD B

0384
0385
0385
0385
0387
0387

/A1B
/S1G
/U1B
/U1B
/A1B,/U1B

1005

19

VERS.
COLOR

20

3139 228 85500
3139 118 73040
4822 321 10249
4822 321 11466
3139 246 10350
3139 246 10521

FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
FRONT PANEL (GOLD)
BADGE MARANTZ
BADGE DVD (BLACK)
BADGE DVD (GOLD)
WINDOW
BUTTON POWER (BLACK)
BUTTON POWER (GOLD)
DOOR (BLACK)
DOOR (GOLD)
SPRING DOOR
BUTTON CONTROL (BLACK)
BUTTON CONTROL (GOLD)
FOOT
FOOT

REMOTE CONTROL
MAINS CORD (/A1B)
MAINS CORD (/S1G)
MAINS CORD (/U1B)
USER GUIDE (/U1B)
USER GUIDE (/A1B,/S1G)

PART NO.
(MJI)
QT24751290
QT24751302
QP45411825
QT24751310
QT24751321
QT24400550
QT24400570
QT24751331
QT24400590
QT24751341
QT24120110
QT24751410
QT24751421
QT24751451
QT24751271
QT24880390
QT24880380
QT11034220
QT11034230
QT22885500
QT11873040
QP32110249
QP32111466
QT24610350
QT24610521

12. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AND PARTS LOCATION
Volume / Standby PWB

1

2

A

A

B

B

C

D1: Standby PCB (N1B)

1111 D1
1205 D2
3150 C1
6204 D1
T134 C1
T135 D1
T136 D1
T137 D2
T138 D2

C

T134
3150
100R
T135
LTL-1CHPE
6204

GEEN SYMBOOL
CQW10
T136

1205
1

D

STANDBY
1111

T137

3

SKQNAB

T138

4

EH-S

D

2

To Con 1117 of Display PCB

1

2

21

22

Display
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13
+5Vstb

For models with P50 only
FIL2

FIL1

14

+5Vstb

3100
22K

A

3101
27K

F105

A1 : FRONT DISPLAY PCB

49 48

F108

45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5

1113
14-MT-26GNK

3105
0R

C

L

F200

3102

IN_P50

3107

DVD

R

F102

F106

F109

2 1

2100
220p

F103

0R

47K

SW

F104

TITLE

SR

CHAPTER
SCAN
A-B

VCD

FTS
TOTAL
CHAPTER

TRACK
REPEAT
SHUFFLE

TRACK
TITLE

TIME
TRACK

P50
interface
to scart

scart PIN 10
P50

220p

3104
SL

6100
BAS216

2101

F201

OUT_P50

DIGITAL
SURROUND

7101
BC847B

100K
F202

3106
220R
7102
F100 V13 BC847B
F113

7100
BC847B
F101

B
VFD GRID 12

F107 V14

VKK
2103
100p

2102
100p

F231

2211
100p

VFD GRID 13

3108
82K

3103
82K

STBKEY+

VKK

3109
4K7

3149

F169 2131

EH-B

12

13

14

15

16

F175

100R

3

F124
V1

V2

V3

V4

V0

F133

F123

F132
V5

4-Bit In/Output
(tri-state) P5

AIN10

34

AIN5

31

F155

AIN4

30

F157

AIN3

29

F159

AIN2

28

AIN1

27

3-B. I/O P3 AIN0
sink o.drain SCK0

25

22

IN_P50

23

1107

1106

SKQNAB

1108

3D SOUND
SKQNAB
PAUSE

SKQNAB
PLAY

SKQNAB
STOP

F160
F161

26

F162

24

F163

3123

3121

10K

4K7

3122

F208

SCA

10R
3125

F209

SCL

PH-B
1118
1

F241 2

10R

3

3150

3130

4K7

10R

STBY control F210
P50
2114
22p

4

F242

5

2115
22p

PKM13EPY
OPTION
+12V

F178
F179

3132

F213

330R
2120
22p

2119
22p

3133
10R

2121
22p

2122
33n

2124

7110
TSOP1736

+5Vstb
F184

3135

2

F234

220R

3

F183

4

F235

VS

3136
1K
F223 3142

3137

330R

10K

OUT

F219

GND

2
3
1

STBKEY-

3134
330R

F214

2125

F216

22p

22u
3138
470R

4R7

BC327-25
7106

VFIL_DC
F212
2116
33n

7105
BC337-25

FIL1

7107
BC847B

3120
470R

2117
10u

STBKEY+

EH-B

2123
10u

STBY - LEDCONTROL
3131

TO 1205

SKQNAB

+5Vstby

F181

I

SKQNAB

F211

K_STROBE

2118
22p

1

1122

1112

5

1117

1121

3115
4K7

SKQNAB
OPEN / CLOSE

1109

10K

8-Bit Input/Output
(tri-state)

21

F233

3145 F187

P4
20

SKQNAB
PREV

3114
10R

1102

6105

10R

10R 3129

10R 3128

35

SKQNAB
NEXT

3113
4K7

F180
K_CLK

4

H

36

AIN11

1101

F177

K_DATA

F245

19

F176

K_RESET

2

10R 3127

3126

1

18

For DVD 751
only

1110

For DVD732 only

1116

17

OUT_P50

MICRO-

AIN12

VKK

1100

3112
4K7

F142

SCA

11

37

F152

SCL

10

AIN13

33n
F232
F140

F186

INT4

9

INT2

8

P0

BAS216
F227

OPTION

EH-B

V6

V7

V8

8-Bit Input/Output
(tri-state)
TC1

7

38

drain

1n

G

F122

F121

F131

F130

F120
V10

V9

F119

F128

F129
V11

V12

V13

V14

V15

F118
V17

V16

F117

F127
V18

F126

V19

V20

V21

80k pull
down

6

100R

1n

3

5

39

VASS

F171

2

MICRO+

4

VDD
VAREF

3116
82K

33

F173

F168 2202

F226

3

2105

32

F170

3148

F243

1

2

F164

1119

1

P03

OPTION

41

AIN6

8-Bit A/D
Converter

3-Bit In/Output
with latch P2

80 SI1
SO1

3147
10K

2107
33n

sink open

8-Bit Input/Output
(tri-state)
P0

79 -SCK1

3146
10K

F116

F125

78 VKK

F153

6102
BZX284-C10

CPU

TC4

+5Vstb

42

AIN7

Counter

F172

+5Vstb

V36

43

80k pull down

-DV0

76 V35
77

44

45

8-Bit high breakdown v.
output port with latch P6

TC2

F158
VKK

46

3111
4K7

3110
4K7

F114
V15

Program

ROM

XTOUT

2111
33n

-RESET

2110
33n

XIN

2130
22u

47

7103
BC847B
F135

40

-INT1

VKK

OUT

3

48

49

-INT0

75 V34

50

80k pull down
P6-P9 source open drain

-STOP

74 V33

F156

51

F230

F207

F154
F206

52

53

8-Bit high breakdown voltage
output part ewith latch
P7

RAM

VSS

GND

3119
10K

72 V31
73 V32

XOUT

IN

2109
33n

2108
33n

F150
F151

P07

7112
MC79L24
2
1

(-40V)

3118
10K

F167

F204

F205

71 V30

54

VFT driver circuit (automatic display)

F166

6101
BZX284-C8V2

EH-B

E

F149

55

56

TEST

2106
10u

4R7

57

58

80k pull down

P06

-40V

70 V29

59

XTIN

+5Vstb

4

69 V28

1202

F203

60

V15 V14 V13

8-Bit h.break. v.
out w. latch
P8

P05

+5V stb

+5Vstby

3117

3

1207
F147

F229

F244

2

GND

V27

61

source open
drain 80k p.d.

+12V

68

62

P04

1

+12V

67 V26

F141

VFIL_DC

F228

V24
66 V25

F139

63

F165

1115

F138

64

8-Bit h. breakdown v.
out. port w. latch
P9

D

65

5-Bit h. breakd. v.
out w. latch
PD

F137

V23

7104
TMP87CH74

V22

7202

C

F

STBKEY-

VKK

G14

G13

G12

VFD GRID14

BC857B
7109

F221

10u

6104
BAS216

3140
10K
3144
100K

F222

7108
BC847B

2201
33n

3139
4K7
3143
10K

FIL2

2126

F217

2129
22u

2128
1n
INFO : FIL2-FIL1=4.8Vac-RMS

1

2

3

4

23

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

24

13

14

F218

Display PWB

25

26

Supply and video switching (/N1B)
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

SUPPLY &
VIDEO SWITCHING
supply

RGB switching
1300-1
1

A

TP1

1300-2

+6V

+6V

B

2

+6V

A

TP2

1300-3

G

3

TP3

1300-5

2527

2528

2529

22n

22n

22n

R

5

TP4
CVBS

F260
0|6|12

-9.5V

F113

1300-9

-9.2V

0R

F269 3615
7331
BC547B

6302

6403

F274

F270

10K

Y1 13

7

6

F130

8
1301-10

F138

1K

-0.6V

7

8V
-5V

16 7904-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
15 Z

RCIN_AUX

Y1 1

+8VAud

16 7905-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S
15 Z

GIN_AUX

E Vee Vss

6

6

6

8

-5V

7

8

-5V

+6V

7

16 7903-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S

16 7904-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S

16 7905-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S

4 Z

4 Z

4 Z

Y1 3

Y1 3
E Vee Vss

6

6

7

8

7

+12V

16

-5V

F275

0R

3620

F276

F401

3

3V3

C

2

2453
47u

BC_AUX

Y1 3

-5.2V
U185

D

-5V

E Vee Vss

8

6

7

-5V

+6V

+12Vstby

9

8

-8Vstby

-5V

E

+12Vstby

+6V

CVBS SWITCHING

BLANKING

4R7
7333
BC327-25

2535
22n

16 7900-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S

16 7901-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S

4K7

SELECT

7334
BC847B

14 Z

CVBS

7335
BC847B

YCVBSOUT_TV

SELECT

Y1 13

CVBS

14 Z

E Vee Vss

6

6

8

SELECT_HIGH

Y1 13

E Vee Vss

7

YCVBSOUT_AUX

7

FBOUT_TV

F

16 7902-A
+5V
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
14 Z

Y1 13

7945
BC857B

E Vee Vss

8

6

7

8

FBIN_AUX

47K

0V

0.7V

10K

0V

2536
22n

3770

+6V
3624 F280

3625 F281

2532
22n

4K7 +10.8V

F279 3623

F278

3769
+12Vstby
2533

2537

22n

22n

F500

+6V

0.7V

YCVBSIN_AUX

15 Z

15 Z

15 Z

+6V

H

Y1 1

0V
SELECT

U275

7943
BC847B

56K

0.7V
3723

+6V

10K

3695

56K

3720

6

U228

YCVBSIN_TV

E Vee Vss

7

8

3

4

27

5

E Vee Vss

E Vee Vss

6

6

+6V

-5V

SLB_TV

Y1 1

7

8

7

8

16 7902-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S

4 Z

4 Z

4 Z

Y1 3

E Vee Vss

E Vee Vss

6

6

7

8

7

SLB_AUX

6

7

8

3772 F503
+12Vstby

7

8

9

10

7947
BC847B

11

SELECT HIGH:
0V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART DVD"
12V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART LOOP"

I

ALL DC VOLTAGES MEASURED
IN STOP MODE.

47K

-5V

6

SELECT:
0V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART DVD"
6V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART LOOP"

Y1 3
E Vee Vss

8

H
F502

16 7901-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S

Y1 3

0|6|12

7946
BC857B

+12Vstby

-5V

16 7900-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S

-5V

2

Y1 1

3805

16 7902-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S

3773

56K

7935
BC847B

16 7901-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S

G
7949
BC847B

47K

3722 U230

47K

+12Vstby
-5V

16 7900-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S

3774

SELECT_HIGH

0|6|12

+6V
-5V

F501

47K

0V

3771

10K

3696

+12Vstby

U229

47K
3804

10K

G

10K

F

10K

3622

3621 F277

1

3.3V

L78L33
1

+11.2V

3627

I

2541
100n

8

-5V

+6V

E Vee Vss

B
+8Vstby

2452
220n

Y1 1

E Vee Vss

7

+8VAud
0R

2

7400

22n
+6V

-5V

Y1 1

3433 F121

2534

22n

TP6

+11.5V

OUT
GND

2412
47u

TP5

F135

IN

3 F120

8

E Vee Vss

+6V

Y_ENC

1K

8

2531

16 7903-B
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 2
10 S

7332
BC857B

F142

15
1301-16

DC_OFF

6

7

8V

7304
LF80C

2354
220n

Y1 13

6

-5V

C_ENC

1301-9

14 Z

E Vee Vss

+6V

14
1301-15

E

BC_TV

1

+12Vstby

B

E Vee Vss

22n

SCL

13
1301-14

SELECT

11.4V

220n
F211 2384

Y1 13

2530

SDA

10
1301-13

14 Z

8

15 Z

D

GOUT_TV

+6V

1301-2
2
1301-8

G

16 7905-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S

U183 2525

E Vee Vss

0V

3619 F273

-1.2V

BAS216

14 Z

RCOUT_TV

4R7

2545

4K7

DC_OFF

BAS216

SELECT

220n

-8.6V
F272 3618

0V

10K

3617

3616 F271

R

16 7904-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S

U182 2524
-8Vstby

9

C

SELECT

220n

6404

8

16 7903-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S

47u

B

3626

BZX284-C5V1

1300-8

3762

6

270R

1300-6

12

13

28

14

1300-1 A1
1300-2 A1
1300-3 A1
1300-5 A1
1300-6 B1
1300-8 B1
1300-9 B1
1301-10 D1
1301-13 D1
1301-14 D1
1301-15 E1
1301-16 E1
1301-2 D1
1301-8 D1
1301-9 E1
2354 B13
2384 B11
2412 B14
2452 C13
2453 C14
2524 B6
2525 B9
2527 A6
2528 A8
2529 A10
2530 C6
2531 C8
2532 F6
2533 G6
2534 C10
2535 F8
2536 F10
2537 G8
2541 B14
2545 C4
3433 B14
3615 B3
3616 B3
3617 C2
3618 C3
3619 C2
3620 E3
3621 F2
3622 F2
3623 F3
3624 F2
3625 G1
3626 B3
3627 E3
3695 H2
3696 G3
3720 H2
3722 H2
3723 I2
3762 D13
3769 G12
3770 G11
3771 H11
3772 I11
3773 I12
3774 H11
3804 G11
3805 G12
6302 C2
6403 C1
6404 D13
7304 B13
7331 B3
7332 C3
7333 F3
7334 F3
7335 G2
7400 C13
7900-A F6
7900-B G6
7900-C H6
7901-A F8
7901-B G8
7901-C H8
7902-A F10
7902-B G10
7902-C H10
7903-A B6
7903-B C6
7903-C D6
7904-A B8
7904-B C8
7904-C D8
7905-A B10
7905-B C10
7905-C D10
7935 H3
7943 I2
7945 F11
7946 H11
7947 I12
7949 G12
F106 A2
F109 A2
F110 A2
F112 B2
F113 B2
F120 B13
F121 B14
F130 D2
F135 E2
F138 D2
F142 D2
F144 D2
F150 E2
F211 B11
F260 B2
F269 B3
F270 B4
F271 B3
F272 C3
F273 C2

F274 C2
F275 E3
F276 E4
F277 F2
F278 F2
F279 F3
F280 F2
F281 G1
F401 C14
F500 G11
F501 G12
F502 H11
F503 I12
U182 B6
U183 B8
U185 D13
U228 H2
U229 G3
U230 H2
U275 I2

Audio A/V MUX (/N1B)
1

2

4

3

5

6

7

8

10

9

11

12

13

14

AUDIO
HP_R

HP_R

10K
2464

VO2P 32
VO2N 31

29 VO1N
DAC’S

VDDA
6

VREFA
30 F437

2472
47u

10K

3631

F416 3442

100U

100R

100R

F417

2458

2K7

12
3447 F424

52030 11
1300-12

F455
KILL

52030 13
1300-14

+12Vstby

7944
BC847B

TP8

3765
STANDBY

10K
3764

TP9

52030 16
1300-17
52030 17
1300-18

10K

52030 15
1300-16

3341

50

4u7

2373

RIN_AUX

F177

RIN_TV

3635

220R

L1 L2 L3 L4 L5

NC

4

7

5

2497

2457
1n

6

9

10

1410

3339
1K

3338
47K

4

E

6

F413

7

-8Vstby

TP14

HP_L
HP_L

F

6V

4K7

3610

F265

0V

DC_OFF

0.7V
7329
BC847B

G
+5V

0.6V
F267

F266 3612

0V

7330
BC847B

47K

2488
DIG_OUT

3505

F486
100n

100R
3507
100R 2543
47p

F487

2544
10u

5400
7CHA
3

4

F488

3508

6400
GP1F32T 2

F489

1

68R

2
1

6
8

2495
100n

TP11

H

DRIVER

3

TP18

F490

52030 19
1300-20

3

1405
YKC21-3416

2
2519

100n

DIG_OUT

1

52030 22

1

EH-B

3

HP_R

STANDBY

F478

1

HP_L

+8VAud

7

52030 21
1300-22

LOUT_TV

TP15

8

F181

7403-D
MC33079
14

52030 18
1300-19

I

LOUT_AUX

D

50

TP10

52030 20
1300-21

C

TP15

+6V

TP7

52030 14
1300-15

3

SCL

TP17

+5V

3768

52030 12
1300-13

LO3 15

1402-B
YKC21-3930

22K

+5V

47p

5

-8Vstby

4K7

F505

4R7

KILL:
-8V DURING PLAY
+4.8V DURING STOP, NEXT, PREVIOUS

3614

3803

100R
2360

47p

11

BC817-40

F268 3611

F448

52030 10
1300-11

2361

13

2K7

2542

52030 7
1300-10

LO4 17

SDA

3322 100R

2K7

52030 4
1300-7

4

7405
KILL

3613

1300-4

ADDR 26

3321

47K

F

GND

SCL 27

F141

2372
4u7

3453

2u2

52030 12

4.6V1

BUS
DECODER

TP16

SDA 28

F139

2

10K
2461

{PCM_OUT0,PCM_OUT1,PCM_OUT2,SCLK,LRCLK,PCM_CLK,DEEM0,DEEM1}

4R7

U186 2 C

+8VAud

100p

52030 11
1301-12

TP15

RO4 18
U226 3 VS

7404
BC817-40

10K

52030 6
1301-7

RO3 16

LO2 13

TP13

3445
10K

3446 F423

-8Vstby

3451

6401

3517

100R

3632

100R

2456

B

ROUT_TV
ROUT_AUX

LO1 11

KILL

U191

TP15

4

22n

U190

52030 7
1301-11 F497 3802 F504 +6V

H

11

10K

52030 5
1301-6

G

F418 6

3448

52030 4
1301-5

5

STEREO_R

7403-B
MC33079
7

4

3V3

52030 3
1301-4

E

F415 5

100p
3444

2469

1402-C
6 YKC21-3930

STEREO_L
2455

+1.6V

2471
100n

7406
BC817-40

2K7

U227

22n

1301-1
52030 1
1301-3

3463 F411

Option L/R

TP12

VO6 5
VSSA
3

KILL

2450
22n

VO4 2

4 VO5

TP12

KILL

TP12
U189

+8VAud

22 21
NC RO1 12
RO2 14

9.2V

100p
7948
BC857B

22K

2463
1n

SUPPLY

L3MODE 17

3766

3461
10K

7407
BC817-40

R1 R2 R3 R4 R5

LIN_TV

28 VO1P

3462 F410

AUDIO SCART SWITCHING

F176

3464

DS 26

+12V

-8Vstby

3V3

TST2 22

1 VO3

KILL

A

7917
TEA6420 25 24 23 20 19

TP13

F406

3457
100R

2K7

L3CLK 18

INTERPOL FILTER
NOISE SHAPER

15

TP12

U187

F405

F180

22u

C

11

10K

L3DATA 19

VOL/MUTE/DEEMPH
NC

3456
100R

DEEM0 25

7
8

2462
100U

BZX284-C9V1

DEEM1 24

16 SYSCLK
10K

10K

3512

3511

F432

4

F408 2

22K

14 DI56
27 TST1

-8Vstby
7403-A
MC33079
1 F404

10K
3459

3767

13 DI34

3V3

MUTE 23
CONTROL
INTERFACE

12 DI12

STATIC 9

F403 3

2498

VSSD

11 WS

3455

100u

VDDD

10 BCK

+8VAud

2496

20

DIGITAL
INTERFACE

B

11

3454

5K6

7401
UDA1328T 21

F422
F425

9

10K

F419

7403-C
MC33079
F400
8

4

F412

3519

22n

100p

1K
3340

22n

F414

2K2

3634

2460

D

10
2459

3V3

F421

A

7402
BC817-25

LIN_AUX

KILL

47K

TP14
+8VAud

2

3

4

29

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

30

14

I

1300-10 G1
1300-11 G1
1300-12 G1
1300-13 G1
1300-14 G1
1300-15 H1
1300-16 H1
1300-17 H1
1300-18 H1
1300-19 I1
1300-20 I1
1300-21 I1
1300-22 I1
1300-4 F1
1300-7 F1
1301-1 D1
1301-11 E1
1301-12 F1
1301-3 D1
1301-4 D1
1301-5 E1
1301-6 E1
1301-7 E1
1402-B D10
1402-C C10
1405 I14
1410 D14
2360 C14
2361 C13
2372 D12
2373 A12
2450 C6
2455 D4
2456 D6
2457 D9
2458 D6
2459 A5
2460 A2
2461 E6
2462 B6
2463 B9
2464 C6
2469 D2
2471 D3
2472 D3
2488 H14
2495 I13
2496 C11
2497 C11
2498 C11
2519 I13
2542 H7
2543 H10
2544 H11
3321 C14
3322 C14
3338 E13
3339 E12
3340 A12
3341 A13
3442 D8
3444 D4
3445 D9
3446 D7
3447 E7
3448 D5
3451 E5
3453 E6
3454 A5
3455 B5
3456 B7
3457 B8
3459 B5
3461 B9
3462 B7
3463 C8
3464 B6
3505 H10
3507 H10
3508 H12
3511 C1
3512 C2
3517 C7
3519 A3
3610 F8
3611 G7
3612 H7
3613 G7
3614 H8
3631 D7
3632 C6
3634 A4
3635 B11
3764 H6
3765 H6
3766 C3
3767 C4
3768 G7
3802 E1
3803 G2
5400 H11
6400 H14
6401 C11
7329 G8
7330 H8
7401 B2
7402 A4
7403-A B6
7403-B D6
7403-C A9
7403-D E9
7404 D8
7405 E8
7406 C8
7407 B8
7917 B12

7944 G7
7948 C4
F139 C13
F141 C13
F176 D12
F177 B12
F180 A12
F181 D12
F265 G8
F266 H7
F267 H8
F268 G7
F400 A9
F403 B5
F404 B6
F405 B8
F406 B8
F408 B5
F410 B7
F411 C8
F412 A4
F413 E9
F414 A2
F415 D5
F416 D8
F417 D8
F418 D5
F419 B1
F421 D6
F422 B1
F423 D7
F424 E8
F425 B1
F432 C1
F437 D3
F448 G1
F455 G1
F478 I1
F486 H11
F487 H11
F488 H12
F489 H13
F490 H12
F497 E1
F504 E1
F505 G2
U186 C12
U187 B7
U188 C3
U189 C3
U190 E3
U191 E3
U226 C12
U227 D7

Scart panel (N1B)
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

SCART
U223

3348

U221

F115

3315

3359
47K

U220

2357

F127

3319
1K

4u7
2383

U195

F205

3363
U219
3366
47K

50

2359

2523
220p

+8Vstby

+8Vstby

F133

470R

4u7

3325
47K

50

5B

100K

22R

330R

2u2

330R

7.4V

2.2V

100R
7928
BC847B

2.6V
3725

3735

22R

330R

3707
6K8

330R

3734

3641

2502

220p

1K
3699

4K7

0350808190

MT1

3721

+8Vstby

1.6V
3733

22R

330R

330R

100K

3732

3724

2409
220p

H

7933
BC847B
U167 3677

2V

100R

75R

F103

220p

7.4V
2.6V

3702

100R
7934
BC847B

7941
BC857B
2.6V
3689 U168

2504

U170 3688 U169

U184

470R

3701

330R

100K
100K

3653

3646

7.4V

2503
220p

+8Vstby

7918
BC847B

U208

U209 3690

I

1K
3343
75R

-0.6V
3703
6K8

2371
220p

-8Vstby
-8Vstby

1

2

3

4

31

MT2

G

3676

U162

3694
3432
75R

F

BC857B
7942
150R

+8Vstby

2.2V

3647

+8Vstby

1K

20A
21A

3674

1304-3

3801

7931
BC847B

U279

19A

+6V

+8Vstby

2u2

-0.6V

E

150R
+8Vstby

U211 2511

U207

16A

F183

U212

75R

U206

14A
15A

75R

U133

4K7

H

I

100K

3800

U131

7922
BC847B

2V

+8Vstby

3687

U278

3758

330R

75R

18A

7927
BC847B
U149

100R

1.6V
U153

U210

3739

22R

3697

3738

3637

100K

3727
330R

U141

12A
13A

U156

1K

100R

1.6V

U222

7923
BC847B
2V U137 3672
220p

2u2

7.4V
2.6V

2499

100R
7924
BC847B

1K

7.4V

2.2V

D

11A

+8Vstby
7938
BC857B
2.6V
3683 U150

4K7

7936
2.6V
BC857B
3679 U138

U142

U143 3673

U132

7.4V

3682 U151

U152

+8Vstby

U140 3678 U139

2V

U155

U163

330R

3648

100K

3636
3749
U205

100K

2506

G

2408
220p

3425
75R

+8Vstby

7925
BC847B

100R

220p

U214 2508

20B
21B

+8Vstby

9A

U148

-8Vstby

+8Vstby

8A

220R

10A

3698

3737

F149

SLB_TV

1K

3649

330R

3736

3726

7A

17A
3650

3640

19B
F259

7.4V
2.6V

1.6V

U147

7937
BC857B
2.6V
3681 U144

2501

2402

220p

75R

-0.6V

3706
6K8

F

18B
U136

1K
3408

U203

3693

3757

17B
U201

7921
BC847B

F148 3313
+8Vstby

100R
7926
BC847B

6A

U154

+8Vstby

16B

100K

U204

4A
5A

+8Vstby

+8Vstby

15B

-8Vstby

7.4V

C

3A

F145

U146 3680 U145

330R

14B

+8Vstby

100K

3638

13B

F247

75R

+8Vstby

2.2V

2u2

12B

2404
220p

3407
75R

U216 2507

11B

3639

3705
6K8

E

F234

-0.6V

3756

8B
9B

3692
1K

330R

3651

7B

U213

U202

+8Vstby

U134

2A

F140

+8Vstby

10B
U199

7920
BC847B

330R

100K

F229

220R
+8Vstby

3747

22R

6B
U225

3409

3731

U215

-8Vstby

U198

1.6V

100R

1A

F137

1K

F218

U161

2.6V

100K

3704
6K8

3B
4B

2395
220p

3629
75R

7930
BC847B

F134
7929
BC847B
2V U157 3675
3700

F222

1K

-0.6V

2u2

7939
BC857B 2.6V
3685 U158

100R 7.4V

2.2V

2B

1304-1

U160 3684 U159

7.4V

3744

3691

TV-SCART
+8Vstby

330R

U197

U200

7919
BC847B

U218 2509

U217

F219

1B

3642

1304-2
F216

100K

3397
47K

50
+8Vstby

3748

AUX-SCART

470R

4u7

100K

3394

3643

F212

100K

2385

B

3323

+8Vstby
U196

2521
220p

3320
47K

50

1K

4u7

3318
47K

50

50

2358
220p

3316
47K

470R

4u7

470R

4u7

A

1K

2355

3351

47K

D

F195

3314

50

2522
220p

3413

C

{ROUT_AUX,RIN_AUX,LOUT_AUX,LIN_AUX,BC_AUX,SLB_AUX,GIN_AUX,RCIN_AUX,FBIN_AUX,YCVBSOUT_AUX,YCVBSIN_AUX}

B

2382

F114

4u7

3349
47K

50

U194

2353

1K

220p

F193

4u7

2500

2378

U193

A

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

32

13

1304-1 C13
1304-2 C6
1304-3 G13
2353 A10
2355 A10
2357 B10
2358 A12
2359 B10
2371 I11
2378 A3
2382 A3
2383 B3
2385 C3
2395 C5
2402 F5
2404 E5
2408 F5
2409 I5
2499 G5
2500 E12
2501 F11
2502 C11
2503 G11
2504 H11
2506 G2
2507 D9
2508 F8
2509 C8
2511 H8
2521 B12
2522 A5
2523 B5
3313 D12
3314 A11
3315 A11
3316 A12
3318 B11
3319 B11
3320 B12
3323 B11
3325 B11
3343 I11
3348 A4
3349 A5
3351 B4
3359 B5
3363 B4
3366 B5
3394 C4
3397 C5
3407 E5
3408 F4
3409 D4
3413 D4
3425 F5
3432 I4
3629 C5
3636 G2
3637 G2
3638 D9
3639 E9
3640 E8
3641 F8
3642 C8
3643 D8
3646 H8
3647 I8
3648 G2
3649 D9
3650 E8
3651 C8
3653 H9
3672 G5
3673 E11
3674 F11
3675 C11
3676 G10
3677 H11
3678 G3
3679 G3
3680 D10
3681 D10
3682 F9
3683 F10
3684 C9
3685 C10
3687 G9
3688 H9
3689 H10
3690 I11
3691 C4
3692 D4
3693 E4
3694 I4
3697 G4
3698 E11
3699 F10
3700 C10
3701 G10
3702 I10
3703 I10
3704 D3
3705 E3
3706 F3
3707 I3
3721 G10
3724 H9
3725 F9
3726 E9
3727 G3
3731 C9
3732 I9
3733 H9
3734 F8
3735 F9
3736 E9

3737 E10
3738 H2
3739 G3
3744 D8
3747 C9
3748 C8
3749 G2
3756 D9
3757 F8
3758 H8
3800 G9
3801 G10
7918 I10
7919 C3
7920 D3
7921 E3
7922 I3
7923 G4
7924 G2
7925 D11
7926 D9
7927 F10
7928 F9
7929 C10
7930 C8
7931 G9
7933 H10
7934 H9
7936 G3
7937 D10
7938 F10
7939 C9
7941 H9
7942 G10
F103 H10
F114 A11
F115 A11
F127 B11
F133 B11
F134 C13
F137 C13
F140 C13
F145 D13
F148 D12
F149 D13
F183 F13
F193 A4
F195 B4
F205 B4
F212 C4
F216 C6
F218 D6
F219 C6
F222 C6
F229 D6
F234 D6
F247 E6
F259 F6
U131 G3
U132 E10
U133 F10
U134 C9
U136 F6
U137 G4
U138 G4
U139 G3
U140 G2
U141 G2
U142 D13
U143 E11
U144 D11
U145 D10
U146 D9
U147 E9
U148 E13
U149 F11
U150 F10
U151 F9
U152 F9
U153 F8
U154 D13
U155 E13
U156 F13
U157 C10
U158 C10
U159 C9
U160 C9
U161 C8
U162 G10
U163 G9
U167 H11
U168 H10
U169 H9
U170 H9
U184 H8
U193 A2
U194 B2
U195 B2
U196 C2
U197 C2
U198 D2
U199 D4
U200 C4
U201 E4
U202 E2
U203 F2
U204 E6
U205 G2
U206 I4
U207 I2
U208 I8
U209 I10
U210 H8
U211 H8
U212 G10
U213 F8

U214 F8
U215 D9
U216 D8
U217 C8
U218 C8
U219 B8
U220 B8
U221 A8
U222 G2
U223 A8
U225 D6
U278 G8
U279 G9

CVBS / YC panel (/N1B)
1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

CVBS & YC

A

A
+8Vstby

+8Vstby

3300

330R

3751

100K

3752
2538

CVBS

B

100K

+8Vstby

2u2

3730

3745

22R

330R

2.6V

7310
BC847B

2V

100R

3746

B

TP19

F104 3345

U130

1402-A
2 YKC21-3930

75R
2377
220p

3347
1K

330R

3750

1.6V

F107

100K

7300
BC857B
3763

100R 7.4V
7301
2.6V
BC847B

2.2V
U276

+8Vstby

F100 3301 F101

7.4V

F108

1

C

C
+8Vstby

+8Vstby

100K
100K

2539
Y_ENC

3753

D

3755

+8Vstby

I242

7.4V

2.2V

2u2

3056
330R
3058

+8Vstby

7.4V

100R I241
7013
BC847B

1.6V

U277

I251

7012
BC857B
2.6V
I245 3059 I246

2.6V

3728

3741

22R

330R

D
7014
BC847B
I247

100R

2V

3062

330R

100K

3740

3754

75R
3063
1K

E

E
+5V

+5V

3036
2K2

0|6|12

3038
22K

0.6V

F

3039 I196

7007
BC847B

47K

I189

3041

7006
BC847B

8K2

F

3040
27K
3044
-5V

22K

0.6V

1303
TCS79

I208

TP20

7008
BC847B

100K

3043
330R
3045

2u2
F600

100K

I221

3742

3759

H

7009
2.6V
BC857B
I214 3046 I215

I211

7.4V

2.2V

220p

2520

G

+8Vstby
I210

100R 7.4V
7010
BC847B

2.6V

1.6V
3729

3743

22R

330R

7011
BC847B
2V 2032

100R

H

I219 470n
3050
220R

330R

100K

3760

3761

+8Vstby

7
4
2

220p

+8Vstby

2505

+8Vstby

2540

5

6

75R

C_ENC

1
3

TP21

3049

G

Y/C OUT

I

I

1

2

3

4

5

33

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

34

14

1303 F10
1402-A B9
2032 H8
2377 B9
2505 G9
2520 G9
2538 B5
2539 D6
2540 H6
3036 F7
3038 F6
3039 F5
3040 F5
3041 F7
3043 G6
3044 F5
3045 G6
3046 H7
3049 G9
3050 H8
3056 D6
3058 D6
3059 D7
3062 D9
3063 E8
3300 B6
3301 B6
3345 B8
3347 B8
3728 D6
3729 H6
3730 B6
3740 E6
3741 D7
3742 H6
3743 H7
3745 B7
3746 B6
3750 B6
3751 A6
3752 B6
3753 D6
3754 E6
3755 D6
3759 H6
3760 G6
3761 G6
3763 B7
3999 I1
7006 F6
7007 F6
7008 F6
7009 G7
7010 H6
7011 H8
7012 D7
7013 D6
7014 D8
7300 B7
7301 B6
7310 B8
F100 B6
F101 B7
F104 B8
F107 B6
F108 B9
F600 H6
I189 F7
I191 F6
I196 F6
I200 G5
I208 F9
I210 G7
I211 G6
I214 H7
I215 H8
I219 H8
I221 H6
I241 D7
I242 D6
I245 D7
I246 D8
I247 D8
I251 D6
U130 B7
U192 G9
U224 G9
U276 B6
U277 D6

A/V Mux panel (/N1B)

_Z

_A

35

36

A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
3

5

6

7
* 4402

3

I402
2401

8

28 VO1P

VO2P 32

29 VO1N

VO2N 31
DAC’S

1 VO3

VSSA

2402

I532

D

6
3V3A
4401

8

1n
2413
1n

B

3452
100R
KILL

2411

3423 I414

7004
BC817-25

2K7

3420 I412

3441

I410

RIGHT

7003
BC817-25

I407

5

2409
I408

BC817-25
I419

7402-B
LM833D
7 I409

8

6
4

3416

2445

2404
47u

I418

1401-C
I530 8 YKC21-4040
I425

3444

7

I423

3445
2K7
I426

3446

KILL

D

7008
BC817-25

2K7

22n

3417

9

7007

10K

-5VA

10K
3418

3V3

C

100R

100R

22n

100p

2403
100n

7

F552

+5VA

30
I533

22n

3451
100R

7039
BC817-25

VREFA

3

2507
100u

2K7

VO6 5

VDDA

3407
10K
2405

KILL

VO4 2

4 VO5

F551

Kill

DS 26 3435
2K7

1n
2420
1n
2421

6

10K

10K

C

VOL/MUTE/DEEMPH
NC INTERPOL FILTER
15
NOISE SHAPER
8

-8VHP

6

100p

FOR DVD732

TST2 22

F550

2419

-5VA

4415

L3MODE 17

7

10K
3403

3402

16 SYSCLK

5

220p
3448

PCM_CLK

4

F549

A

-5VA

+5V

19

7404-B
LM833D
7

4

L3CLK 18
L3DATA

8

2437

27 TST1

DEEM0 25

I411

2412

14 DI56

4414

3

F548
+8VHP

HP_R

4

10K

DEEM1 24

5

1n
2418
1n

2

MICRO

2

6411

13 DI34

PCM_OUT2

3

BAS216

12 DI12
PCM_OUT1

100R

2417

1

F547

3415

* 4403

EH-B
1002

F545
F546

-5VA

7402-A
8
LM833D
1

I401

3406 I403

2K2

B

+5VA

10K

MUTE 23

DIGITAL
INTERFACE

11 WS

STATIC 9

HP_L

+5VA

3405
3V3A

3592

10 BCK

2408
22n

10K

13

100R
4

2406

VSSD

12

3414

100u

20

VDDD

5K6

3401
I400
7400
UDA1328T 21

CONTROL
INTERFACE

22n

7404-A
LM833D
1

3404

2400

11

C1: AV PCB

2

100p
4400

10

220p

3400

3V3

2K2

A

9

+5VA 22n
2407

ST_L

7000
BC817-25

8

10K
2436

KILL

4

3447

2

100u

1

I405

3419

100u

3411

3412

10K
2410

2508

100R

100R

10K

KILL

100p

Y1

8

4

3428

7

3429

Y2

6

LEFT

2K7

4

F504

I421

3439

ST_L

3440

KILL

6

100R

100R
3442 I422

7005
BC817-25

KILL

I424

3443

2415
1n

3424
10K

3425
10K

2416
1n

5

7006
BC817-25

1405
YKC21-3337
I529
3

47R
+5V
+5VD
+5VD

BCKO 29

47R

3426

I446

1

100R
3427

I447

2

470p

2435

OPTION
+5V

SDO 28

5

1 1

3

6

1 0

6 LPFO2 ANALOG

1 4

2430
4u7

ANALOG

OUT

IN

7 VRA2

1 3

I435 8 AIR

LZ

9 LPFO3

I

2447
3n3
(3 n 9 )

O NY L OR
F DV D 32 7

2449
82p

2448
4n7
22K

3450

2439

I430

100R

12
18

10u

5400
7CHA

1
4 I431

3

I432

3453

2
1

I433

6
8

2440
100n

MIC
IN

23 34 44

10 13

21

22 27 26 25

FOR DVD732

3

+5VD

I
1

4440

1

2

3

4

37

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

38

7406
GP1F32T

1400
YKC21-3416

2

Parts
* Reserved
L/R No Swap
** L/R/Swap
#

11 19

H

DRIVER

3

68R

7

3 LPFO1

3434

RZ

DRAM

2 MIC1

XI

I437

GNDA2

I436

10K

GNDA1

3433

10K

GNDL

3432

10K

TIMING GENE.

GNDD

3431

470n

GNDX

2431
MICRO

AOR 16

47p

2

2 100n

100R

VR2 15

DSP

I429

2441

L
H

Y 4

3449

47p

Y 3

RI

Y 2

LI

Y 1

5 AIL

CKS

G 1

2442
DIG_OUT

AOL 14

4u7

2438

7 4 CT1
H 5 7 D

4 VRA1

XO

H

I434

2429

G

100R

2434

47R
3438

DIGITAL
OUT

MICOM uF

I444

DIGITAL
IN

47R
3437

LRCKO 30

32 BCKI
31 SDI

I443

33 LRCKI

I442 3436

EMP

38 37 36 35
TEST

17

IFD

1

RESN

43

IFL

42

IFS

24

VDA1

20

VDA2

22n

VDL

4416

P50

7403
41 40 39 TC9409BF

470p

22n
2428

SCLK

VDD2

Y4

13

LRCLK PCM_OUT0 2450

FOR DVD 741,
DVD 751

12

EXTO

47R

14

VDD1

Y3

10

3430

9

F

I450

2K7

2K7

11

E

1401-B
YKC21-4040

I413

22n

F503

3413 I406

47R

1

5

G

F502

4

7001 KILL
BC817-25

7002
BC817-25

1n
2426

GND

VDX

3

EN

1~ MUX

3

3408 I404
2K7

5

4418

2

VCC

4417

F

16

G1

22n

15

F501

2422

1

2

+5V

7405
74HCT157D
STEREO_MUTE

F500

1n
2425

1003
EH-B

1

2423
1n
2424

E

13

1002 A13
1003 E4
1400 I13
1401-B B13
1401-C F13
1405 D13
2400 A2
2401 A4
2402 D2
2403 D2
2404 D3
2405 C5
2406 B6
2407 A7
2408 A7
2409 D4
2410 E5
2411 C5
2412 D6
2413 B13
2415 C12
2416 C13
2417 A13
2418 A13
2419 A13
2420 B13
2421 B13
2422 F2
2423 F6
2424 F6
2425 F7
2426 F7
2428 G5
2429 H3
2430 H4
2431 I2
2434 D12
2435 D13
2436 G12
2437 G13
2438 I10
2439 H10
2440 I13
2441 I12
2442 H13
2445 D5
2447 I3
2448 I3
2449 I4
2450 G4
2507 C5
2508 C6
3400 A3
3401 A3
3402 C1
3403 C1
3404 A4
3405 B4
3406 B4
3407 B5
3408 B6
3411 B6
3412 B7
3413 B7
3414 A10
3415 A10
3416 D4
3417 D4
3418 E4
3419 E5
3420 F10
3423 F11
3424 C12
3425 C12
3426 D12
3427 D12
3428 F2
3429 F2
3430 G3
3431 I2
3432 I3
3433 I3
3434 I3
3435 C3
3436 G7
3437 G7
3438 G8
3439 D7
3440 D9
3441 F10
3442 D7
3443 D9
3444 F11
3445 G10
3446 G11
3447 G12
3448 G13
3449 H10
3450 H10
3451 E10
3452 E11
3453 H12
3592 C4
4400 A2
4401 D2
4402 A7
4403 B8
4414 B3
4415 B3
4416 G3
4417 G3
4418 G3
4440 I2
5400 H11
6411 C4
7000 A3

7001 B7
7002 B8
7003 F10
7004 F11
7005 D8
7006 E9
7007 G10
7008 G12
7039 C3
7400 B2
7402-A B5
7402-B D5
7403 G7
7404-A A7
7404-B C9
7405 E2
7406 H13
F500 E5
F501 E5
F502 E5
F503 F5
F504 F5
F545 A13
F546 A13
F547 A13
F548 A13
F549 A13
F550 B13
F551 B13
F552 B13
I400 B2
I401 B4
I402 A6
I403 B4
I404 B6
I405 B12
I406 B8
I407 D5
I408 D5
I409 D6
I410 C6
I411 B5
I412 F10
I413 B12
I414 E11
I418 F10
I419 G10
I421 D8
I422 D8
I423 F13
I424 D9
I425 F12
I426 G11
I429 H10
I430 H10
I431 H11
I432 H12
I433 I12
I434 H4
I435 I4
I436 I4
I437 I4
I442 G7
I443 H7
I444 H8
I446 D13
I447 D13
I450 C13
I529 D13
I530 F13
I532 D2
I533 D3

A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)
1

2

3

3456 I451
22K

12

11

13

7
4
6

I466

3485

3487

430R

2K2

3486

3488

33R

470R

33R 1%
3493

470R
1%

3593

47R

100R

3505

D

47p

-5V

*

2485
47p

* 3550
+5VVID

2479

I499

9

100R

*

11 2480

1K

* 3590
10K

3526
100R

OUTPUT

21
BUFFER CLAMP3

19

I484

3536

2K2

1K

3538

3535

7 5 0 R

*

*3591
10K

*

5003
DSS306

G

-5V
+5VVID
-5V

4420

Go
+6Vstby

7026
BC847B

3540

*

1K
4421

-5V
+5VVID

+5VVID

3541

Bo

4428
5

4

1K
O T
PIO N

3542
0R

7027
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

3543

7409-A
AD8073
7

Vout

I500

6

*
7029

100R

BC8 4 8 B3549

*

11

1K2

3544

3545

3546

5K6

1K

3

1

1403-C
6 YKC21-3930

1

2

3

4

39

SCL

5

*

5004
DSS306

I

Reserved Parts

-5V

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

40

13

H

I488
2

*
*

I487

75R

4427

-5V

560R

*

4430

3547

-5V
SDA

F

I486
2

330R

2K2

3534

1403-B
4 YKC21-3930
3

1

220p

20

*4424

3

2482

100R

BO

R

I485

75R

4425

220p

1K5

7028
BC8 4 8 B3539

6404

23
BUFFER CLAMP2

220n
17

47p

SCL

3522

3533

10R

*

4429

*

3537

330R

B

LEAKAGE AND
CUT-OFF
CONTROL

100R
2474

SDA

100R

47p

3521

2473

28
I501
I502

3532

Uout

3548

ADJUST

27

I483

2K2

ADJUST

Ro

2K2

ADJUST

9

10

1K

(BC 8 4 8) B

3525

OUTPUT

3588

220n
2476
BRIGHTNESS G

*

22

GO

3527

CPDL

2K2

BCL

3587

y|HUE

VCC

CPDST

CONTRAST

I2C
SYNC
INPUT

*4423

I482

2481

100n

2472

10K

3520

100n

100n
2471

2470
1K

SATURATION

4K7

*

3510

I

R

10n

7024
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

4K7

10K
SOURCE
SWITCH

4419

3528

B2

14 SC

3509

4426

7409-B
4
AD8073
8

-5V

3589

3529

G2

10n 4

LIMITING

25
BUFFER CLAMP1

2477

2468 3

LIMITING

OUTPUT

220n

75R 3516 10n
3517 75R 2469
75R

BLACK

*
*

24

PEAK DRIVE

2478

R2

PEAK BEAM

GAMMA

G

* 4422

3531

22n
RO

ADAPTIVE

B-Y

2

7025
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

100R

82K

2467

R-Y

16

3523

10n

10n 6

Y

15

470n

2465 7

26

2475

3513 10n

22K
3515

RGB2

3518
8

22K

18

GND

22K

3511

4K7

3508

H

5K6
3519

3512

B

3524
5

2463 470n I481 12 B1
470n
2464

3514 22K 2466

+8V_VID

*

1K

+5VVID

6403

+8V_VID

Y- MATRIX

B

RGB1

470n 2462 I480 11 G1

10 R1

Y-CD/

G

I479

E

5002
DSS306

+6Vstby

22n

2461

1

1

I478

*

BZX284-C15

+8V_VID

ONLY FOR DVD751

R

3
2

BZX284-C15

3530

1

4431

-5V

100R

7408
TDA4780 13

I477 1403-A
2 YKC21-3930

*

7023
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I476
3507
75R

1K 1%

G

+5VVID

6402

R

I475

3506

2K2 1%
3495

6

7022
BC857B

2K2
BZX284-C15

3494

-5V

100R I473

470n

3503

3491
430R 1%
3492

750R
1%

3496

B

G

BZX284-C15

E

47p

2455

-5V

6401

3498

*2456

*

3478
75R

3476
2K2

2K2

100R

-5V

1K

1%

7019
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I498

I497

3475

25

3484

*

I472 2506

2459

100R

3497

1K2

-5V
I492 100u

7020
BC847B

100R
7021
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

100u

+5VVID

BZX284-C15

3551
680R 2453

3482

3500 I474

4441

820R
1%

11
-5V

Y

*

13

8

680R
1%

3489

Ro

+5VVID

12

I471
1K
1%

(39R)

C

10

+5VVID

7409-C
4
AD8073
14

6K8

3490

3502

Go

75R
6400

9

+5VVID
+5VVID

220p

Bo

75R

2460

3479

-5V

3477

5
7

1K
3586
2K2

3474
4K7

2

2458
220p

3504

3473
820R

I491

D

I464 470n
3480
470R

7017
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I458

I495

3552
100R

3472
6K8

100R

-5V
I493

B

4

2457
220p

3483

100R I490
7015
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

-5V
+5VVID

25

(BC8 5 8) B
BC857B
7016

7018
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
2454

3469 I463
2452

I494 100u

I455

+5VVID

3501

3466
680R

ONLY FOR DVD751

I462 470n
3468
470R

4K7

3465
4K7

1402
YKF51

1
3

3499

3464
820R

I467
I469

3594

+5VVID
3470
270R
3471

3463
6K8

I468

7014
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
2451

470K

I456

2484
220p

2483
220p

+5VVID

I507

+5VVID

H_SYNC

A

2

270R

I457
(BC8 5 8) B
BC857B
7013
I459
3467 I461

6412

7012
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

*

I470

5
3

I465

BZX284-C15

3461
270R
3462

100R

F

14
1

75R

6413

7009
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

C

Y

10

C2: AV PCB

3481

8K2

100R

I489

9

+5VVID

I454

C

8

8K2

I452

B

I460

BZX284-C15

10K

7

3460

+5VVID

3454
-5V

3459

7010
BC847B

7011
BC847B

3455
15K

6

1404
TCS79

I496

I453

A

5

3458
1K

3457
22K

0|6|12

4

+5VVID

+5VVID

14

1402 B14
1403-A D14
1403-B F14
1403-C H14
1404 A14
2451 B4
2452 C3
2453 D3
2454 C5
2455 D8
2456 D9
2457 C10
2458 C11
2459 E12
2460 E13
2461 G2
2462 G2
2463 G2
2464 G2
2465 G3
2466 H2
2467 H3
2468 H3
2469 H2
2470 F4
2471 F4
2472 F6
2473 I4
2474 I5
2475 I6
2476 G7
2477 H7
2478 H7
2479 F11
2480 F11
2481 G13
2482 I13
2483 B11
2484 B11
2485 E9
2506 D10
3454 A1
3455 A1
3456 A1
3457 A2
3458 A3
3459 A4
3460 A4
3461 B2
3462 B2
3463 B3
3464 B3
3465 C3
3466 C3
3467 B4
3468 C4
3469 C5
3470 C2
3471 C2
3472 D2
3473 D2
3474 D2
3475 D4
3476 E5
3477 D5
3478 E6
3479 C6
3480 C5
3481 A7
3482 D7
3483 D7
3484 D8
3485 C8
3486 C8
3487 C8
3488 C8
3489 D8
3490 C8
3491 E8
3492 E8
3493 E8
3494 E9
3495 E9
3496 D9
3497 D9
3498 D10
3499 C11
3500 D11
3501 D11
3502 D12
3503 E11
3504 E12
3505 D12
3506 E12
3507 E13
3508 H1
3509 I1
3510 I1
3511 H2
3512 G2
3513 G2
3514 H2
3515 H2
3516 H2
3517 H2
3518 F3
3519 F3
3520 F5
3521 I5
3522 I5
3523 I6
3524 F7
3525 G7

3526 H7
I481 G3
3527 G8
I482 F10
3528 H8
I483 F10
3529 I8
I484 G10
3530 F10 I485 F14
3531 F10 I486 F14
3532 F10 I487 H14
3533 F10 I488 I14
3534 G10 I489 C1
3535 G10 I490 C2
3536 G11 I491 D2
3537 F12 I492 D2
3538 G13 I493 C3
3539 F13 I494 C3
3540 H10 I495 C4
3541 H10 I496 A3
3542 H10 I497 D5
3543 H10 I498 E5
3544 I10
I499 F12
3545 I10
I500 H12
3546 I11
I501 I5
3547 H12 I502 I5
3548 I13
I507 B2
3549 H13
4441 D10
3550 E3
3551 D2
3552 C3
3586 D4
3587 G8
3588 G8
3589 G7
3590 H8
3591 H8
3593 C12
3594 C10
4419 G8
4420 G8
4421 H8
4422 F9
4423 F9
4424 G9
4425 F12
4426 F13
4427 I12
4428 H13
4429 F14
4430 H14
4431 D14
5002 E14
5003 G14
5004 I14
6400 D4
6401 E5
6402 E13
6403 G13
6404 I13
6412 C6
6413 C6
7009 B2
7010 A3
7011 A2
7012 B2
7013 B3
7014 B4
7015 C1
7016 C2
7017 C4
7018 C5
7019 D5
7020 D7
7021 D11
7022 D12
7023 D13
7024 I2
7025 F8
7026 H8
7027 I8
7028 F13
7029 H13
7408 F3
7409-A H11
7409-B F11
7409-C C9
I451 A2
I452 B1
I453 A2
I454 B2
I455 C2
I456 B3
I457 B3
I458 D4
I459 B3
I460 A5
I461 B4
I462 B4
I463 C5
I464 C5
I465 A11
I466 A11
I467 B13
I468 B10
I469 B11
I470 A14
I471 C8
I472 D10
I473 D10
I474 D11
I475 D12
I476 E13
I477 D14
I478 E14
I479 G3
I480 G3

A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)

1

3

2

4

5

*

7413
BC547B

7

8

C3 : AV PCB

*

4439

F515

SCL

47u

PCM_OUT1

DC_OFF

9

25

BAS216

BAS216

3555

I504

7412
MC79M05

(BC8 5 8) B
3584

BC857B
7031

4K7

I503

IN

SDA

2503

+6Vstby

4K7

4K7

B

2505
100u

4R7
-5VA

4411

25

2504
100u

13F519
14F520

25

C

#

15F521

*

4437

*

*

GND

4438

OUT

*

*

FOR
COLOR SETTING

470n

2488

D

*

#

BZX284-C9V1

BAS216

6409

6414

I512

7034
BC847B

3561

DC_OFF

47u

IN

10u

I514

2490

10u

2489

7033
BC547B
(BC3 3 47 0- )

2K2

4K7

3563

I515

D

C

*

7411
LF80CV

F516
3562

+8V_VID

+8VHP

Y

2491

16F522

4434

(BC 8 4 8) B

4K7

I511

P50
B

3 F525

G

IN

5 F527

R

6 F528

CVBS

+5VA

GND

3V3

OUT

2493

4R7

10u

4 F526

E

7401
LF33CV

3566

47u

2 F524

2492

E

3559

-5V

I531

12

1 F523

A

OUT

GND

10u

11F518

6406

22u

10F517

6405

FOR DVD 732

7032
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

2487
100u

2502

8

#*

DC_OFF

I509

4K7

F513

3558

I505

I510

Reserved Parts

2K7

PCM_OUT2

F512

7

1001

11

+6Vstby

4R7

3556

6

F511

7030
BC817-25

3560

F510

5

C

+5V

10

*
-8VHP

BAS216

2486

3

F514
H_SYNC

4K7

F509

3554

F508

2

I506 3557
10K

1

4

B

9

6407

1000
52030

3553

A

6

3567
4R7

8 F530

0|6|12

100u

F

2494

7 F529

F

+5V

9
10F532

+5VVID
3568

14F536

PCM_OUT0

15F537

LRCLK

16F538

SCLK

I516

STEREO_MUTE

21F543

DIG_OUT

+5VD

+6Vstby

I521

3578

7037
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
I522

100R
3574
6K8

3575
820R

*

3580
2K2
3576
4K7

3577
680R
I520

FOR KOK ONLY

3

75R
5000
DSS306

+6Vstby
6408
BZX284-C15

2499
100u

7038
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B
3583
I524

100R

25

-5V

CVBS_1

I525

1

1401-A
YKC21-4040
I528 2

I526
3

2

*

-5V
3579

22F544

G

*

4435
I523

3581

CVBS_2

I518

100u

4R7

I519
7036
BC857B
(BC8 5 8) B

3573 I517
100R
7035
BC847B
(BC 8 4 8) B

#

20F542

3569
2496

*

PCM_CLK

19

H

3572
270R

CVBS

17F539
18F540

0R

100u

KILL

#

G

12F534
F535
13

+5VVID

+5VVID

2495

11F533

4436
1

3
5001
DSS306

1
2

I527

H
2500
220p

2501
220p

75R
6410

3582
2K2

BZX284-C15

CL06532021_008.eps
230200

-5V

1

2

3

4

41

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

42

1000 A1
1001 E1
1401-A G11
2486 A5
2487 A6
2488 D4
2489 D5
2490 D6
2491 D7
2492 E2
2493 E3
2494 F2
2495 G2
2496 G2
2499 H6
2500 H11
2501 H11
2502 B5
2503 B6
2504 C7
2505 B8
3553 A3
3554 A3
3555 B3
3556 B4
3557 A5
3558 A8
3559 A8
3560 B8
3561 E2
3562 D2
3563 D3
3566 E1
3567 F1
3568 F2
3569 G2
3572 G5
3573 G5
3574 G6
3575 G6
3576 H6
3577 H6
3578 G7
3579 H7
3580 G7
3581 G8
3582 H8
3583 H9
3584 B5
4411 B6
4434 C4
4435 G10
4436 H10
4437 C6
4438 C7
4439 A5
5000 G10
5001 H10
6405 B2
6406 B3
6407 A5
6408 H8
6409 D2
6410 H8
6414 D4
7030 A4
7031 B4
7032 A9
7033 D4
7034 E3
7035 G5
7036 G6
7037 G7
7038 H8
7401 E2
7411 C6
7412 B6
7413 A4
F508 A1
F509 A1
F510 A1
F511 A1
F512 A1
F513 B1
F514 A2
F515 B1
F516 C2
F517 B1
F518 B1
F519 C1
F520 C1
F521 C1
F522 C1
F523 E1
F524 E1
F525 E1
F526 E1
F527 F1
F528 F1
F529 F1
F530 F1
F532 F1
F533 F1

F534 G1
F535 G1
F536 G1
F537 G1
F538 G1
F539 G1
F540 G1
F542 H1
F543 H1
F544 H1
I503 B3
I504 B3
I505 A4
I506 A4
I509 A8
I510 A9
I511 E2
I512 D4
I514 D5
I515 C6
I516 G5
I517 G6
I518 G5
I519 G6
I520 H6
I521 G7
I522 G7
I523 G8
I524 H8
I525 H9
I526 G11
I527 H11
I528 G11
I531 B6

A/V Pwb (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)

43

44

A/V Pwb (A1B, /S1G, /U1B)

45

46

12. TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING DISPLAY BOARD

TROUBLESHOOTING A/V BOARD

Check supply voltages
The display pcb uses a 24V stabiliser(7112) in combination with a 10V zenerdiode(6102).
Check input voltage: at connector 1115-4:
-40V 5%
Check output voltage at anode of Diode 6102:
-10V 5%
Check stabilizer 7112 output (VKK):
-34V 7%
Check +5Vstb voltage at connector 1115-3:
+5V 5%
Check safety resistor R3117
Check +12V at connector 1115-1:
+12V 10%

NO DISC
POWER ON

NO
DISPLAY?

YES

Check filament voltage
AC voltage is created via uP output pin 19 generating a 42kHz (duty cycle 45/55) square
signal.
Check frequency : 42kHz 10%
Check buffered square output at emitter of transistor 7105; low level: 800mV, high level:
10.7V
Check DC decoupling: check RMS voltage between FIL1 and FIL2 lines:
3.9Vrms + 
Connect to mains.

During the test, the following display
is shown: the counter counts down
from the number of nuclei to be run
before the test finishes. Example:

SET O.K.?

NO

YES

To exit DEALER SCRIPT ,disconnect from mains.

Figure 13-2

53

13.2 PLAYER SCRIPT

13.2.4 Survey

13.2.1 Purpose of Player Script

Press 2 keys simultaneously
 + 
Connect to mains

The Player script will give the opportunity to perform a test that
will determine which of the DVD player's modules are faulty, to
read the error log and error bits and to perform an endurance
loop test. To successfully perform the tests, the DVD player
must be connected to a tv set to check the output of a number
of nuclei. For DVDv2b a multi-channel amplifier, a set of 6
boxes and an external video source are necessary to test. To
be able to check results of certain nuclei, the player script
expects some interaction of the user (i.e. to approve a test
picture or a test sound). Some nuclei (e.g. nuclei that test
functionality of the Basic Engine module) require that the DVD
player itself is opened, to enable the user to observe moving
parts and approve their movement visually. Only tests within
the scope of the diagnostic software will be executed hence
only faults within this scope can be detected.

INTERACTIVE TESTS
DISPLAY PCB
DISPLAY TEST

DispDisplay(30)
DispLed(29)

LED TEST
KEYBOARD TEST

DispKeyb(27)

REMOTE CONTROL

DispRc(28)

13.2.2 Contents of Player Script

MONO PCB
DIGITAL PART

The player script contains all nuclei that are useful on a DVD
player that is connected to a tv-set and help to determine which
module of the DVD player is faulty, as well as to read out the
contents of the error logs.
13.2.3 Structure of Player Script
The player script consists of a set of nuclei testing the three
hardware modules in the DVD player: the Display PWB, the
Digital PWB and the Basic Engine.
Nuclei run by the player test need some user interaction; in the
next paragraph this interaction is described. The player test is
done in two phases:
1. Interactive tests: this part of the player test depends
strongly on user interaction and input to determine nucleus
results and to progress through the full test. Reading the
error log and error bits information can be useful to
determine any errors that occurred recently during normal
operation of the DVD player.
2. The loop test will perform the same nuclei as the dealer
test, but it will loop through the list of nuclei indefinitely.

PICTURE TEST

VideoColDencOn(23a)

SOUND 1 TEST
SCART DVD TEST

AudioPinkNoiseOn(20a)
VideoScartSwDvd(54a)

SCART LOOP TEST

VideoScartSwPass(54b)

SOUND 2 TEST

AudioSineOn(21a)

MONO PCB(SERVO)
& BASIC ENGINE
VERSION NUMBER

BeVer(37)

TRAY TEST

BeTrayOut/In(43ab)

SLEDGE TEST

BeSledgeOut/In(41ab)

DISC MOTOR TEST

BeDiscMotorOn(39a)

FOCUS TEST

BeFocusOn(38a)

RADIAL TEST

BeRadialOn(40a)

JUMP TEST

BeGroovesIn/Mid/Out(42abc)

TRAY TEST

BeTrayOut/In(43ab)

ERROR LOG & BITS

LOOP TEST

LogReadErr(31)
LogReadbits(32)

= Dealer script exclusive of test2

To exit player test,
disconnect from mains

Figure 13-3

54

14. INTERACTIVE TESTS
14.1 DISPLAY PCB

key id.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

14.1.1 DISPLAY TEST
The display test is performed by nucleus DispDisplay. By
putting a series of test patterns on the local display, the local
display is tested. To step through all different patterns, the user
must either press PLAY (pattern is ok) or PAUSE (pattern was
incorrect) to proceed to the next pattern. The display of
patterns is continued in a cyclic manner until the user presses
NEXT. If the user presses NEXT before all display patterns are
tested, the DispDisplay nucleus will return TRUE (display test
successful).

Figure14-3

If any keys are detected more than once (due to hardware
error), the key-code is displayed twice (or more), with the
second digit increased by 1.
If the user does not press all keys minimally once (in any order),
the DispKeys nucleus will return FALSE and cause an error in
the overall result of the player script.
The user can leave the keyboard test by pressing the NEXT
key on the local display of the DVD player for at least one full
second.
The result of the keyboard test is shown on local display as
follows:

14.1.2 LED TEST
The LED(s) on the DVD player is (are) tested by nucleus
DispLed. The user must check if the LED(s) is (are) lighted; if it
is, press PLAY, if it is not, press PAUSE. By pressing NEXT the
script will proceed to the next test. If the user presses NEXT
before PLAY or PAUSE, the DispLed nucleus will return TRUE
(LED test successful).

If OK, press PLAY

key
PLAY
NEXT
PREVIOUS
PAUSE
STOP
OPEN / CLOSE
SOUND

If NOK, press PAUSE

Figure 14-4
If OK, press PLAY

If NOK, press PAUSE

If OK, press PLAY

If NOK, press PAUSE

Or

press NEXT to continue

Figure 14-5
Figure 14-1

Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the
next text.

14.1.3 KEYBOARD TEST

14.1.4 REMOTE CONTROL TEST

The keyboard of the DVD player is tested by nucleus
DispKeyb. The user is expected to press all keys on the local
keyboard once. The code of the key pressed is shown on the
local display (1 hexadecimal digit) immediately followed by a
(hexadecimal) number indicating how many times that key has
been pressed. Example of the local display during this test:

The remote control of the DVD player is tested by nucleus
DispRc. The user must press any key on the remote control just
once. The codes of the key pressed will be shown on the local
display in hexadecimal format. Example:

Figure 14-6
Figure 14-2
The key-codes displayed on the local display will scroll from
right to left when the display gets full, the text "tb-" will remain
on display.

55

14.2 MONO PCB DIGITAL PART

In this example 23 is the hexidecimal code of the pressed RC
key. The user can leave the remote-control test by pressing
NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player. The remote
control test is successful if a code was received before the user
pressed the NEXT key; pressing the NEXT key before pressing
a key on the remote control gives an error in the remote control
test (note that the remote control test will also fail if a key on the
remote control was pressed but no code was received). The
remote control test does not check upon the contents of the
received code, that is it will not be checked if the received code
matches the key pressed. If desired, the user can manually
check this code by using a code-table for the remote control
key-codes.
RC Key id
STANDBY
STOP
PLAY
PAUSE
NEXT
PREVIOUS
CURSOR UP
CURSOR DOWN
CURSOR LEFT
CURSOR RIGHT
OK
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ANGLE
AUDIO
SUBTITLES
ROOT MENU
OSD ON/OFF
RETURN
SHUFFLE
REPEAT
A/B REPEAT

14.2.1 PICTURE TEST
The picture test is performed by putting a predefined picture
(colour bar) on the display (nucleus VideoColDencOn) and
asking the user for confirmation. The display will show the
following message:

Hexadecimal code
C
31
2C
30
20
21
58
59
5A
5B
5C
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
85
4E
4B
54
F
83
1C
1D
3D

Figure 14-10

By pressing PLAY the user confirms the test, pressing PAUSE
will indicate the picture was invisible or incorrect. Pressing
NEXT will proceed to the next test
14.2.2 SOUND 1 & SCART DVD TEST
The first soundtest is performed by starting a pink noise sound
that needs confirmation from the user (nucleus
AudioPinkNoiseOn); the display will show the following
message very shortly:

Figure 14-11

This sound will only be audible from version cut3.1 of
Sti5505(item7503 on mono board) onwards. After starting up
sound 1, SCART loop-trough will be simultaneously active
during this test. SCART loop-trough will be measured with the
aid of an external video source.
When entering the SCART loop-trough, the local display
indicates:

Figure 14-7
After pressing NEXT, the result of the remote control test is
displayed on the local display of the DVD player as follows:

Figure 14-8
Or

Figure 14-9
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the
next test.

56

14.3 BASIC ENGINE
14.3.1 VERSION NUMBER
In the basic engine tests, the version number of the Basic
Engine will be shown first, as the following example:
Figure 14-12
On the TV screen a colour bar (generated by nucleus
VideoColDencOn) is visual and the internally generated
pinknoise is audible. By pressing PLAY the user confirms the
test, pressing PAUSE will indicate the sound was inaudible or
incorrect. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next test; if the
user presses NEXT without pressing PLAY or PAUSE first, the
result of this test will be TRUE (sound ok). By pressing the
NEXT button there will be switched over to the external source,
this must become now visible on the TV screen (using the
SCART). The local display indicates:

Figure 14-15
By pressing the NEXT key, the Basic Engine tests are started.
14.3.2 TRAY TEST
First, the tray is tested. The purpose of this test is also to give
the user the opportunity to put a disc in the tray of the DVD
player. Some tests on the Basic Engine require that a disc(e.g.
DVD MPTD test disc) is present in the player. At the end of the
Basic Engine tests this tray test will be repeated solely to
enable the user to remove the disc in the tray. The local display
will look as follows:

Figure 14-13
The internally generated colour bar is still available on the
CVBS and Y/C outputs. And the pinknoise-signal is still
available on the cinch audio outputs. By pressing the PREV
button, the internal generated colour bar becomes visual again.
The test can be left by pressing the NEXT key for more than
one second.

Figure 14-16
14.2.3 SOUND 2 TEST
By pressing PLAY or PAUSE the user can toggle the position
of the tray. Note that this test will not contribute to the test result
of the Basic Engine. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next
test, after the tray has been closed (by the software) if it was
open.

The second soundtest is performed by producing a sine sound
(nucleus AudioSineOn). The signal can be stopped by pressing
the STOP-key. The display will show the following message:

14.3.3 SLEDGE TEST(visual test)
The second Basic Engine test tests the sledge; the user can
move the sledge as many times as desired by using PLAY
(nucleus BeSledgeOut) and PAUSE (nucleus BeSledgeIn).
Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard proceeds to the next test.
Note that this test will not contribute to the test result of the
Basic Engine. The local display will look as follows during the
sledge test:

Figure 14-14
By pressing PLAY the user confirms the test, pressing PAUSE
will indicate that something went wrong. Pressing NEXT will
proceed to the next; if the user presses NEXT without pressing
PLAY or PAUSE first, the result of this test will be TRUE (sound
ok).

Figure 14-17
14.3.4 DISC MOTOR TEST(visual test)
The third Basic Engine test tests the disc motor (nucleus
BeDiscMotorOn); the local display looks as follows:

57

Figure 14-18

Figure 14-21

By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the disc motor is
running; pressing PAUSE indicates the disc motor does not
work. Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test, after a reset of
the disc motor (nucleus BeDiscMotorOff). If the user presses
NEXT before pressing PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test
will be TRUE (disc motor is running).

The user can switch between the three different types of
groove settings by pressing PLAY (forward to next nucleus in
the list In-Mid-Out) or PAUSE (backward in the list In-Mid-Out).
This is done in a cyclic manner; note that this test will not
contribute to the test result of the Basic Engine. Pressing NEXT
proceeds to the next test, after the disc motor has been shut off
with a call to nucleus BeDiscMotorOff.

14.3.5 FOCUS TEST(visual test)
14.3.8 TRAY TEST
The fourth Basic Engine test tests the focussing; first focussing
is turned on by calling nucleus BeFocusOn. The display will
look as follows:

As a last action for the Basic Engine tests, the tray test is
repeated. The local display will look as follows:

Figure 14-19

Figure 14-22

By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the focussing was
succesful; pressing PAUSE indicates a focussing failure.
Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test after a reset of the
focussing (nucleus BeFocusOff); if NEXT is pressed before
PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test will be TRUE (focus
successful).

This test is meant to give the user the opportunity to remove the
disc in the tray. The tray position can be toggled using the
PLAY and PAUSE key. The tray will be closed (by the software,
if it is open) before proceeding to the next test when the user
presses the NEXT key.

14.3.6 RADIAL TEST(visual & listening test)
The fifth Basic Engine test tests the radial functionality (nucleus
BeRadialOn); the local display looks as follows:

Figure 14-20
By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the radial function
worked; pressing PAUSE indicates the function does not work.
Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test, after a reset of the
radial (nucleus BeRadialOff). If the user presses NEXT before
pressing PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test will be TRUE
(radial successful).
14.3.7 JUMP TEST(listening test)
The sixth and last Basic Engine test tests the jumping by calling
nuclei BeGroovesIn, BeGroovesMid and BeGroovesOut.
During this test, the local display looks as follows:

58

14.3.9 ERROR LOG

recent. By pressing NEXT on the local keyboard, the user can
proceed to the next test.

Reading the error log and error bits information can be useful
to determine any errors that occurred recently during normal
operation of the DVD player. Reading the error log is done by
nucleus LogReadErr. The display during the errorlog readout
looks as follows :

14.3.10 ERROR BITS
Reading the error bits is done by nucleus LogReadBits. The
display during the errorbits readout looks as follows:

Figure 14-23

Figure 14-24

By pressing PLAY or PAUSE the user can move forward or
backward (respectively) through the logged error codes. The
highlighted number indicates which errorcode is currently on
display (in the example above, errorcode number 4 is
displayed). If "0000" is displayed at all positions, the error log is
empty. Display of the logged errors is done in a cyclic manner.
The errorcode with the lowest highlighted number is the most

Only the set errorbits will be shown by their (decimal) number.
Refer to the appropriate documentation for the explanation of
each bit number. If the display only shows "EB-0", no error bits
were set. By pressing NEXT the user can continue to the next
test.
See table below:

Error log / bits table

Read ERROR LOG in player
script

Read ERROR BITS in
player script

Basic engine errors

Value:

Value:

Command to the Basic Engine not allowed in this state or unknown
command

150101

8

Parameter(s) from the command to the Basic Engine is not valid

150102

7

Sledge could not be moved to the inner home position

150103

6

Focus failure

150104

5

Turntable motor speed could not be reached within timeout

150105

4

Radial servo could not get on track on the disc

150106

3

PLL could not lock in the accessing or tracking state

150107

2

Subcode or sector information could not be read

150108

1

requested subcode could not be found

150109

16

Tray could not be closed or opened completely

15010A

15

TOC could not be read within timeout

15010B

14

The requested seek on the disc could not be executed

15010C

13

A requested lead-in is not on the disc

15010D

12

A non existing burst cutting area is requested

15010E

11

S2b communication error

1501F0

10

S2b communication error

1501F1

9

S2b communication error

1501F3

24

S2b communication error

1501F4

23

S2b communication error

1501F5

22

Communication error with the Sti 5505

90000

32

Communication error with the Sti 5505

90001

31

190000

40

Digital PWB errors

Disply processor errors
Communication error with the display processor

59

The loop test will perform the same nuclei as the dealer test,
but it will loop through the list of nuclei indefinitely. The display
of the DVD player will display not only the three digits indicating
correct/faulty modules and the last found error code (as
mentioned, faults are detected as far as they can be within the
scope of the diagnostic software), but also a loop counter
indicating how many times the loop has been gone through.
Example:

14.4 LOOP TEST
At the start of the loop test, the display will show the result of
the interactive player test:

FAULTY
MODULE(S)

LOOP
COUNTER

NUCLEUS

ERROR

Figure 14-25
The left side of the display contains a 3-digit code, which can
have a value between 000 and 111. These values are to be
interpreted as follows:

Displayed
Value

Basic Engine
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111

Figure 14-27

Indication for each module

ok
ok
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
faulty
faulty

Mono
PCB
ok
ok
faulty
faulty
ok
ok
faulty
faulty

Display
PCB
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
ok
faulty
ok
faulty

The number after the hyphen indicates the number of times the
loop test has been performed; the 4 digits at the right side of the
display show the last error that was found when running the
loop test: the leftmost two digits of this code indicate which
nucleus resulted in a fault; the rightmost two digits refer to the
faultcode within that nucleus. For further explanation of this
error code, see list of error codes below.

Figure 14-26

ERROR CODES LOOP TEST
ERROR CODE
0601
0901
1104
1102
1103
1104
1201
1202
1203
1204
1301
1302
1303
1304
1601

NUCLEUS NUMBER ERROR DESCRIPTION
6
9
11

12

13

16

Calculated checksum of FLASH is not correct
The DVD DRAM is faulty
I2C bus busy before start
NVRAM access time-out
No NVRAM Acknowledge
NVRAM reply time-out
I2C bus busy
I2C bus not working
Slave controller not responding
Slave response is not correct
Parity error from basic engine to serial
Parity error from serial to basic engine
No communication between serial and basic engine
Communication time-out error
The SDRAM is faulty
Figure 14-28

60

14.5 Servicing DVD module and MONO board
For /U1B with old DVD module "VAE3000". (Production
WEEK36 or earlier)

For other DV4100
Please refer the DVD Module ADS-1 Service Manual (3122 785
10840) attached with this Service Manual.
For servicing DVD Module ADS-1, the service application
softwear "ComPair" is necessary.

The DVD module(Basic Engine and the mono board) has to be
exchanged completely in case of failure. A new module for
DV4100 can be ordered with codenumber 3104 129 51980.
14.5.1 Reprogramming of new mono boards.

Caution
This information is confidential and may not be distributed. Only a qualified service person should
reprogram the mono board.
After replacement of the mono board, all the customer settings and also the region code will be lost.
Reprogramming of the mono board will put the player back in the state in which it has left the factory,
i.e. with the default settings and the allowed region code.
Reprogramming is limited to 25 times
When the counter reaches 25, reprogramming is not possible anymore
Reprogramming will be done by way of the remote control.
Put the player in stop mode, no disc loaded.
Press the following keys on the remote control:
 followed by numerical keys <2> <7> <4>
The display shows: “- - - - - - - - - - -”
Press now successively the following keys :
for DV4100/A1B : <0><1><5> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC
for DV4100/N1B : <0><1><2> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC
for DV4100/S1G : <0><1><3> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC
for DV4100/U1B : <0><1><0> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC

Press  again.
The TV screen will become BLUE during a short time to confirm that the mono board has been
reprogrammed, then the set goes to standby mode.
Figure 14-29

TRADE MODE

14.5.2 Reset of Virgin Mode

When the player is in Trade Mode, the player cannot be
controlled by means of the front key buttons, but only by means
of the remote control.

After the player has been powered up for test by the dealer, it
would have gone through the Virgin Mode. It is possible to reset
the settings made during that mode before the delivery of
player to the customer. This can be done as shown in the
following diagram:

DISCONNECT FROM MAINS

PRESS 2 KEYS
SIMULTANEOUSLY
 + 
CONNECT TO MAINS

VIRGIN MODE IS RESET
TV SCREEN SHOWS
VIRGIN MODE MENU

IF TRADE MODE OFF

IF TRADE MODE ON

DISCONNECT FROM MAINS

DISCONNECT FROM MAINS

PRESS 2 KEYS
SIMULTANEOUSLY
 + 
CONNECT TO MAINS

PRESS 2 KEYS
SIMULTANEOUSLY
 + 
CONNECT TO MAINS

PLAYER IS IN TRADE MODE
WHEN PRESSING FRONT
KEYS, THE PLAYER
DOESN'T RESPOND

PLAYER IS IN NORMAL MODE
WHEN PRESSING FRONT
KEYS, THE PLAYER WILL
RESPOND

Figure 14-31

Figure 14-30

61

15. TEST INSTRUCTIONS DISPLAY BOARD
15.1 Display board

15.1.4 Reset

15.1.1 Introduction

Check next reset timing with an oscilloscope at pin 10 of the
microprocessor.

These test instructions are written for all versions of the display
PCB 3104 123 42230.
The contents of the PCB can be split up into next blocks:

PM3392A
ch2
ch1
T

V filament

Display

T1
2

V filament
Buffer

Key-matrix
1
CH1 2. 00 V=
CH2
2 V= BW L MTB 100 ms- 1.04d v ch2+

Processor
I2C

Figure 15-2

Supply:
+5Vstby
+12V
-40V

P50
I/O

Timing: 400msec < T1 > 700msec.
CH1: +5Vstby voltage at power on.
CH2: Voltage at pin 10.

RC-Eye

Figure 15-1

15.1.5 Display steerign
Check next timing and level for all grid-lines (G1 r G14).

15.1.2 Functionality description:
PM3392A
ch1: low =-34.2 V
ch1: high= 3.98 V

ch1

The essential component of the display PCB is the P (slave).
This slave works on an 8MHz resonator and has a reset circuit
that is triggered by the +5Vstby. After the reset pulse, the
standby control line will release the reset of the host P. This
host P will then initialise the slave. In addition, when going to
stand-by, the slave will put the host P in reset. When the slave
receives the right IR or key code to leave the standby mode, the
reset of the host P will be released.
Other slave functions are:
Square signal generator to generate the filament voltage,
which is required for an AC FTD.
Generates the grid and segment scanning for the FTD.
Generates a scanning grid for the keys (separated from
display scanning).
Has inputs for RC (RC5 and RC6) and P50 (P50 controller
is built in).

A

1

T

B

STOP
CH1 10.0 V=
MTB 200us 2324us ch1+

Figure 15-3
1.
2.
3.
4.

15.1.3 General

Check level A: +4V5 +/-10% for grid lines 1 => 11
Check level A: +4V0 +/-10% for grid lines 12 => 14
Check level B: -33V +/-10%
Check timing and levels of segment-lines P1 => P10:
PM3392A

Oscilloscope measurements have been carried out using a
Philips PM3392A.
Impedance of measuring-equipment should be > 1M .
To do correct measurements we recommend to use supply
3122 427 21370, which is used in all "second generation B"
DVD-players. Make sure that the main 3.3V has a 0.7A
load.

ch1

A

1
T

B

CH1 10. 0 V=

BWL MTB 500u s- 1.04

Figure 15-4

62

dv ch1 +

Level A:+4V5 +/-10%
Level B:-33V +/-10%
The data on these segment lines depend on the characters that
are displayed.
The characters can be set by sending I2C commands to the
display.
See the Slave URS how to send a display command.
15.1.6 Key-matrix
Connect a extra 10k pull-up to pin 36 en 37 of the P and
check next matrix scanning at these pins.
PM3392A
ch1

ch1: low =-46.9mV
ch1: high= 5.09 V

A
B
1

STOP
CH1 2.00 V=
MTB10.0ms

ch1-

Figure 15-5
Level A: 5.0V +/-7%
Level B: 0V +/-200mV
Check matrix scanning from pin 26 until 33 of the P.
The results should be the same as the diagram above.
15.1.7 I.R. receiver
Check at pin 23 of the P if this line switches from low (< 0.3V)
to high (> 4.5V), while pressing a key on a Philips RC5 or RC6
remote control.
15.1.8 P50 interface
P50 is a bi-directional serial interface, which is used for
communication between video equipment. For European sets,
this communication goes via pin 10 of the scart-bus. In other
regions, it can be a cinch bus at the back of the set.
1. Keep the P in reset by short-circuiting emitter and
collector of transistor 7108, via resistor 3100 and 3104
transistor 7101 is switched on.
2. Check the voltage at the P50 output connector 1118-5: <
200mV.
When the reset is released the P output-pin becomes low and
transistor 7101 is switched off.
1. Check the voltage at the P50 output connector 1118-5: 4V9
+/-5%.
2. Check also the P P50 input ( P pin 20): 5V +/-5%.
3. Connect the P50 line (connector 1118-5) to ground.
4. Check again the P P50 input ( P pin 20): <0V3.

63

16. CURRENT MODE POWER SUPPLY 20PS203
16.1 Blockdiagram
Rectifier

Lightning
Protection

6240

5131

+12V
EMI
FILTER

MAINS

7233

2240

+5V Stand By

1
2121
6250
-8V Stand By
7125

2250

5
6260

-40V
2260
Rsense

+6V Stand By

6230
7236

6132

+5V
2230

6129

6210

+3V3

7110

2210
Supply Init

2.5V
Error
Amplifier
Current
Sense
Input

Stand By

+
-

OSC.

Demagnet.
Mgmt

Output
Sense
+

6220

Vc
7

S
R
Q
latch

Buffer

Out
9

Gnd
Voltage
Feedback

Soft-Start
Control

GNDs

Overvoltage
Mgmt

7200

7201
GND
REGULATION

Figure 16-1

16.1.1 Function description of the current mode power supply
MOSFET 7125 is used as a power switch controlled by the
controller IC 7110. When the switch is closed, energy is
transferred from the mains into the transformer. This energy is
then supplied to the load when the switch is opened. By control
of the switched-on time, the energy transferred in each cycle is
regulated so that the output voltages are independent of load
or input voltage variations. The controlling device MC44603P is
an integrated pulse width modulator. A clock signal initiates
power pulses at a fixed frequency. The termination of each
output pulse occurs when an analogue of the inductor current
reaches a threshold established by the error signal. In this way
the error signal actually controls the peak inductor current on
cycle-by-cycle basis.

can also be used for driving a bipolar transistor in low power
converters. It is optimised to operate in discontinuous mode but
can also operate in continuous mode. Its advanced design
allows use in current mode or voltage mode control
applications.

16.3 Pin connections

16.2 General description of MC44603

VCC

1

16

Rref

VC

2

15

R Frequency Standb

Output

3

14

Voltage feedback In

Gnd

4

13

Error Amp Output

5

12

R Power Standby

Overvoltage Protection(OVP)

6

11

Sof-Start/Dmax/
Voltage Mode

Current Sense Input

7

10

CT

Foldback Input

The MC44603 is an enhanced high performance controller that
is specifically designed for Off-line and dc-to dc converter
applications. This device has the unique ability of automatically
changing operating modes if the converter output is
overloaded., unloaded, or shorted. The MC44603 has several
distinguishing features when compared to conventional SMPS
controllers. These features consist of a foldback facility for
overload protection, a standby mode when the converter output
is slightly loaded, a demagnetisation detection for reduced
switching stresses on transistor and diodes, and a high current
totem pole output ideally suited for driving a power MOSFET. It

Demag. Detection

8

9

Figure 16-2

64

Sync Input

16.4 Blockdiagram of MC44603

MC44603P

1

16
Vref

8

DEMAGNETISATION
DETECT

DEMAGNETISATION
MANAGEMENT

Iref

REFERENCE
BLOCK

Vref
enable

SUPPLY
INITIALISATION BLOCK

UVL01

Iref
VOSC PROT

9

SYNC INPUT

10

CT

15

RF STANDBY

12

RP STANDBY

VOSC

OSCILLATOR

1Set

LATCH

Vstby

=1

BUFFER

C

1Reset

VC

2

OUT

3

GND

4

STANDBY
(REDUCED FREQUENCY)

2.5V

THERMAL
SHUTDOWN

Vref

Voc

Iref

14

13

VOLTAGE
FEEDBACK

VS8 OUT

ERROR
AMP

CURRENT
SENSE

Dmax &
SOFT-START
CONTROL

E/A OUT

UVL01

Vref

OVER
VOLTAGE
MANAGEMENT

FOLDBACK
FOLDBACK
INPUT

CURRENT SENSE
INPUT

5

SOFT-START
& DMAX

7

11

Figure 16-3

16.5 Pin function description
Pin function description
Pin

Name

Description

1

VCC

This pin is the positive supply of the IC. The operating voltage range after start-up is 9.0 to 14.5 V.

2

VC

The output high state (VOH) is set by the voltage applied to this pin.

3

Output

Peak currents up to 750 mA can be sourced or sunk, suitable for driving either MOSFET or Bipolar transistors.

4

Gnd

The groundpin is a single return, typically connected back to the power source.

5

Foldback Input

The foldback function provides overload protection.

6

Overvoltage
Protection

When the overvoltage protection pin receives a voltage greater than 2.5V, the device is disabled and requires a
complete restart sequence.

7

Current Sense
Input

A voltage proportional to the current flowing into the power switch is connected to this input.

8

Demagnetisation
Detection

A voltage delivered by an auxiliary transformer winding provides to the demagnetisation pin an indication of the
magnetisation state of the flyback transformer. A zero voltage detection corresponds to complete core
saturation.

9

Synchronisation
Input

The synchronisation input pin can be activated with either a negative pulse going from a level between 0.7V and
3.7V to Gnd or a positive pulse going from a level between 0.7V and 3.7V up to a level higher than 3.7V. The
oscillator runs free when Pin 9 is connected to Gnd.

10

CT

The normal mode oscillator frequency is programmed by the capacitor CT choice together with the Rref
resistance value. CT, connected between Pin 10 and Gnd, generates the oscillator sawtooth.

11

SoftStart/Dmax/Volta
ge-Mode

A capacitor, resistor or a voltage source connected to this pin limits the switching duty-cycle. This pin can be
used as a voltage mode control input. By connecting Pin 11 to Ground, the MC44603 can be shut down.

12

RP Standby

A voltage level applied to the RP Standby pin determines the output power level at which the oscillator will turn
into the reduced frequency mode of operation(i.e. standby mode). An internal hysteresis comparator allows to
return in the normal mode at a higher output power level.

13

E/A Out

The error amplifier output is made available for loop compensation.

14

Voltage
Feedback

This is the inverting input of the Error Amplifier. It can be connected to the switching power supply output
through an optical (or other) feedback loop.

15

RF Standby

The reduced frequency or standby frequency programming is made by the RF Standby resistance choice.

16

Rref

Rref sets the internal reference current. The internal reference current ranges from 100 A to 500 A. This
requires that 5.0k
Rref 25k .

Figure 16-4

65

OVER
VOLTAGE
PROTECT

6

16.6 Operating description

16.7 Regulation

The input voltage Vcc(pin 1) is monitored by a comparator with
hysteresis, enabling the circuit at 14.5V and disabling the
circuit below 7.5V. The error amplifier compares a voltage
Vfb(pin 14) related to the output voltage of the power supply,
with an internal 2.5V reference. The current sense comparator
compares the output of the error amplifier with the switch
current Isense(pin 7) of the power supply. The output of the
current sense comparator resets a latch, which is set every
cycle by the oscillator. The output stage is a totem pole,
capable of driving a MOSFET directly.

Figure 16-6 shows the most relevant signals during the regulation
phase of the power supply.
The oscillator voltage ramps up and down between V1 and V2.
The voltage at the current sense terminal is compared every
cycle with the output of the error amplifier Vcomp. The output
is switched off when the current sense level exceeds the level
at the output of the error amplifier.
1. TimeON phase : A drain current will flow from the positive
supply at pin 1 of the transformer through the transformer's
primary winding, the MOSFET and Rsense to ground. As
the positive voltage at pin 1 of the transformer is constant,
the current will increase linearly and create a ramp
dependent on the mains voltage and the inductance of the
primary winding. A certain amount of energy is stored in the
transformer in the form of a magnetic field. The polarity of
the voltages at the secundary windings is such that the
diodes are non-conducting.
2. TimeDIODE phase : When the MOSFET is switched off,
energy is no longer supplied to the tranformer. The
inductance of the tranformer now tries to maintain the
current which has been flowing through it at a constant
level. The polarity of the voltage from the transformer
therefore becomes reversed. This results in a current flow
through the tranformer's secondary winding via the diodes,
electrolytic capacitors and the load. This current is also
ramp shaped but decreasing.
3. TimeDEAD phase : when the stored energy has been
supplied to the load, the current in the secondary windings
stops flowing. At this point the drain voltage of the
MOSFET will drop to the voltage of C2121 with a ringing
caused by the Drain-Source capacitance with the primary
inductance.
The oscillator will start a next cyclus which consists of the
described three phases. The time of the different phases
depends on the mains voltage and the load.
TimeDEAD is maximum at an input of 400VDC and minimum
load, it will be zero at an input of 100VDC and overload.

16.6.1 Start-up sequence

t1: Charging the capacitor at Vcc
C2129 will be charged via R3123 and R3134, C2133 and
C2111 via R3129. The output is switched off during t1.
t2: Charging of output capacitors
When the input voltage of the IC exceeds 14.5V, the circuit is
enabled and starts to produce output pulses. The current
consumption of the circuit increases to about 17mA, depending
on the external loads of the IC. At first, the capacitor at the Vcc
pin will discharge because the primary auxiliary voltage,
coming from winding 7-9 is below the Vcc voltage. At some
moment during t2, the primary auxiliary voltage reaches the
same level as Vcc. The Vcc voltage is now determinated by this
primary auxiliary voltage.
t3: regulation
The output voltage of the power supply is in regulation
t4: overload
When the output is shortened, the supply voltage of the circuit
will decrease and after some time drop below the lower
threshold voltage. At that moment, the output will be disabled
and the process of charging the Vcc capacitor starts again. If
the output is still shorted at the next t2 phase, the complete
start-and stop sequence will repeat. The power supply comes
in a hiccup mode

V2
Vosc

14.5V
10V

V1
Vcc

0
7.5V

Vcomp

p.a.v.
0V

Vsense

17mA

Vgate

Icc
1mA

Vdrain

OUTPUT

Idrain

Idiodes

short
Vo
0

Ton
t1

t2

t3

Tdiode Tdead

t4

Figure 16-6 Regulation

Figure 16-5 Start-up sequence

66

16.8 Oscillograms
PM3394B
ch1
ch3

1
T

ch2

3

CH1 2
CH2
2CH3 2 V~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1-

ch1 : Drain voltage
ch2 : Drain current
ch3 : Gate voltage
PM3394B
ch1
ch3

1
T

3

CH1 1
CH3 50mV~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1-

ch1 : Drain voltage
ch2 : Oscillator voltage
PM3394B
ch1
ch3

1
T

3
CH1 1
CH3 20mV~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1-

ch1 : Drain voltage
ch3 : Sense voltage
Figure 16-7

67

17. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
17.1 Input circuit

The cathode current flows through the LED of the opto-coupler.
The collector current of the opto-coupler flows through R3106,
producing an error voltage, connected to voltage feedback pin
14 of IC7110.

The input circuit consists of a lightning protection circuit and an
EMI filter.
The lightning protection comprises R3120, gasarrestor 1125
and R3124. The EMI filter is formed by C2120, L5120, C2125
and C2126. It prevents inflow of noises into the mains.

17.6 Demagnetisation
The auxiliary winding (7-9) voltage is used to detect magnetic
saturation of the transformer core and connected via R3101 to
pin 8 of IC7110. During the demagnetisation phase, the output
will be disabled.

17.2 Primary rectifier/smoothing circuit
The AC input is rectified by rectifier bridge 6120 and smoothed
into C2121. The voltage over C2121 is approximately 300V. It
can vary from 100V to 390V.

17.7 Overvoltage protection circuit

17.3 Start circuit and Vcc supply

This circuit consist of D6114, C2114, R3115 and R3116.
When the regulation circuit is interrupted due to an error in the
control loop, the regulated output voltage will increase
(overvoltage). This overvoltage is sensed on the primary
winding 7-9.
When an overvoltage longer than 2.0 (s is detected, the output
is disabled until VCC is removed and then re-applied. The
power supply will come in a hiccup mode as long as the error
in the control loop is present.

This circuit is formed by R3123, R3134, C2129, D6129, R3129,
R3111, C2133 and C2111.
When the power plug is connected to the mains voltage, the
stabilised voltage over D6129(24V) will charge C2133 via
R3129. When the voltage reaches 14.5V across C2111, the
control circuit of IC7110 is turned on and the regulation starts.
During regulation, Vcc of IC7110 will be supplied by the
rectified voltage from winding 7-9 via R3135, D6132 and
C2133.

17.8 Secondary rectifier/smoothing circuit

17.4 Control circuit

There are 5 rectifier/smoothing circuits on the secondary side.
Each voltage depends on the number of windings of the
transformer.
The +5Vstby power supply is derived from the +12Vstby by
voltage regulator 7233, C2233 and L5233.
The -5V voltage is regulated by voltage regulator 7259 and will
be switched off via D6256, T7256 and T7255 during standby
(control signal STAND BY is high). When jumper 4250 is
mounted instead of this circuit, a supply voltage -8Vstby will be
present at pin 9 of connector 0205. -5V is used in DVD730 MK
II, DVD 930 MK II and DVD710. -8Vstby is used in DVD750 and
DVD950.
The +5V power supply is derived from +6Vstby by the loaderup circuit formed by MOSFET 7236, reference component
7237, R3236, R3237 and C2239. This voltage will be switched
off during STAND BY via T7235.
The 3V3 power supply is regulated by the control loop (7201,
7200, 7110) of the switched mode PSU.

The control circuit exists of IC7110, C2102, 2104, 2107, 2109,
2110, R3102, 3103, 3104, 3107, 3108, 3109 and 3110. The
frequency of the oscillator is defined by C2102 and R3110.
Power switch circuit
This circuit comprises MOSFET 7125, Rsense 3126, 3127 and
3128, R3125 , C2127, L5125, R3112 and R3113. R3125 is a
pull-down resistor to remove static charges from the gate of the
MOSFET.

17.5 Regulation circuit
The regulation circuit comprises opto-coupler 7200 which
isolates the error signal from the control IC on the primary side
and a reference component 7201. The TL431(7201) can be
represented by two components:
a very stable and accurate reference diode
a high gain amplifier

K
R
2.5V
A
Figure 17-1
TL431 will conduct from cathode to anode when the reference
is higher than the internal reference voltage of about 2.5V. If the
reference voltage is lower, the cathode current is almost zero.

68

17.9 List of abbreviations
B
BC_AUX
BC_TV
C_ENC
CVBS
DC_OFF
DIG_OUT
FBIN_AUX
FBOUT_TV
G
GIN_AUX
GOUT_TV
HP_L
HP_R
KILL
LIN_AUX
LIN_TV
LOUT_AUX
LOUT_TV
LRCLK
PCM_CLK
PCM_OUT0
R
RCIN_TV
RCOUT_TV
RIN_AUX
RIN_TV
ROUT_AUX
ROUT_TV
SCL
SCLK
SDA
SELECT
SELECT_HIGH

SLB_AUX
SLB_TV
STANDBY

STEREO_L
STEREO_R
Y_ENC
YCVBSIN_AUX
YCVBSIN_TV
YCVBSOUT_AUX
YCVBSOUT_TV
0/6/12

Buffered Video input Blue from DVD
monoboard
Blue or Chroma input from AUX-scart
Blue or Chroma output to TV-scart
Buffered Chroma input from DVD
monoboard
Buffered Composite video input from
DVD monoboard
Control signal to switch off 8Vstby
and +12Vstby during standby
Digital out
Fast blanking input from AUX-scart
Fast blanking output to TV-scart
Buffered Video input Green from DVD
monoboard
Video input Green from AUX-scart
Video output Green to TV-scart
Audio output left to headphone and
audio scart switch TEA6420
Audio output right to headphone and
audio scart switch TEA6420
Kill control signal for audio outputs and
for soft mute of DAC
Audio input left from AUX-scart
Audio input left from TV-scart
Audio output left to AUX-scart
Audio output left to TV-scart
Left/Right clock
Audio system clock for DAC
Audio serial output data
Buffered Video input Red from DVD
monoboard
Red or Chroma input from TV-scart
Red or Chroma output to TV-scart
Audio input right from AUX-scart
Audio input right from TV-scart
Audio output right to AUX-scart
Audio output right to TV-scart
I2C bus clock
Audio serial bit clock
I2C bus data
Control signal for video scart switches;
high = TV ,low = AUX
Control signal for switching fast
blanking and slow blanking signals;
high = TV,.low = AUX
Slow blanking control signal from
AUX-scart
Slow blanking control signal to TVscart
Control signal from STI5505 used to
swith off 8Vstby and +12Vstby during
standby.
Audio cinch output left
Audio cinch output right
Buffered Luma input from DVD
monoboard
Luma or CVBS input from AUX-scart
Luma or CVBS input from TV-scart
Luma or CVBS output to AUX-scart
Luma or CVBS output to TV-scart
Scart switch control signal A/V board.
0V : loop through (AUX to TV), 6V :
play 16:9 format, 12V : play 4:3 format

69

18. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON PARTS CODES.
RESISTORS
R
R

: 1) GD05 x x x 140, Carbon film fixed resistor, 5% 1/4W
: 2) GD05 x x x 160, Carbon film fixed resistor, 5% 1/6W
1 Resistance value
Examples
1 Resistance value
0.1 ..... 001
10 ...... 100
1k ...... 102 100k ...... 104
0.5 ..... 005
18 ...... 180 2.7k ...... 272 680k ...... 684
1 ..... 010 100 ...... 101 10k ...... 103
1M ...... 105
6.8 ..... 068 390 ...... 391 22k ...... 223 4.7M ...... 475
Note : Please distinguish 1/4W from 1/6W by the shape of parts
used actually.

CAPACITORS
C

C

C

: CERAMIC CAP.
3) DD1 x x x x 370, Ceramic capacitor
Disc type
Temp.coeff. P350~N1000, 50V
3 Capacity value
2 Tolerance
Examples
2 Tolerance (Capacity deviation)
0.25 pF ....... 0
0.5 pF ....... 1
5 % ....... 5
Tolerance of COMMON PARTS handled here are as follows :
0.5 pF - 5 pF ....... 0.25 pF
6 pF - 10 pF ..... 0.5 pF
12 pF - 560 pF ... 5 %
3 Capacity value
0.5 pF .... 005
3 pF ..... 030 100 pF ..... 101
1 pF .... 010 10 pF ..... 100 220 pF ..... 221
1.5 pF .... 015 47 pF ..... 470 560 pF ..... 561

NOTE ON SAFETY FOR FUSIBLE RESIST OR :
The suppliers and their type numbers of fusible resistors are as
follows ;
1 . KOA Corporation
Part No.(MJI)
Type No.(KOA)
Description
NH05 x x x 140
RF25S x x x x
J 5% (1/4W)
NH05 x x x 120
RF50S x x x x
J 5% (1/2W)
NH85 x x x 110
RF73B2A x x x x
J 5% (1/10W)
NH95 x x x 140
RF73B2E x x x x
J 5% (1/4W)

Resistance value
2. Matsushita Electronic
Part No.(MJI)
NF05 x x x 140
RF05 x x x 140
NF02 x x x 140
RF02 x x x 140

7 Capacity value
Examples
7 Capacity value
0.1 F ...... 104
0.001 F (1000 pF) ...... 102
0.56 F ...... 564
0.0018 F ........................ 182
1 F ...... 105
0.01 F ........................ 103
0.015 F ........................ 153

)

ERD-2FCG x x x

( 2% 1/4W)
Resistance value

..... 100
..... 180
..... 101
..... 391

1k
2.7k
10k
22k

.....
.....
.....
.....

102
272
103
223

100k
680k
1M
4.7M

.....
.....
.....
.....

104
684
105
475

ABBREVIATION AND MARKS
ANT.

: ANTENNA

BATT.

: BATTERY

CAP.

: CAPACITOR

CER.

: CERAMIC

CONN.

: CONNECTING

DIG.

: DIGITAL

HP

: HEADPHONE

MIC.

: MICROPHONE

: MICROPROCESSOR

REC.

: RECORDING

RES.

: RESISTOR

SPK

: SPEAKER

SW

: SWITCH

TRANSF.

: TRANSFORMER

-PRO

: 5) ELECTROLY CAP.(
), 6)FILM CAP (
)
5) EA x x x x x x 10, Electrolytic capacitor
One-way lead type,Tolerance 20%
6 Working voltage
5 Capacity value
Examples
5 Capacity value
0.1 F .... 104
4.7 F .... 475
100 F ..... 107
0.33 F .... 334
10 F .... 106
330 F ..... 337
1 F .... 105
22 F .... 226
1100 F ..... 118
2200 F .... 228
6 Working voltage
6.3 V ...... 006
25 V ..... 025
10 V ...... 010
35 V ..... 035
16 V ...... 016
50 V ..... 050
Plastic film capacitor
One-way type, Mylar 5% 50V
Plastic film capacitor
One-way type, Mylar 10% 50V

- 10k

Components Co., Ltd
Type No.(MEC)
Description
ERD-2FCJ x x x
( 5% 1/4W)

Examples
Resistance value
0.1 ..... 001
10
0.5 ..... 005
18
1 ..... 010 100
6.8 ..... 068 390

: CERAMIC CAP.
4) DK16 x x x 300, High dielectric constant ceramic
capacitor
Disc type
Temp.chara. 2B4, 50V
4 Capacity value
Examples
4 Capacity value
100 pF ..... 101
1000 pF .... 102 10000 pF .... 103
470 pF ..... 471
2200 pF .... 222

6) DF15 x x x 350
DF15 x x x 310
DF16 x x x 310

Resistance value(0.1

TRIM.

: TRIMMING

TRS.

: TRANSISTOR

VAR.

: VARIABLE

X’ TAL

: CRYSTAL

NOTE ON SAFETY:
Symbol
Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original
parts should be used to replaced any part marked with
symbol
Any other component substitution ( other than
original type), may increase risk of fire or electrical shock
hazard.

NOTE 1) The above CODES(R
,R
,C
,C
and C
) are omitted on the schematic diagram in
some case.
2) On the occasion, be confirmed the common parts on the
parts list.
3) Refer to “Common Parts List” for the other common
parts(Rl05, DD4, DK4).

70

990521 A.O

POS.
NO

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)

DESCRIPTION

2000
2001
2002
2004
2006
2007
2029
2030
2032
2033
2036
2038
2039
2040
2041

3198 028 41090
4822 126 13838
4822 126 13692
4822 126 13692
4822 124 41796
4822 124 23432
4822 124 81286
4822 126 13482
4822 126 13482
4822 122 33575
4822 124 41643
4822 124 41584
4822 124 40181
4822 124 41643
4822 124 41643

AV CIRCUIT BOARD
(/A1B,/S1G,/U1B)
CAPACITORS
ELECT 10 F 20% 35V
CER. 100NF 50V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
ELECT 22 F 20% 16V
ELECT 100 F 20% 10V
ELECT 47 F 20% 16V
CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V
CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 100 F 20% 16V
ELECT 100 F 20% 10V
ELECT 220 F 20% 10V
ELECT 100 F 20% 16V
ELECT 100 F 20% 16V

2100
2101
2104
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2113
2115
2119
2121
2123
2124
2125
2126
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134

5322 122 32654
5322 122 32531
5322 122 31647
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32654
4822 126 13838
4822 124 81286
5322 122 31647
5322 122 32531
5322 122 31647
5322 122 31647
4822 122 33575
4822 126 14585
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32654
4822 124 22339
4822 124 22339
4822 124 11947

CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
ELECT

22N
100pF
1NF
100pF
100pF
22N
100NF
47 F
1NF
100pF
1NF
1NF
220pF
100NF
22N
22N
22N
22N
100 E
100 E
10 F

63V
5% 50V
10% 63V
5% 50V
5% 50V
63V
50V
20% 16V
10% 63V
5% 50V
10% 63V
10% 63V
5% 63V
10% 50V
3V
63V
63V
63V
16V
16V
20% 16V

POS.
NO

PART NO.
(MJI)

QT02841090
QP12613838
QP12613692
QP12613692
QP12441796
QP12423432
QP12481286
QP12613482
QP12613482
QP12233575
QP12441643
QP12441584
QP12440181
QP12441643
QP12441643
QQ12232654
QQ12232531
QQ12231647
QQ12232531
QQ12232531
QQ12232654
QP12613838
QP12481286
QQ12231647
QQ12232531
QQ12231647
QQ12231647
QP12233575
QP12614585
QQ12232654
QQ12232654
QQ12232654
QQ12232654
QP12422339
QP12422339
QP12411947

DIODES
6001
4822 130 11087 DIODE BZX284-C15

QP13011087

6006
6007
6008
6009
6010

4822 130 83757
4822 130 83757
4822 130 83757
4822 130 11087

DIODE BAS216
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C15

QP13083757
QP13083757
QP13083757
QP13011087

7103
7110
7115
7116
7117

4822 209 17423
4822 209 16978
4822 209 30095
9322 141 80668
4822 209 72684

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC
ANA UAD1328T
IC
ANA LF33CV
IC
ANA LM833D
IC
ANA AD8073
IC
ANA L7905CV

QP20972684

7000
7001
7002
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012

5322 130 60159
4822 130 42804
4822 130 60373
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373

TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.

QQ13060159
QP13042804
QP13060373
QP13042804
QP13042804
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373

BC846B
BC817-25
BC856B
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B

QP20917423
QP20916978
QP20930095

71

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)

DESCRIPTION

BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25
BC817-25

PART NO.
(MJI)

7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7104
7105
7108
7109
7112
7114

5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804
4822 130 42804

TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.

3000
3001
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3014
3015
3016
3017
3036
3038
3039

4822 051 20101
4822 117 12521
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 11152
4822 051 20101
4822 117 12955
4822 051 20101
4822 117 12955
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20223
4822 051 20223

RESISTORS
100R00 5%
68R
1%
4K70
5%
4K70
5%
2K7
1%
10k
1%
4K70
5%
4K70
5%
4K70
5%
4R7
5%
100R00 5%
2K7
1%
100R00 5%
2K7
1%
2K2
5%
22K00 5%
22K00 5%

3040
3041
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3068
3069

4822 116 83933
4822 051 20822
4822 117 11504
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11507
4822 117 11454
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20471
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10361
4822 117 11504
4822 117 11152
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11507
4822 117 11454
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10361
4822 117 11504
4822 051 20101

15K
8K20
270R
10k
100R00
100R00
6K8
820R
75R
470R00
4K70
680R
270R
4R7
100R00
100R00
6K8
820R
75R
2K2
4K70
680R
270R
100R00

1%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP11683933
QP05120822
QP11711504
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711507
QP11711454
QP11711927
QP05120471
QP05120472
QP11710361
QP11711504
QP11711152
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711507
QP11711454
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120472
QP11710361
QP11711504
QP05120101

3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3077
3078
3100
3101
3102

4822 117 11507
4822 117 11454
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10361
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833

6K8
820R
75R
2K2
4K70
680R
75R
2K2
100R00
4K70
10k

1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP11711507
QP11711454
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120472
QP11710361
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120101
QP05120472
QP11710833

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804
QP13042804

QP05120101
QP11712521
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11712955
QP11710833
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11711152
QP05120101
QP11712955
QP05120101
QP11712955
QP11711449
QP05120223
QP05120223

POS.
NO
3103
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3112
3113
3114

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11152
4822 117 11152
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955

DESCRIPTION

10k 1% 0.1W
10k 1% 0.1W
10k 1% 0.1W
100R00 5% 0.1W
4R7
5%
4R7
5%
10k
1% 0.1W
2K7
1% 0.1W
2K7
1% 0.1W

QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP11711152
QP11711152
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955

4822 117 10833 10k

1% 0.1W

QP11710833

3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3126
3127
3129
3130
3131
3132
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139

4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
5322 117 12487
5322 117 12487
4822 117 12635
4822 117 11139
4822 117 11931

100R00
100R00
10k
10k
2K7
2K7
10k
100R00
10k
2K7
100R00
10k
2K7
1k
1k
10R
1k5
750R

5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%

QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11712955
QQ11712487
QQ11712487
QP11712635
QP11711139
QP11711931

3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3147
3148
3150
3153
3154
3157
3158
3159
3160

2120 108 92619
5322 117 12487
5322 117 12487
5322 117 12487
4822 117 11953
2120 108 92625
2120 108 92616
5322 117 12487
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11449
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833

SM ERJ6EN 2K2PM1
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
560R
1% 0.1W
SM ERJ6EN 5K6PM1
SM ERJ6EN 1k2 PM1
1k
1% 0.125W RC12G
75R
1% 0.1W
100R00 5% 0.1W
75R
1% 0.1W
75R
1% 0.1W
2K2
5% 0.1W
100R00 5% 0.1W
10k
1% 0.1W

1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007

5000
5003
5007
7020

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.125W RC12G
0.125W RC12G
0.125W
0.1W
0.1W

MISCELLANEOUS
2422 026 05047 CONNECTOR CINCH H 6P
F RDWHYE B
4822 267 10994 CONNECTOR 4P MDIN
2422 025 16526 CONNECTOR 22P F 1.00
FFC 0.3 R
4822 267 31729 CONNECTOR
2422 026 05049 CON BM CINCH H 3P F
2422 025 16525 CONNECTOR 16P F 1.00
FFC 0.3 R
4822 157 70601 COIL 100UH (920927085A)
4822 242 10756 FILTER L/C
DSS306-92Y5S221M100
9322 155 28667 CONNECTOR
GP1FA550TZ (SRPJ)L

POS.
NO

PART NO.
(MJI)

QQ11712487
QQ11712487
QQ11712487
QP11711953

QQ11712487
QP11711927
QP05120101
QP11711927
QP11711927
QP11711449
QP05120101
QP11710833

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)

DESCRIPTION

2032
2353
2354
2355
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2371
2372
2373
2377
2378
2382
2383
2385
2395
2402
2404
2408
2409
2412

4822 126 13482
4822 124 40769
4822 126 14076
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40769
4822 126 13692
4822 126 13692
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 124 40769
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
4822 124 40433

AV CIRCUIT BOARD (/N1B)
CAPACITORS
CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER.
220N 25V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
CER.
47pF 1% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
ELECT 47 F 20% 25V

2450
2452
2453
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2469
2471
2472
2488
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499

5322 122 32654
4822 126 14076
4822 124 40433
5322 122 32531
4822 124 22339
5322 126 10511
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32654
5322 122 32531
4822 124 22339
5322 126 10511
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32654
4822 126 14585
4822 124 40433
4822 126 14585
4822 126 14585
5322 122 32654
4822 124 81151
4822 124 41584

CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
ELECT

4822 122 33575 CER.

QU02605047

22N
220N
47 F
100pF
100 E
1NF
22N
100pF
22N
100pF
100 E
1NF
100pF
22N
100NF
47 F
100NF
100NF
22N
22 F
100 F

63V
25V
20% 25V
5% 50V
16V
5% 50V
63V
5% 50V
63V
5% 50V
16V
5% 50V
5% 50V
63V
10% 50V
20% 25V
10% 50V
10% 50V
63V
50V
20% 10V

220pF 5% 63V

PART NO.
(MJI)

QP12613482
QP12440769
QP12614076
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12233575
QP12440769
QP12613692
QP12613692
QP12233575
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12233575
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12440769
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12233575
QP12440433
QQ12232654
QP12614076
QP12440433
QQ12232531
QP12422339
QQ12610511
QQ12232654
QQ12232531
QQ12232654
QQ12232531
QP12422339
QQ12610511
QQ12232531
QQ12232654
QP12614585
QP12440433
QP12614585
QP12614585
QQ12232654
QP12481151
QP12441584
QP12233575

2505
2506

QP26710994
QU02516526

2509
2511
2520

QP26731729
QU02605049
QU02516525

4822 124 40763 ELECT 2.2 F 100V

QP12440763

4822 124 40763 ELECT 2.2 F 100V

QP12440763

4822 122 33575 CER.

220pF 5% 63V

QP12233575

5322 122 32654 CER.

22N 63V

QQ12232654

2523
2527
QP15770601
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545

QP24210756

72

4822 124 40763
4822 124 40763
4822 124 40763
4822 126 14585
4822 126 14491
4822 126 13692
4822 124 40248
4822 124 40433

ELECT
ELECT
ELECT
CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
ELECT

2.2 F
2.2 F
2.2 F
100NF
2.2 F
47pF
10 F
47 F

100V
100V
100V
10% 50V
10V
1% 63V
20% 63V
20% 25V

QP12440763
QP12440763
QP12440763
QP12614585
QP12614491
QP12613692
QP12440248
QP12440433

POS.
NO

6302
6401
6403
6404

7400
7401
7403
7900
7905
7917
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7014
7300
7301
7304
7310
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7402
7404

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)

4822 130 83757
4822 130 11047
4822 130 83757
4822 130 11383

DESCRIPTION

DIODES
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C9V1
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C5V1

QP13083757
QP13011047
QP13083757
QP13011383

SEMICONDUCTORS
9322 134 92676 IC
ANA L78L33
4822 209 17423 IC
ANA UAD1328T
4822 209 32071 IC
ANA MC33079D

QP20917423
QP20932071

5322 209 14481 IC

DIG HEF4053BT

QQ20914481

4822 209 17512 IC

ANA TEA6420D

QP20917512

5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373

BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B

QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373

5322 130 60159 TRS. BC846B

QQ13060159

4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
9322 134 86668
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 40959
4822 130 60373
4822 130 41246
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 42804

QP13060373
QQ13060159

TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.

TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.

POS.
NO

PART NO.
(MJI)

BC856B
BC846B
LF80C
BC846B
BC846B
BC846B
BC547B
BC856B
BC327-25
BC846B
BC846B
BC817-25

QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13040959
QP13060373
QP13041246
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13042804

4822 130 42615 TRS. BC817-40

QP13042615

5322 130 60159 TRS. BC846B

QQ13060159

7407
7918
7935
7936
4822 130 60373 TRS. BC856B

QP13060373

7939
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7949

4822 130 60373
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
4822 130 60373
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159

TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.
TRS.

QP13060373
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QP13060373
QQ13060159
QQ13060159

3036
3038
3039
3040
3041
3043
3044
3045
3046
3049
3050
3056
3058
3059
3062
3063

4822 117 11449
4822 051 20223
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20273
4822 051 20822
4822 117 13577
4822 051 20223
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11503
4822 117 13577
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11927
4822 051 10102

RESISTORS
2K2
5%
22K00 5%
47k
1%
27K00 5%
8K20
5%
330R
1%
22K00 5%
100R00 5%
100R00 5%
75R
1%
220R
1%
330R
1%
100R00 5%
100R00 5%
75R
1%
1K00
2%

BC856B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B
BC856B
BC856B
BC846B
BC846B

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W

QP11711449
QP05120223
QP11710834
QP05120273
QP05120822
QP11713577
QP05120223
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711927
QP11711503
QP11713577
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11711927
QP05110102

73

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.
(MJI)

3300
3301
3313
3314
3315
3316
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3325
3339
3340
3343
3345
3347
3348
3349
3351
3359
3363
3366
3394
3397

4822 117 13577
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11503
4822 051 10102
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834
4822 117 10834
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834
4822 051 10102
4822 051 10102
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 051 10102
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20471
4822 117 10834

330R
100R00
220R
1K00
470R00
47k
47k
1K00
47k
100R00
100R00
470R00
47k
1K00
1K00
75R
75R
1K00
1K00
47k
470R00
47k
1K00
47k
470R00
47k

1%
5%
1%
2%
5%
1%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
2%
2%
1%
1%
2%
2%
1%
5%
1%
2%
1%
5%
1%

1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP11713577
QP05120101
QP11711503
QP05110102
QP05120471
QP11710834
QP11710834
QP05110102
QP11710834
QP05120101
QP05120101
QP05120471
QP11710834
QP05110102
QP05110102
QP11711927
QP11711927
QP05110102
QP05110102
QP11710834
QP05120471
QP11710834
QP05110102
QP11710834
QP05120471
QP11710834

3407
3408
3409
3413
3425
3432
3442
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3451
3453
3454
3455
3457
3459
3461
3462
3463
3464

4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11503
4822 117 10834
4822 117 11927
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 117 12955
4822 117 12955
4822 117 10833

75R
75R
220R
47k
75R
75R
100R00
10k
10k
2K7
2K7
10k
10k
10k
10k
10k
100R00
10k
10k
2K7
2K7
10k

1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP11711927
QP11711927
QP11711503
QP11710834
QP11711927
QP11711927
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP11712955
QP11712955
QP11710833

3505
3507
3508
3511
3512
3517
3519
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621

4822 051 20101
4822 051 20101
4822 117 12521
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101
4822 051 20562
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10834
4822 117 12955
4822 051 20223
4822 117 11152
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10833
4822 051 10008
4822 051 20472

100R00
100R00
68R
10k
10k
100R00
5K6
4K70
4K70
47k
2K7
22K00
4R7
4K70
10k
1K00
10k
0R00
4K70

5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP05120101
QP05120101
QP11712521
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120101
QP05120562
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11710834
QP11712955
QP05120223
QP11711152
QP05120472
QP11710833
QP05110102
QP11710833
QP05110008
QP05120472

0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W

POS.
NO
3622
3623
3624
3625
3629
3632
3634
3635
3636
3643
3646
3647
3648
3651
3653
3672
3675
3676
3677
3678
3685
3687
3688
3689
3690
3694
3695
3696
3697
3700
3701
3702
3703
3707
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833
4822 051 10102
4822 117 11927
4822 051 20101
4822 117 11449
4822 117 11503

DESCRIPTION

10k
4K70
10k
1K00
75R
100R00
2K2
220R

1%
5%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%
1%

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

PART NO.
(MJI)

POS.
NO

QP11710833
QP05120472
QP11710833
QP05110102
QP11711927
QP05120101
QP11711449
QP11711503

3999

4822 117 10837 100k

1% 0.1W

QP11710837

4822 117 10837 100k
4822 117 10837 100k

1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W

QP11710837
QP11710837

4822 117 13577 330R

1% 1.25W

QP11713577

4822 117 13577 330R

1% 1.25W

QP11713577

4822 117 11927 75R

1% 0.1W

QP11711927

4822 117 10353 150R
4822 117 11927 75R

1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W

QP11710353
QP11711927

4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W

QP05120101

4822 051 20472 4K70
5% 0.1W
4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W
4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W

QP05120472
QP05120101
QP05120101

4822 051 10102 1K00

2% 0.25W

QP05110102

4822 117 10833 10k
4822 117 10833 10k

1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W

QP11710833
QP11710833

4822 051 10102 1K00

2% 0.25W

QP05110102

4822 051 20471 470R00 5% 0.1W
4822 051 10102 1K00
2% 0.25W

QP05120471
QP05110102

4822 117 11507 6K8

1% 0.1W

QP11711507

4822 117 11148
4822 117 10353
4822 117 11148
4822 117 11148

1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W
1% 0.1W

QP11711148
QP11710353
QP11711148
QP11711148

4822 051 20229 22R00

5% 0.1W

QP05120229

4822 117 13577 330R

1% 1.25W

QP11713577

56K
150R
56K
56K

3772
3773
3774
3800
3801
!3802
!3803
3804
3805

1% 0.1W

QP11710837

4822 117 11504
4822 051 20101
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833

1%
5%
1%
1%

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP11711504
QP05120101
QP11710833
QP11710833

4822 117 10834 47k

1% 0.1W

QP11710834

4822 117 10833
4822 117 10834
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20472
4822 117 11152
4822 117 11152
4822 117 10834
4822 117 10833

1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
5%
1%
1%

QP11710833
QP11710834
QP05120472
QP05120472
QP11711152
QP11711152
QP11710834
QP11710833

270R
100R00
10k
10k

10k
47k
4K70
4K70
4R7
4R7
47k
10k

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

0.1W
0.1W

DESCRIPTION

1402
1405
1410
5400
6400

4822 157 70601 COIL 100µH (920927085A)
4822 130 10845 CONNECTOR GP1F32T

1303
1304

2100
2101
2102
2103
2105
2106
2107

/N1B
/N1B

4822 122 33575
4822 122 33575
5322 122 32531
5322 122 32531
4822 126 12105
4822 124 40248

FRONT CIRCUIT BOARD
CAPACITORS
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 220pF 5% 63V
CER. 100pF 5% 50V
CER. 100pF 5% 50V
CER.
33NF 50V
ELECT 10µF 20% 63V

4822 126 12105 CER.
2111
2114
2115
2116
2117
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2128
2129
2130
2201
2211

6100
6101
6102
6104
6200

/N1B

7104

/N1B

7104

/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B

7112
7100
7101
7102
7103
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110

74

/N1B

PART NO.
(MJI)
QP11712842

MISCELLANEOUS
4822 265 11154 CONNECTOR
52030-2210 (22P)
4822 265 11103 CONNECTOR
52030-1610 (16P)
4822 267 10994 CONNECTOR 4P MDIN
2422 033 00334 CON BM EURO H 42P F
BK GRND-L
4822 265 11566 CONNECTOR 3P YKC21-3930
4822 267 31729 CONNECTOR
4822 265 41392 CONNECTOR B7B-EH-A

1301

3747
3748
4822 117 10837 100k

PART NO.
(PCS)
4822 117 12842

1300

3731
3732

3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3768

VERS.
COLOR

33NF 50V

5322 122 32658
5322 122 32658
4822 126 12105
4822 124 40248
4822 126 12105
4822 124 11947
3198 028 42290
5322 122 32658
4822 124 40248
5322 122 31647
3198 028 42290
3198 028 42290
4822 126 12105
5322 122 32531

CER.
CER.
CER.
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
CER.
ELECT
ELECT
CER.
CER.

22pF
22pF
33NF
10µF
33NF
10µF
22µF
22pF
10µF
1NF
22µF
22µF
33NF
100pF

5% 50V
5% 50V
50V
20% 63V
50V
20% 16V
35V
5% 50V
20% 63V
10% 63V
35V
35V
50V
5% 50V

4822 130 83757
4822 130 11666
4822 130 10794
4822 130 83757
4822 130 82978

DIODES
DIODE BAS216
DIODE BZX284-C8V2
DIODE BZX284-C10
DIODE BAS216
LED LTL-16KPE-P

QP26511154
QP26511103
QP26710994
QU03300334
QP26511566
QP26731729
QP26541392
QP15770601
QP13010845

QP12233575
QP12233575
QQ12232531
QQ12232531
QP12612105
QP12440248
QP12612105
QQ12232658
QQ12232658
QP12612105
QP12440248
QP12612105
QP12411947
QQ12232658
QP12440248
QQ12231647

QP12612105
QQ12232531

QP13083757
QP13011666
QP13010794
QP13083757
QP13082978

SEMICONDUCTORS
3104 123 94532 IC DIG TMP87CH74F-1E29-V2. QW12394532
18-DVDSLAVE
3104 123 94761 IC
DIG ROM TMP87CH74 QW12394761
4822 209 31257
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 40855
4822 130 40854
5322 130 60159
5322 130 60159
4822 130 60373
4822 212 30842

IC
ANA MC79L24ACP
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC337
TRS. BC327
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC846B
TRS. BC856B
REMOTE RECEIVER
TSOP1736SB1

QP20931257
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13040855
QP13040854
QQ13060159
QQ13060159
QP13060373
QP21230842

POS.
NO

3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3106
3108
3109

VERS.
COLOR

/N1B
/N1B
/N1B
/N1B
/N1B

PART NO.
(PCS)

4822 051 20223
4822 051 20273
4822 117 10834
4822 117 11149
4822 117 10837
4822 117 11503
4822 117 11149

DESCRIPTION

RESISTORS
22K00 5%
27K00 5%
47k
1%
82k
1%
100k
1%
220R
1%
82k
1%

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP05120223
QP05120273
QP11710834
QP11711149
QP11710837
QP11711503
QP11711149

4822 051 20472 4K70

5% 0.1W

QP05120472

3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3125
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3142
3143
3144
3145
3151

4822 051 20109
4822 051 20472
4822 117 11149
4822 117 11152
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20471
4822 051 20472
4822 051 20109
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20109
4822 051 20109
4822 117 11152
4822 117 13577
4822 051 20109
4822 117 13577
4822 117 11503
4822 051 10102
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20471
4822 051 20472
4822 117 10833
4822 117 13577
4822 117 10833
4822 117 10837
4822 117 10833
4822 051 20101

5%
5%
1%
5%
1%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
5%
5%
5%
1%
5%
1%
1%
2%
1%
5%
5%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
5%

1.25W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
1.25W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

QP05120109
QP05120472
QP11711149
QP11711152
QP11710833
QP11710833
QP05120471
QP05120472
QP05120109
QP11710833
QP05120109
QP05120109
QP11711152
QP11713577
QP05120109
QP11713577
QP11711503
QP05110102
QP11710833
QP05120471
QP05120472
QP11710833
QP11713577
QP11710833
QP11710837
QP11710833
QP05120101

0002
0020

MISCELLANEOUS
3139 244 00440 FTD HOLDER DVD711
2422 025 04849 CONNECTOR,BMT 2P

QT24400440
QU02504849

4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON

QP27613775
QP27613775
QP27613775

4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON

QP27613775

2422 540 98423 RES CER 8MHZ CSTS*MG03
4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON
2722 171 07172 VIDEO DECODER
UNIT 14-MT-27GNK
4822 267 10565 CONNECTOR PRINTED
CIRCUIT 4P
4822 267 10565 CONNECTOR PRINTED
CIRCUIT 4P
2412 020 00724 CONNECTOR 2P

QU54098423
QP27613775

QP26710565

4822 267 10637 CONNECTOR 5P
4822 267 10567 CONNECTOR 4P
2422 025 12488 CONNECTOR 2P

QP26710637
QP26710567
QU02512488

/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B

1100
1101
1102
1106
1109
1110
1111
1113

/N1B

1115
1117

/N1B

1117

/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B

1118
1205
1205

/N1B
/A1B,
/S1G,/U1B

10R00
4K70
82k
4R7
10k
10k
470R00
4K70
10R00
10k
10R00
10R00
4R7
330R
10R00
330R
220R
1K00
10k
470R00
4K70
10k
330R
10k
100k
10k
100R00

0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W
0.1W

POS.
NO

PART NO.
(MJI)

QP26710565

75

VERS.
COLOR

PART NO.
(PCS)

DESCRIPTION

PART NO.
(MJI)

CAUTION
For repairing the DVD Module ADS-1,
the serice application software "ComPair"
is needed. The application CD-ROM
"ComPair" is available via MARANTZ
orgauization or PCS. 
A "service Bulletin" will oublish the latest
"ComPair" information.

DVD-Video Player

DVD Module ASD-1
(Euro) 3104 129 21910
(Non euro) 3104 129 21920

CL06532065-000.eps
180500

Contents

Page

1
2
3
4
5

2
4
6
7
9
17
29
30
Diagr.
31
32
33
34
35
36
43
45
45
85

Technical specifications
Warnings and remarks
Directions for use (not available)
Mechanical instructions
Test instructions
Diagnostic software description
6 Block diagram Servo part
Block diagram Digital part
7 Electrical diagrams & pwb’s
Servo DALAS
Servo MACE
Decoder
Memory
STI 5505
Service interface and back-end
Testpoint overview
8 Alignments (not available)
9 IC Descriptions
10 Sparepart list

(Diagram 1)
(Diagram 2)
(Diagram 3)
(Diagram 4)
(Diagram 5)
(Diagram 6)

PWB
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42
37-42

©

Copyright reserved 2000 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The
Netherlands. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic,
mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.

Published by MT0065 Service DPS Hasselt

Printed in the Netherlands

Subject to modification

5 3122 785 10840

GB 2

1.

ASD-1

Technical Specifications

1. Technical Specifications
1.1

Connections

1.1.1

Connector 1600: Supply input connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.

1.1.2

Connector 1603: A/V 1 connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.

1.1.3

P50
Blue Video
Green Video
GND
Red Video
CVBS
GND
Slow blanking scart
-8Vstby
+5V
+5V
Audio mute
GND
I2S data0 out
I2S wordselect
I2S bitclock
GND
I2S systemclock
Center_on
Kar_bypass
Kar_bypass
GND

Connector 1604: A/V 2 connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.

1.1.4

+3V3stby
+3V3stby
+5V
+5Vstby
Vreserved
GND
GND
GND
-8Vstby
Standby control line
+12Vstby
GND

GND
Hor. sync.
GND
I2S data 2 out
GND
I2S data 1 out
-8Vstby
I2C clock
+12Vstby
I2C data
Vreserved
+3V3
GND
C video
GND
Y video

Connector 1501: I2C interface connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.

I2C clock
GND
I2C data
Standby control line

5. P50
1.1.5

Connector 1602: Service connector.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

1.2

TXD
Service activation
RXD
Reserved for RTS
5: GND
Reserved for CTS
+5V

Signal specifications
This the specification of all signals as described under
“Connections”
H = +5V ±0.5V
h = 3V3 ±0.3V
L = 0V ±0.5V
l = 0V ±0.3V
Stby
: If the set supports a
“standby” function, all
supply voltages
marked with “stby”
have to stay on during
standby.
Standby control line
: HStandby mode
: LOn mode.
P50
: Connection between
front and A/V board,
and can be used as
P50 signal line. The
signal is not
connected to the
module electronics.
Slow blanking scart
: This signal switches
between
: 0V (220Ωoutput
impedance)
: 12Vstby/2 (455Ω
output impedance)
: 12vstby (690Ω output
impedance)
Audio mute
: Can be used for audio
mute transistors
during stop or power
on/off.
: Mute on : +5Vstby
: Mute off: -8Vstby via a
10kΩ resistor.
I2S data0 out
: I2S front data output.
: Level h/l
I2S wordselect / I2S bitclock
: I2S timing signals
: Level h/l
I2S systemclock
: 256xFS audio
systemclock.
: Level H/L
Kar_bypass
: Bypasses the karaoke
chip on the A/V board.
: Bypass activeH
: Bypass offL
Center_on
: Switches the center
audio to the scart
output.
: Center to scarth
: L/R to scartl
SPDIF out
: Digital audio output
: Level H/L

Technical Specifications
Hor. Sync

I2S data1 out

I2S data2 out

I2C clock / I2C data
TXD / RXD / RTS / CTS

Service activation

Vreserved

1.3

Performance:

1.3.1

Digital output
CDDA/LPCM
MPEG1 is converted to LPCM
MPEG2, AC3 audio.
DTS.

1.3.2

ASD-1
: Video Horizontal
synchronisation
: Level h/l
: I2S surround data
output.
: Level: h/l.
: I2S center/sub data
output.
: Level h/l.
: I2C databus
: Level: H/L
: Service UART to be
connected direct to
PC serial input.
: Output levelsH/L
: Input levelsRS232
compliant
: Signal openNormal
module start-up
: Signal tied to GND
Module start-up in
service mode.
: Reserved in case the
A/V board requires an
extra supply voltage.
: This supply is limited
by a positive polarised
47uF/16V elco +
100nF/16V.

: according IEC958
:
: according IEC1937
: according IEC61937
amendment 1.
: Digital output level is
0V / 5V with GND as
reference. To meet
the standards a
decouple circuit is
necesary.

I2S output
Accuracy
Sample rate
Standard
Number of I2S outputs

:
:
:
:

Deemphasis

:

Audio source streams

:

Audio trick modes

:
:

:
1.3.3

Up to 24bit.
44.1kHz / 48kHz.
Philips I2S output
3 (6 channel: Front /
Surround / CenterBass)
Already processed in
module.
CDDA / MPEG1 /
LPCM / MPEG2 / AC3
No DTS decoding.
Dolby Pro Logic
(multichannel
downmix on front
output)
3D sound.

Analog output
The module has no analog audio
ouput.

: The analog audio
specification will be

1.

GB 3

determined by the
external DAC circuit.
1.3.4

Video.
Standards

Outputs

Specification.

: The video output
standard will follow
the source material.
: The OSD standard is
switchable between
PAL or NTSC.
: The module has 6
analog outputs (3
formats): Y/C CVBS
RGB.
: The output is fully
according PQR3 IMS
except
: Output load>1kΩ to
GND / Cap. load
<47pF.
: Level0.5Vpp with
100% white
: DC-levelSync bottom
= -0.65V ±10%
: Some specification
points are significantly
better then PQR3
: SNR on all video
outputs is better then
60dB.
: Video bandwidth
>5MHz (±3dB)

GB 4

2.

Warnings and Laser safety instructions

ASD-1

2. Warnings and Laser safety instructions
GB

WARNING

NL

All ICs and many other semi-conductors are
susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD).
Careless handling during repair can reduce
life drastically.
When repairing, make sure that you are
connected with the same potential as the
mass of the set via a wrist wrap with
resistance.
Keep components and tools also at this
potential.

F

WAARSCHUWING

Alle IC’s en vele andere halfgeleiders zijn
gevoelig voor elektrostatische ontladingen
(ESD).
Onzorgvuldig behandelen tijdens reparatie
kan de levensduur drastisch doen
verminderen.
Zorg ervoor dat u tijdens reparatie via een
polsband met weerstand verbonden bent met
hetzelfde potentiaal als de massa van het
apparaat.
Houd componenten en hulpmiddelen ook op
ditzelfde potentiaal.

D

ATTENTION

Tous les IC et beaucoup d’autres semiconducteurs sont sensibles aux décharges
statiques (ESD).
Leur longévité pourrait être considérablement
écourtée par le fait qu’aucune précaution
n’est prise a leur manipulation.
Lors de réparations, s’assurer de bien être
relié au même potentiel que la masse de
l’appareil et enfiler le bracelet serti d’une
résistance de sécurité.
Veiller a ce que les composants ainsi que les
outils que l’on utilise soient également a ce
potentiel.

WARNUNG

I

Alle IC und viele andere Halbleiter sind
empfindlich gegen elektrostatische
Entladungen (ESD).
Unsorgfältige Behandlung bei der Reparatur
kann die Lebensdauer drastisch vermindern.
Sorgen sie dafür, das Sie im Reparaturfall
über ein Pulsarmband mit Widerstand mit
dem Massepotential des Gerätes verbunden
sind.
Halten Sie Bauteile und Hilfsmittel ebenfalls
auf diesem Potential.

AVVERTIMENTO

Tutti IC e parecchi semi-conduttori sono
sensibili alle scariche statiche (ESD).
La loro longevita potrebbe essere fortemente
ridatta in caso di non osservazione della piu
grande cauzione alla loro manipolazione.
Durante le riparazioni occorre quindi essere
collegato allo stesso potenziale che quello
della massa dell’apparecchio tramite un
braccialetto a resistenza.
Assicurarsi che i componenti e anche gli
utensili con quali si lavora siano anche a
questo potenziale.

D

GB
Safety regulations require that the set be restored to its original condition
and that parts which are identical with those specified be used.

NL

Bei jeder Reparatur sind die geltenden Sicherheitsvorschriften zu beachten.
Der Originalzustand des Gerats darf nicht verandert werden.
Fur Reparaturen sind Original-Ersatzteile zu verwenden.

I

Veiligheidsbepalingen vereisen, dat het apparaat in zijn oorspronkelijke
toestand wordt terug gebracht en dat onderdelen, identiek aan de
gespecifieerde worden toegepast.

Le norme di sicurezza esigono che l’apparecchio venga rimesso nelle
condizioni originali e che siano utilizzati pezzi di ricambiago idetici a quelli
specificati.

F
Les normes de sécurité exigent que l’appareil soit remis a l’état d’origine et
que soient utilisées les pièces de rechange identiques à celles spécifiées.

SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST:
CAUTION: After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between
either primary AC cord connector pins (with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON), and the
face or Front Panel of product and controls and chassis bottom,
Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC
power is applied, and verified before return to user/customer.
Ref.UL Standard NO.1492.
NOTE ON SAFETY:
Symbol : Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original parts should be used to replace any part with symbol
Any other component substitution(other than original type), may increase risk or fire or electrical shock hazard.

“Pour votre sécurité, ces documents
doivent être utilisés par des
spécialistes agrées, seuls habilités à
réparer votre appareil en panne.”

CL 96532065_002.eps
120799

Warnings and Laser safety instructions

ASD-1

2.

GB 5

LASER SAFETY
This unit employs a laser. Only a qualified service person should remove the cover or attempt to service this
device, due to possible eye injury.
LASER DEVICE UNIT
Type:
Wave length:
Output Power:
Beam divergence:

SemiconductorlaserGaAlAs
650 nm (DVD)
780 nm (VCD/CD)
7 mW (DVD)
10 mW (VCD/CD)
60 degree

USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURE OTHER THAN THOSE
SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE.
AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE T O BEAM
WARNING
The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard.
Repair handling should take place as much as possible with a disc loaded inside the player
WARNING LOCATION: INSIDE ON LASER COVERSHIELD
CAUTION VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID EXPOSURE TO BEAM
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VED ÅBNING UNDGÅ UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING
! ÅPNES UNNGÅ EKSPONERING FOR STRÅLEN
ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING NÅR DEKSEL
VARNING SYNLIG OCH OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN
VARO! AVATT AESSA OLET ALTTIINA NÄKYVÄLLE JA NÄKYMÄTT ÖMÄLLE LASER SÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KAT SO SÄT EESEEN
VORSICHT SICHTBARE UND UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETSEN
DANGER VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM
AT TENTION RAYO NNEMENT LASER VISIBLE ET INVISIBLE EN CAS D'OUVERTURE EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU
CL 06532065_051.eps
230500

GB 6

3.

ASD-1

3. Directions for use
There is no DFU available

Directions for use

Mechanical instructions

ASD-1

4.

4. Mechanical instructions

4
9
10
11
12

4822 358 10266
3139 198 80010
4822 532 13097
3139194 00270
3139 197 50060

BELT
SWITCH
TULE
TRAY
TRAY MOTOR ASSY

CL06532065-001.eps
180500

GB 7

GB 8

1
2
3+4
5+6
7

4.

ASD-1

9305 023 61101
3139 197 60090
9305 022 60101
3139 194 00710
3139 194 00620
3139 197 60060

Mechanical instructions

VAL6011/01 LOADER COMPLETE
GENEVA LP LOADER ASSY
VAM6001/01
SUSPENSION (YELLOW)
SUSPENSION (BLUE)
CLAMPER ASSY

CL06532065-002.eps
180500

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1

5.

GB 9

5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
5.1

General
PM3392A

•
•

•

•

Impedance of measuring-equipment should be > 1MΩ.
Most tests have to be done by software commands.
Together with the software command you will find a Ref.#
nbr. This is the number of the diagnostic nulceus used for
this test. More detailed information can be find in the
chapter “Diagnostic Nuclei”.
Levels: Most measurements are digital measurements.
The high and low levels in this document got to have next
specification:
low
: < 0.3V
high
: > 3.0V
LOW
: < 0.4V
HIGH
: > 4.5V
All voltages marked with “stby” have to stay on during
standby.

5.2

General start-up measurements

5.2.1

Supply check:
Pin nbr.
Supply
1600-1
3V3
1600-2
3V3
1600-3
+5V0V during STAND BY
1600-4
+5Vstby
1600-5
+6V
1600-6
0V
1600-7
0V
1600-8
0V
1600-9
-8V
1600-10
0V5V during STAND BY
1600-11
+12Vstby
0V
Check the supply currents to be sure there are no large failures
on the board. Before measuring the currents, make sure that
no A/V board, display board or Mercury 1 loader is connected
to the mono board and that the PC interface cable is connected
to the board.
Also check if the servo part gets its power.
Testpoint F608: +3V3 ±5%
Testpoint F101: +9V ±5%
The supply currents can be measured using a Tektronix
AM503B current probe.
Supply
power consumption
3V3
400mA ±10%
5V
370mA ±10%
5Vstby
< 5mA
-8V
55mA ±10%
fluctuation: ±20mA
12Vstby
30mA ±20%
fluctuation: ±150mA

5.2.2

ch1

ch1: dT= 148ms dV=2.41 V

ch2

1

T1

T
CH1 1.00 V=
CH2 0.2 V=
2

RESET TIMING

MTB50.0ms- 2.10dv ch2CL06532065_003.eps
180500

Figure 5-1
T 1 = 150msec ±25% (From 0V to 3V3 -3db)
If the reset input doesn’t go high then check the circuit around
transistor 7501.
5.2.3

Clock check
To check the correct functioning of the STI5505, we first have
to check the presence of all clocks.
All clocks to be measured with 0.02% tolerance.
Clock-name Testpoint Frequency
27M_CLK
F051
27MHz
PCM_CLK
F566
11.2896MHz

PM3394B
ch1

1

CH1 2.00 V~

MTB20.0ns

CL06532065_004.eps
180500

Reset check:
The reset circuit is triggered by the stand-by line. First make
sure that the STB_CONT line is HIGH by connecting 5V to
testpoint F505.
Then switch STB_CONT over to LOW and check next timing at
the STI5505 reset input (testpoint F503):

ch1+

Figure 5-2

GB 10

5.

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1

PM3394B
ch1

Ref. # Command Name

Remark

6

PapChksFl

Checksum FLASH

16

CompSdramWrR

SDRAM Write Read

5.4

General I/O port & peripherals check

5.4.1

I2C bus / EEprom check

1

To access the EEprom, the I2C bus is used. So by writing and
reading to the EEprom the chip and the bus is checked. With
next commands a certain byte is written to the EEprom. The
original information will always be written back into the
EEprom.
CH1 2.00 V~

MTB20.0ns

ch1+
CL06532065_005.eps
180500

µP environment:

5.3.1

General:
All the tests are carried out by software tests. To start the
software tests, connect a PC to the serial bus of the STI5505.
Use connector 1602 for this connection:
Connector pin Signal
1602-1
TXD (STI5505 out)
1602-2
Service-mode select
1602-3
RXD (STI5505 in)
1602-4
RTS (STI5505 out)
1602-5
GND
1602-6
CTS (STI5505 in)
1602-7
+5V
Now start the terminal program. Make sure that the service-pin
of the µP is pulled low
(pin 1602-2) and then reset the µP (make the STB_CONT line
low). The terminal program of your PC should now display:
“DVD2 Diagnostic software version ...”. This message already
means that the µP is running. The first 5 commands from the
diagnostic software will be carried out automaticly during
diagnostic start-up. The other commands can be carried out by
selecting the “command input”. Just type the reference nbr. to
do the test.
To be sure that the µP is able to run the diagnostic software,
serial port will be checked during start-up.

Remark

11

I2C NVRAM access

PapI2cNvram

The complete Eeprom can also be checked on failures by
writing to all addresses and reading back. This test takes a long
time (110 sec).

Figure 5-3

5.3

Ref. # Command Name

5.4.2

Ref. # Command Name

Remark

15

NVRAM Write Read

PapNvramWrR

Audio clock switch check
For a DVD disc the audio clock has to be switched from
44.1KHz sampling to 48KHz sampling.
To do so IO-port 1 / 4 has to be switched. Send next commands
and check the audio-clock
Ref. # Remark

Testpoint Frequency

7a

(Clock A_CLK in F566
44.1kHz mode)

11.2896MHz ± 0.02%

7b

(Clock A_CLK in F566
48kHz mode)

12.288MHz ± 0.02%

PM3394B
ch1

1

Ref. # Reference Name Remark

5.3.2

(1)

BasicSpAcc

Serial port Access test/initialisation

(2)

BasicDramWrR

DRAM Write Read

Memory check:
CH1 2.00 V~

The µP has a data bus that is connected to a DRAM (not
present!!) and a Flash.
The µP has also an internal link to the MPEG SDRAM
interface.
Next databus checks will be done at start-up to check this databus and SDRAM bus.
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

(2b)

BasicInterconSDRAM Data and address bus
Interconnection

(2c)

BasicInterconFlash

Data and address bus
Interconnection

There are 2 memory checks left that can be done by hand
command

MTB20.0ns

ch1+
CL06532065_006.eps
180500

Figure 5-4

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1
5.4.5

PM3394B

Audio I2S check

Ref. # Command
Name
1

MTB20.0ns

ch1+

Figure 5-5
Audio deemphasise check
The STI5505 output pins PIO 4-0 and PIO 4-1 were used to
switch deemphasis on a previous type of DAC. This function is
not used anymore, because deemphasis is done internally in
STI5505, but the name still remains. The lines are now used for
a series of functions such as centre_on_stereo or
karaoke_bypass. The PIO 4-0 has got a pull-up to +5V and the
PIO 4-1 has not. To check these pins these commands can be
used.
Ref. # Command Name
Remark Testpoint Value
18e AudioDeemp0TristateOn PIO 4-0 Tristate On-----56a AudioDeemp0On
PIO 4-0 OnF630
HIGH
56b AudioDeemp0Off
PIO 4-0 0 OffF630 low
18f AudioDeemp0TristateOff PIO 4-0 Tristate Off-----56c AudioDeemp1On
PIO 4-1 OnF633
high
56d AudioDeemp1Off
PIO 4-1 OffF633
low
5.4.4

Remark

Audio outputs

21a

AudioSineOn Audio Sine
signal Off

Audio Sine signal On
Sine, 1kHz on stereo
Press stop button

20a

AudioPinkNoi Audio
seOn
Pinknoise
On

Pink Noise on 6 channels

20b

AudioPinkNoi Audio
seOff
Pinknoise
Off

CL06532065_007.eps
180500

5.4.3

GB 11

To check the audio output, connect a audio DAC to the I2S
output (DVD950 A/V board) and start-up the audio test. Look at
the audio outputs from the A/V board for both sine and pink
noise.

ch1

CH1 2.00 V~

5.

The audio signal (sine or pink noise) will also be present on the
digital ouput (SPDif). This can be checked by connecting an
amplifier with digital input.
Check the I2S output.
LRCLK at testpoint F641

PM3394B
ch1

1

Audio mute check

CH1 2.00 V~

MTB10.0us

ch1+
CL06532065_008.eps
180500

Switch on the Mute circuit by sending next command:
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

19a

AudioMuteOn

AudioMuteOn

Check the Mute output again at testpoint F625: 4.7V ±10%
Switch off the Mute circuit by sending next command
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

19a

AudioMuteOff

AudioMuteOff

Figure 5-6
SCLK at testpoint F637

PM3394B
ch1

Check the Mute output at testpoint F625: -8V ±10%

1

CH1 2.00 V~

MTB 100ns

ch1+
CL06532065_009.eps
180500

Figure 5-7
PCM_OUT0 at testpoint F638
PCM_OUT1 at testpoint F659
PCM_OUT2 at testpoint F658

GB 12

5.

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1

–

PCM_OUT1 and PCM_OUT2 only between low and high
for pink noise. For sine, this is low.
– PCM_CLK and SPDIF switches between LOW and HIGH
Alternatively, there is a check that can be done without A/V
board.
First, let the decoder generate pink noise on the audio outputs.

PM3394B
ch1

1

CH1 1.00 V~

MTB 500ns

CL06532065_010.eps
180500

Figure 5-8

PM3394B

Remark

20a

Audio Pinknoise On

AudioPinkNoiseOn

Measure then these signals on level and frequency.
Signal
Level between Frequency
LRCLK
low/high
48kHz ± 0.02%
SCLK
low/high
3.072MHz ± 0.02%
PCM_CLK
LOW/HIGH
12.288 MHz ± 0.02%
PCM_OUT0, 1, 2 low/high
N/A
SPDIF
LOW/HIGH
N/A
Put the pink noise off:

ch1+

PCM_CLK at testpoint F640

Ref. # Command Name

Ref. # Command Name

Remark

20b

Audio Pinknoise Off

AudioPinkNoiseOff

5.5

VIDEO

5.5.1

Video output check

ch1

Check DC output-level at all video-outputs at conn 16032,3,5,6 and conn 1604-16: -0.65V ± 10%
Generate a color-bar via next software commands:

1

Ref. # Command Name

Remark

23a

VideoColDencOn

Colourbar DENC On

23b

VideoColDencOff

Colourbar DENC Off

Check video output at the next testpoints:
F646: R_VID
CH1 1.00 V~

MTB20.0ns

ch1+
CL06532065_011.eps
180500

PM3394B
ch1

Figure 5-9
SPDIF at testpoint F644
1
PM3394B
ch1

CH1 200mV~

MTB20.0us

Figure 5-11
F649: G_VID
CH1 2.00 V~

ch1+
CL06532065_013.eps
180500

1

MTB 250ns

ch1+
CL06532065_012.eps
180500

Figure 5-10
To switch the audio signal off, press the STOP button on the
front.
Without A/V board all levels should be switching between low
and high except:

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1

PM3394B

5.

GB 13

PM3394B

ch1

ch1

1

CH1 200mV~

1

MTB20.0us

ch1+

CH1 200mV~

MTB20.0us

ch1+
CL06532065_017.eps
180500

CL06532065_014.eps
180500

Figure 5-12

Figure 5-15

F653: B_VID

F666: Y_VID

PM3394B

PM3394B

ch1

ch1

1

CH1 200mV~

1

MTB20.0us

ch1+

CH1 200mV~

MTB20.0us

ch1+
CL06532065_018.eps
180500

CL06532065_015.eps
180500

Figure 5-13

Figure 5-16

F657: CVBS

5.5.2

An aditional part of the video-path is the scart-switching
voltage.
This voltage can be 0V, 6V, 12V.
Check at testpoint F620 the output-voltage while using next
commands:

PM3394B
ch1

1

5.5.3

CH1 200mV~

Scart-switching voltage

MTB20.0us

ch1+
CL06532065_0163.eps
180500

Figure 5-14

Ref. #

Command Name

Remark

25a

VideoScartLo

Sends out 0V ± 0.5V

25b

VideoScartMi

Sends out 6V ± 10%

25c

VideoScartHi

Sends out 12V ± 10%

Video Hsync check.
To measure the correctness of this output, F656 should be
checked.
Ref. # Command
Name

Remark

Value

23a

VideoColDe Colourbar DENC on15.625 kHz ±
ncOn
0.02% Vpeak-peak > 3V

23b

VideoColDe Colourbar DENC off No
ncOff
measurements needed

F665: C_VID

GB 14

5.

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1

PM3394B

PM3394B
ch1

ch1

1
1

CH1 2.00 V~

MTB20.0us

CH1 2.00 V~

ch1+

MTB50.0ns

CL06532065_021.eps
180500

Figure 5-19

Figure 5-17

5.6

Servo

5.6.1

General start-up measurements:

B_WCLKF343HIGH
StopclkF338HIGH
B_SyncF344HIGH
B_V4F348HIGH

Reset the Basic Engine part

5.6.2

Ref. # Command Name

Remark

44

Basic Engin

BeReset

Check Vref
Name Testpoint
Vref
F188

ch1+

CL06532065_019.eps
180500

HSYNC

Value
2.5V+/-0.3

Check I2S interface
Name
Testpoint
B_BCLK
F347

Value
6.0MHz +/-0.1

Spindle Motor:
Before switching on the discmotor, check the following
testpoints:
Name
Testpoint Value
Stby
F357
high
Stby-out F355
LOW
Moto1
F361
3V±0.3
Switch the Discmotor on/off with next commands:
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

39a

BeDiscmotorOn

Discmotor on

39b

BeDiscmotorOff

Discmotor off

PM3394B

Check the following signals when discmotor has been switched
on::
Name
Pin nr.
Frequency
Stby
F357
low
Stby-out F355
HIGH
Moto1
F361
3V±0.5V
A3
F350
see oscillogram
A2
F352
see oscillogram
A1
F353
see oscillogram

ch1

1

PM3394B
ch1
CH1 2.00 V~

MTB50.0ns

ch1+
CL06532065_020.eps
180500

Figure 5-18
1

CL1F33712.0MHz +/-0.2

CH1 5.00 V~

MTB20.0ms

ch1+
CL06532065_022.eps
180500

Figure 5-20

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
T1
T2
T3

F280
F368
F371

ASD-1

see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram

5.

GB 15

PM3394B
ch1

PM3394B
ch1

1

1

CH1 200mV~

MTB 100us

ch1+
CL06532065_025.eps
180500

CH1 2.00 V~

MTB2.00ms

ch1+
CL06532065_023.eps
180500

Figure 5-23

Figure 5-21
VH
H1+
H1H2+
H2H3+
H3-

F365
F354
F359
F364
F366
F367
F370

3V±0.5V
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram
see oscillogram

PM3394B
ch1

Figure 5-24

1

Check for pulse density signal RA at testpoint F227

CH1 200mV~

MTB2.00ms

ch1+
CL06532065_024.eps
180500

Figure 5-22
Switch the discmotor off.
5.6.3

Radial
Swith the radial control on/off with the following commands:
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

40a

BeRadialOn

Radial control on

40b

BeRadialOff

Radial control off

Check the following signals:
Name Testpoint Value
Rad - F128
4.3V±0.5V
Rad + F121
4.3V±0.5V

Figure 5-25
Check if laser is switched on (visual check of laserlight).
Switch the radial control off.

GB 16
5.6.4

5.

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1

Sledge

Name Testpoint Value
foc F124
4.3V±0.5V
foc +
F127
4.3V±0.5V
Switch the focus on
Measure again the driver outputs
Name
Testpoint Value
Foc - (sawtooth)
F124
1V±0.2V
Foc + (sawtooth)
F127
1V±0.2V

Use the following commands to move the sledge:
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

41a

BeSledgeIn

Sledge inwards

41b

BeSledgeOut

Sledge outwards

Check pulse density signal SL at testpoint F221
PM3394B
ch1

PM3394B
ch1

1
1

CH1 500mV~
CH1 2.00 V~

MTB 500ns

MTB 100us

ch1+
CL06532065_029.eps
180500

ch1+
CL06532065_028
180500

Figure 5-27

Figure 5-26

Check for pulse density signal FO at testpoint F234

Name Testpoint Value
Sl F012
4.5V±0.5V
Sl +
F011
4.5V±0.5V
Measure peak to peak signal on SL- and SL+ while moving
sledge outwards.
Name Testpoint Value
Sl F012
10Vptp +/-0.5
Sl +
F011
10Vptp +/-0.5
Measure input sledge control (sledge in home position)
Name Testpoint Value
Sinph F182
2.2V±0.5V
Cosph F192
2.2V±0.5V
5.6.5

Tray:
To open and close the tray use the following commands:
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

43a

BeTrayIn

Tray in

43b

BeTrayOut

Tray out

Measure the driver outputs of the BA5938FM for the tray
closed.
Name Testpoint Value
Vo2 - F116
4.3V±2.0V
Vo2 + F111
4.3V±2.0V
Measure again the driver outputs while the tray is opening.
Name Testpoint Value
Vo2 - F116
2.0V±1.0V
Vo2 + F111
6.0V±1.0V
5.6.6

Focus
To switch the Focus motor on/off, use the following commands:
Ref. # Command Name

Remark

38a

BeFocusOn

Focus on

38b

BefocusOff

Focus off

Measure the driver outputs of the BA5938FM for the Focus off.

Figure 5-28
Check for laserlight.
Switch the focus off
5.6.7

Hf path
Play DVD test disc.
Measure outputs of diodes A, B, C, D, E, F.
Name
Testpoint Value
A
F140
2.6V±0.2V
B
F141
2.6V±0.2V
C
F143
2.6V±0.2V
D
F144
2.6V±0.2V
E
F147
2.6V±0.2V
F
F148
2.6V±0.2V
At outputs of diodes A, B, C, D the following oscillogram can be
measured:

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1

ASD-1
5.7.2

PM3394B

Diagnostic Nucleus
1

Script

Service PC
CH1 100mV~

MTB 500ns

ch1+
CL06532065_031.eps
180500

Abbreviations
FDS

Figure 5-29 cl06532065-031
Measure DVDALAS outputs
Name
Testpoint Value
RFO DC F146
2.5V ±0.2V
O1
F156
25mV±10mV
O2
F159
25mV±10mV
O3
F169
25mV±10mV
O4
F166
25mV±10mV
S1
F174
25mV±10mV
S2
F175
25mV±10Mv
At output RFO, the following oscillogram can be measured:

PM3394B
ch1

1

CH1 500mV~

MTB 250ns

ch1+
CL06532065_032.eps
180500

Figure 5-30

5.7

Diagnostic software description
Introduction

5.7.1

Introduction
Purpose
This document describes all interfaces from the outside world
to the diagnostic software, what is needed to use these
interfaces and how to access them.
Changes for DVDv2b are marked.
Scope
This document has been realised within the framework of the
product development of the second generation DVD video
player. This player forms the basis for future DVD
developments as described in the DVDv2 Overall Project
Management Plan.

5.8

GB 17

Definitions and abbreviations
Definitions
Control PC

ch1

5.

Automatic test equipment, part of the
production control system in the
factory, to control the execution of
Diagnostic Nuclei in the DVD player.
Part of the Diagnostic Software. Each
nucleus contains an atomic and
software independent diagnostic test,
testing a functional part of the DVD
player hardware on component level.
Part of the Diagnostic Software. Each
script contains a sequence of
Diagnostic Nuclei to be executed.
PC used by a service- or repair-person
to communicate with the Diagnostic
Software in the DVD player.

Full Diagnostic Software

Overview of Interfaces
The table below shows an overview of the user interfaces of the
Diagnostic Software. The table is based on logical interface,
interfaces as seen from user perspective. A logical interface
can use one or more physical interface components. The DVD
has only a single RS232 port, implying that all interfaces using
this port are mutually exclusive.

GB 18

5.

Logical
Interface
Menu
Interface

ASD-1

Description

Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1
Physical interface
components

Menu-driven
activation of
individual nuclei,
used for Level 2/
Second Line
diagnostic mode.
Users are service or
repair people

Service PC running a
terminal emulation
program, connected to
the RS232 port of the
DVD player Test pin

Used during Level 1
diagnostic mode.
Used to send
commands from the
Control PC into the
DVD hardware.

Control PC, running a
control program (e.g.
Asterix), connected to
RS232 port of the DVD
player Test pin

Script
Interface

Used to execute
Player Test Script
(including reading
the error log) and
Dealer Test Script.

Local keyboard Local
display

S2B interface

Used for S2B
Service PC, running a
communication with S2B monitor program,
the Basic Engine
connected to the
RS232 port of DVD
player Test pin

Download
Interface

Used to download
diagnostic software
into the DVD player

Command
Line Interface

Service PC running a
terminal emulation
program, connected to
the RS232 port of the
DVD player Test pin

In the next chapters the logical user interfaces are described in
more detail including the exact use of the physical interface
components.

5.9

Description Of Interfaces

5.9.1

Menu Interface
The menu interface is part of the Level 2 / Second Line
diagnostic mode. Via the menu interface it is possible to control
the execution of the Diagnostic Nuclei.

DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0
SDRAM Interconnection test passed
Basic SDRAM test passed
Karaoke init OK
(M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ M <
Select> CL06532065-033.eps 180500 The first line indicates that the Diagnostic software has been activated and contains the version number of the diagnostic; this is also an indication that the first basic nucleus (nucleus number 1) has been executed succesfully. The next three lines are the succesful result of the subsequent basic tests (nuclei 2, 3, 4 and initialisation of Karaoke chip respectively). If not all these messages appear on the terminal screen, then the related nucleus found an error. The last line is the prompt asking to choose for an interface form. If a choice for Menu Interface has been made, the main menu will appear. For the layout of the menus, see page 25. To switch between interfaces, the DVD player needs to be switched off and on again. Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Note2 : The Dram tests are no longer executed because the player has no DRAM . Note3 : When the stack is located in the internal memory, the test with the SRAM doesn't work and will be left out. Note4 : The karaoke initialisation will also take place if there is no karaoke-chip in the player. Usage A selection can be given by the user by typing the number of the menu-item chosen at the prompt. Each entry must be terminated with a . Invalid selections will cause an error message by the Menu Handler. Example: Select > 60 0001 Invalid menu selection ER @ Press RETURN to continue @ CL96532111_021.eps 071099 Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • Service PC • one free COM port on the Service PC • special cable to connect DVD player to Service PC The service PC must have a terminal emulation program (e.g. OS2 WarpTerminal or Procomm) installed and must have a free COM port (e.g. COM1). Activate the terminal emulation program and check that the port settings for the free COM port are: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow control. The free COM port must be connected via a special cable to the RS232 port of the DVD player. This special cable will also connect the test pin, which is available on the connector, to ground (i.e. activate test pin). 5.9.2 Result and output of an activated (and terminated) nucleus will be sent back to the service terminal. Example: Select > 16 1601 Data line X is not connected to the SDRAM ER @ Press RETURN to continue @ CL96532111_022.eps 071099 After the user presses a key, the current menu is rebuilt on screen. Pressing < return > at the prompt without any further input at the terminal will always rebuild the main menu. Code nr. PC interface cable: 3122 785 90017 Activation Switch the player on and the following text will appear on the screen of the terminal (program): Termination The menu interface is terminated by switching off the DVD player. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 5.9.3 ASD-1 Command Line Interface 5. GB 19 Example in case the command is correct: The command line interface is part of level 1 diagnostic mode. Via a command line interface the execution of Diagnostic Nuclei can be controlled. Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • Control PC • one free COM port on the Control PC • special cable to connect DVD player to the Control PC The control PC must use the following port settings for the used COM port: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow control. The control PC is connected with a special cable to the RS232 port of the DVD player. Via the same connection the test pin will be connected to ground. DD > CompSdarmWrR 1600 OK @ DD> CL96532111_025.eps 071099 Example in case the result is an error: DD > CompSdarmWrR 1601 Address line X not connected to the SDRAM @ DD> CL96532111_026.eps 071099 Activation After power on the next text will sent to the control PC DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0 SDRAM Interconnection test passed Basic SDRAM test passed Karaoke init OK Termination The command line interface is terminated by switching off the DVD player. 5.9.4 (M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ C
CL06532065_034.eps 180500 The first line indicates that the Diagnostic software has been activated and contains the version number; this is also an indication that the first basic nucleus (nucleus number 1) has been executed succesfully. The next three lines are the succesful result of two subsequent basic tests (nuclei 2, 3, 4and karaoke initialisation respectively). If not all these messages appear on the terminal screen, then the related nucleus found an error. The fifth line lets the user choose between the two possible interface forms. The last line is the prompt ("DD>"). The diagnostic software is now ready to receive commands. Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Note2 : When it is a player without DRAM, the DRAM tests are left out. Usage The commands that can be given are the names or the numbers of the nuclei. A command must be terminated with a < return > character from the control PC. When typing commands, the backspace key can be used to make corrections. In case of typing errors in the command, an error message is returned. Example: DD > CompSdarmWrR 0001 Unknown command ER @ DD> S2B Interface (not for service) Set-up physical interface components Hardware needed: • Control PC • one free COM port on the Control PC • special cable to connect DVD player to Control PC • S2B monitor tool running on the Control PC Activation To start the S2B interface, connect the RS232 cable to the Control PC in the correct manner. Then start the PC, start the monitor tool and start the DVD player; turn off the monitor tool, turn on S2B monitor tool. The S2B monitor tool now takes all communication. The S2B interface is activated by sending the bit pattern 110x xxxx with the first character to the DVD player, when the user is asked to choose an interface type. The command handler will then activate the S2B pass-through nucleus. The character sent will be passed to this nucleus without loss. Note: The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Termination To terminate S2B pass-through mode, switch off the DVD player. 5.10 Script Interfaces This interface is used during execution of the Player Script and the Dealer Script to display output and error messages. The local display will be used to display the output and the error messages. 5.10.1 Dealer Script CL96532111_024.eps 071099 If the command (the nucleus name or number) is recognised, the nucleus is executed. Result and output of an activated (and terminated) nucleus will be sent back to the control PC according to the standard layout as defined in Appendix C. Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • DVD player The DVD player is tested stand-alone: no other equipment than the DVD player is needed. Activation The dealer script is activated by pressing OPEN/CLOSE and PAUSE on the local keyboard of the DVD player simultaneously during power-on. GB 20 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 Note : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Usage The test requires no user interaction. A number of nuclei will be run before a message is returned indicating if there is a failure in the DVD player. During the execution of a script, a progress indicator is displayed on the local display of the DVD player. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 + CL96532111_017.eps 071099 The counter at the right side of the display counts down from the number of nuclei to be run to zero. At zero all nuclei from the script have been run and the result (PASS/Error) is displayed on the local display of the DVD player. When the dealer script has been completed, the results are displayed in the following manner: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 CL96532111_018.eps 071099 local keyboard on the DVD player. Which keys can be used for this purpose is described with each test. Module test (with user interaction) During the first phase of the dealer test, the three main modules (Digital PWB, Display PWB and Basic Engine) are tested; some interaction from the user is required. 1. Testing the Display PWB This involves testing the local display and keyboard, but also testing the remote control and the leds. The Display Test During the display test, different patterns will be shown on the local display of the DVD player. The user needs to step through these patterns using the PLAY key on the local keyboard. If any of the displayed patterns is incorrect, the display test has failed, and also the player test has failed. The test patterns on display will be repeated in a loop (stepped through using PLAY) until the user presses NEXT on the local keyboard to proceed to the next test. The LED Test Next is the LED test; the LEDs on the DVD player are lit. Pressing PLAY will indicate that all LEDs are operational. To indicate that a LED did not light up, the user must press the PAUSE key. Pressing PLAY or PAUSE will proceed the user into the next test. The Keyboard Test During the keyboard test, the user needs to press all the keys on the local keyboard one by one. On the local display each key is represented by its scancode (a hexadecimal 2-digit code identifying the key to the DVD player). Pressing a key will show its representing code on the local display of the DVD player: the first hexadecimal digit identifies the key pressed, the second indicates how many times this particular key was detected. In case the key is pressed more than once, the scancode is displayed as many times, with the second digit of its code increased each time. The display of scancodes scrolls from right to left, with the most recent scancode at the right. The following example gives a possible layout of the local display during the display/remote control test: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 + CL96532111_019.eps 071099 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + Termination To turn off the dealer test, the DVD player must be powered down. 5.10.2 Player Script Set-up physical interface components Hardware needed: • DVD player • television set, connected to the DVD player • 6 audio speakers • an external video source Activation To activate the player script, press OPEN, CLOSE and STOP keys on the local keyboard of the DVD player simultaneously during power-on. Usage The player test requires human interaction to decide whether nuclei give correct output, e.g. the user needs to confirm the results of the display test. This needs to be given through the CL 96532097_004.eps 130999 To terminate the keyboard test, press the NEXT key on the local keyboard of the DVD player and keep it pressed for 1 (one) full second. The keyboard test will terminate with a message on the local display. In case the keyboard test was successful, the message is: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_007.eps 130999 In case the keyboard test was not successful, the message will be: Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ CL 96532097_008.eps 130999 If the "tbFAIL"-message is displayed, the player test has failed. This is the end of the player test: turn off the DVD player, or press NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player to proceed to the next test. The remote control test For the remote control test, the user must press a key (any key) on the DVD's remote control. The display at the start of the test looks as follows: ASD-1 5. GB 21 1 ⋅2 ⋅3 ⋅4 ⋅5 ⋅6 ⋅7 ⋅8 ⋅9 ⋅1 0 ⋅1 1 ⋅1 2 ⋅1 3 ⋅1 4 ⋅1 5 + CL 96532097_012.eps 130999 if the test fails. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the next test. 2. Testing the Monoboard The picture tests involve putting a predefined picture on the connected television set, and asking the user for confirmation. When the picture has been put on screen, the local display asks for confirmation by the user as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532111_032.eps 071099 When a remote control code has been received, its scancode is displayed as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_013.eps 130999 If the user presses PLAY, he confirms the test; pressing PAUSE will indicate a fault in the test. At this time, the player test had failed and the DVD player can be switched off, or the user can proceed to the next test by pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player. Pressing the NEXT key on the local keyboard will start the next picture test (Colour set-up functional test). When the picture tests are finished, the sound tests are run. A predefined sound will be generated, and again the user is asked to confirm this. The local display looks as follows: CL 96532097_009.eps 130999 The NEXT key can be pressed to exit this test. However, if the user requires to test all keys on the remote control, (s)he can continue to press keys and these will all be displayed on the local display. With a code-table at hand this test can be used to test the full functionality of the DVD's remote control. When the user has pressed NEXT on the local keyboard (NOT on the remote control!), the result of the remote control test is shown on the local display as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_011.eps 130999 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_014.eps 130999 Pressing PLAY confirms the test, PAUSE indicates test failure. If the test is faulty, the player test failed and the DVD player can be shut off. Subsequent sound tests will be numbered in ascending order. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player will take the user into the next test. 3. Testing the Basic Engine Most tests on the basic engine require user interaction. When the basic engine tests are started, the version of the basic engine which is present in the DVD player is shown on the local display, as follows: in case of succes; 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_015.eps 130999 GB 22 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 The version number is displayed in decimal representation (the underscore replacing the dot). When the user presses NEXT on the local keyboard, the tests on the basic engine are started. First, the tray operation is tested. The user can move the tray in and out by pressing the PLAY or PAUSE key on the local keyboard (both keys have essentially the same function). The results need to be checked visually by the user, the software cannot detect any faults. The local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_019.eps 130999 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_016.eps 130999 To indicate this is a test of which the result is to be checked by the user, the first word on the local display is "do". Except for testing the tray, this test is also meant to give the user the opportunity to put a disc into the DVD player for subsequent basic engine tests. Some of the following tests need a disc in the DVD player to operate properly. Always put a disc into the DVD player during this test! At the end of the basic engine tests there is opportunity to remove it (before the looptests start). Pressing the NEXT key on the local keyboard proceeds to the next test. Second test is the sledge test; the user is asked to move the sledge by using the keys PLAY and PAUSE on the local keyboard (both keys have essentially the same function). This test needs to be checked visually by the user; the software cannot detect any faults. The local display during this test looks as follows: By pressing PLAY the user confirms successful focussing by the basic engine; pressing PAUSE indicates a fault in the focus function. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard starts the radial function; the local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_020.eps 130999 Again, PLAY confirms the result, PAUSE indicates an error. After pressing NEXT on the local keyboard, the grooves/jump test is started. As this is also a test that cannot be checked by the software, the user needs to perform a visual test. The local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_021.eps 130999 CL96532097_017.eps 130999 After pressing NEXT on the local keyboard the discmotor is tested; the local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + By pressing PLAY the next grooves/jump position is taken; pressing PAUSE will go to the previous grooves/jump position. Switching through the different positions is done in a cyclic manner. Press the NEXT key on the local keyboard to proceed to the last basic engine test: again, the tray is tested. This has been done at the beginning of the basic engine test already, the repeat is only meant to enable the user to remove the disc in the tray before proceeding. The local display will look as follows: CL 96532097_018.eps 130999 The user is required to listen if the disc motor is running; this must be confirmed by pressing PLAY on the local keyboard. The PAUSE key is used to indicate the discmotor does not run. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard starts the focus test. The local display looks as follows during this test: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_016.eps 130999 Press PLAY or PAUSE to operate the tray; remove the disc in the tray. The tray will be closed automatically (if needed) before proceeding to the next tests (by pressing NEXT on the local keyboard). Read Error Log Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 The contents of the error log will be displayed on the local display, as follows : ASD-1 5. GB 23 The leftmost three digits indicate which of the DVD player's modules is faulty; the explanation is in the following table: Note: This is an example only; no actual errorcode is intended Displayed Value Indication for each module Loader 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ CL 96532097_022.eps 130999 The first two characters on the local display ("EL") indicate that the read-out mode of the error log is activated. After the hyphen 8 hexadecimal digits (one faultcode) are displayed. Below the row of 7-segment displays the highlighted number indicates the number of the faultcode being displayed. (Not for DVDv2B) The highest number indicates the oldest faultcode. If, in the future, more than 15 faultcodes need to be displayed, the "+" character can be used to indicate the display of a faultcode in the range 16 - 30. To step through the different fault codes, the PLAY (next) and PAUSE (previous) key on the local keyboard can be used. The display of faultcodes is cyclic. If the error log does not contain any fault codes, all displayed error codes will be "000 00000". To switch off the display of the error log, the NEXT key must be pressed on the local keyboard. Read Error Bits The error bits are used to indicate that an error occurred once or more times; if that is the case the bit representing the error is set. To read out this field of error bits, the local display is used. Only the numbers of the errors where the bit is set will be displayed on the local display. The layout of the local display is (globally) as follows2: 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 ok ok ok ok faulty faulty faulty faulty Monoboard ok ok faulty faulty ok ok faulty faulty Display PCB ok faulty ok faulty ok faulty ok faulty CL 06532065_052.eps 230500 After the hyphen the (decimal) number indicates the number of times the looptest was performed. The right side of the display shows an error code DNER (in decimal representation), which is built from a nucleus number (DN) and an error number (ER). This code indicates the last nucleus that returned an error code. For explanation of this DNER code, see document [SDD_DN]. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player will exit this loop and show the end result of the player test. End result of the player test is equal to the last display shown above: it shows which module is faulty and which nucleus caused the last error, as well as how many loops were performed. Termination To terminate the player test, switch off the DVD player. 5.11 Download Interfaces (not for service) 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_023.eps 130999 The number of the set bits is displayed in a cyclic manner. Scrolling through the set error bits can be done with the PLAY key for 'next' and PAUSE key for 'previous'. Pressing the PLAY key at the last bit number will display the first bit number again, pressing the PAUSE button at the first bit number will display the last bit number in the list. The representation of bit numbers is decimal. If no error bits are set, the number on the right side of the display will be "00" Module Looptest The module looptest is an infinite loop in which a number of nuclei are executed over and over again. The nuclei run are the same as in the dealer test; user interaction is not required. During this looptest, the display looks as follows3: The download interface enables the user to download another version of diagnostic software into the RAM of the DVD player. The downloaded software will overrule the software which is placed in the DVD player's ROM; running the original diagnostic software is disabled until the DVD player is switched off and on again. For download of diagnostic software, the RS232 port may be used. 5.11.1 Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • Service PC • one free COM port on the Service PC • special cable to connect DVD player to Service PC The service PC must have a terminal emulation program (e.g. OS2 WarpTerminal or Procomm in Windows95) installed and must have a free COM port (e.g. COM1). Activate the terminal emulation program and check that the port settings for the free COM port are: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow control. The free COM port must be connected via a special cable to the RS232 port of the DVD player. This special cable will also connect the test pin, which is available on the connector, to ground (i.e. activate test pin). 5.11.2 Activation 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_025.eps 130999 Switch the DVD player on and the following text will appear on the screen of the terminal (emulation program): GB 24 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0 SDRAM Interconnection test passed Basic SDRAM test passed Karaoke init OK (M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ D CL96532111_028.eps 071099 Progress seen by the diagnostic software is indicated by displaying the character "*" on screen repeatedly; if the download software encounters an error, the end of the downloaded file will be awaited and instead of the "*"character, the "+"- character will be used to indicate (erroneous) progress. When download is finished, the following message will come from the DVD player: Download succesful Press return to start downloaded program... CL96532111_029.eps 071099 When the user then presses a key, the DVD player will report The scripts that can be made externally are therefor in one of the following two forms: 1. A Procomm or Telex script Procomm or Telex can be used to write diagnostic scripts. The script language of both communication packages contains possibilities for construction of loops and branches in the scripts. Commands then going over the line will be exactly the same as described in the chapter "Command Interface". The diagnostic software (the engine) will receive normal RS232 commands and processes these as defined, sending results of these nuclei back over the RS232 line. In the Terminal the Procomm or Telex script determines which command sequence is followed 2. An Asterix-script Asterix-scripts are C-programs in which commands are sent to the diagnostic software (the engine). The construction of branches and loops is again located in the remote machine, i.e. the Asterix machine. Commands going over the line will be exactly the same as described in the chapter "Command Interface". The diagnostic software (the engine) will receive normal RS232 commands and processes these as defined, sending results of the called nuclei back over the RS232 line. In the Asterix PC the C-program determines which command sequence is followed. Layout of menus and submenus for the Service Terminal NOTE: a symbol "-->" in the next menu layouts indicates that that specific menu choice will invoke the display of a submenu. This symbol will also be used in the implementation of the menus (i.e. the "-->" will also appear in the user interface). Main Menu MAIN MENU 1. Audio --> 2. Basic Engine --> 3. Display PWB --> 4. Processor & Peripherals --> 5. Karaoke --> 6. Log --> 7. Miscellaneous --> 8. Video --> First Level Submenus DVD Diagnostic Software version X.X CL96532111_030.eps 071099 and start to run the downloaded software. Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Note2 : For players without DRAM, the DRAM-tests will be scipped. 5.11.3 Usage The usage of the downloaded software depends on the contents of that software and cannot be described here. 5.11.4 Termination (not for service) To exit the download-interface and remove the downloaded software from the DVD player, switch off the DVD player. External Scripts A script is a sequence of nucleus calls. Internal scripts (e.g. scripts built into the diagnostic software itself) are in the form of a C-language module. However it cannot be expected from a customer to write C-modules in order to create new scripts. AUDIO MENU 1. Deemphasis --> 2. Mute --> 3. PinkNoise --> 4. SineWave --> BASIC ENGINE MENU 1. Disc Motor --> 2. Focus --> 3. Grooves --> 4. Radial --> 5. Reset [44] 6. Sledge --> 7. Tray --> 8. Version [37] DISPLAY PWB MENU 1. Display [30] 2. Keyboard [27] 3. LEDs [29] 4. Remote control [28] 5. Version [28] LOG MENU 1. Read last errors [31] 2. Read error bits [32] Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 3. Reset [33] PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS MENU 1. Clock --> 2. DRAM Write/Read [9] 3. Flash --> 4. I2C --> 5. S2B --> 6. SDRAM Write/Read [16] MISCELLANEOUS MENU 1. NVRam Utils --> 2. PalNtsc Line --> (Not for DVDv2B) 3. 2B Utils --> 4. Statistics Info --> 5. Read Application Version [46] VIDEO MENU 1. Colourbar --> 2. Scart --> KARAOKE MENU 1. Karaoke Mode Off [48a] 2. Karaoke Mode On [48b] 3. KaraokeMicInput [49] 4. KaraokeKey On [50a] 5. KaraokeKey Off [50b] 6. Karaoke Echo On [51a] 7. Karaoke Echo Off [51b] Second level submenus DEEMPHASIS MENU 1. Deemphasis 0 On [18a] 2. Deemphasis 0 Off [18b] 3. Deemphasis 1 On [18c] 4. Deemphasis 1 Off [18d] for DVDv2B: 1. Deemphasis On [18a] 2. Deemphasis Off [18b] 3. Deemp 0 Tristate On [18e] 4. Deemp 0 Tristate Off [18f] 5. Deemp 1 Tristate On [18g] 6. Deemp 1 Tristate Off [18h] MUTE MENU 1. Mute On [19a] 2. Mute Off [19b] PINKNOISE MENU 1. Pinknoise On [20a] 2. Pinknoise Off [20b] SINEWAVE MENU 1. Audio Sine On [21a] 2. Audio Burst On [21b] DISC MOTOR MENU 1. Disc Motor On [39a] 2. Disc Motor Off [39b] FOCUS MENU 1. Focus On [38a] 2. Focus Off [38b] GROOVES MENU 1. Jump Grooves to Inside [42a] 2. Jump Grooves to Middle [42b] 3. Jump Grooves to Outside [42c] ASD-1 RADIAL MENU 1. Radial Control On [40a] 2. Radial Control Off [40b] SLEDGE MENU 1. Sledge Inwards [41a] 2. Sledge Outwards [41b] TRAY MENU 1. Open Tray [43b] 2. Close Tray [43a] LASER MENU 1. Laser Cd On[58a] 2. Laser Cd Off[58b] 3. Laser DVD On[58c] 4. Laser DVD Off[58d] UCLOCK MENU 1. µClock A_CLK in CDDA Mode [7a] 2. µClock A_CLK in DVD Mode [7b] FLASH MENU 1. Checksum FLASH [6] 2. Flash write access [10] I2C MENU 1. I2C NVRAM Access [11] 2. I2C Display PWB [12] S2B MENU 1. S2B Echo [13] 2. S2B Pass-through [14] NVRAM MENU 1. NVRAM Config [34] 2. NVRAM reset [35] 3. NVRAM Mod [36] 4. NVRAM write/read [15] PAL/NTSC MENU (Not for DVDv2B) 1. PalNtscHi [45a] 2. PalNtscLo [45b] 2B UTILS MENU 1. I2C Scart Check [54] 2. Scart to DVD [55a] 3. Scart Pass through [55b] 4. VideoColSetupI2C [52] 5. VideoColSetupHi [53a] 6. VideoColSetupLo [53b] VIDEO COLOURBAR MENU 1. Colourbar DENC On [23a] 2. Colourbar DENC Off [23b] SCART MENU 1. Scart Low [25a] 2. Scart Medium [25b] 3. Scart High [25c] STATISTICS INFO MENU 1. Total Nr of Times Tray Open [47a] 2. Toat Time Power On [47b] 3. Total Play-time CDDA & VCD [47c] 4. Total Play-time DVD [47d] 5. GB 25 GB 26 5. ASD-1 Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 Screen layout with menus When menus are used, no specific screen layout can be given: menu information will not be in a special format, except for the layout as mentioned in the previous paragraphs. A typical menu session can look as follows: ---------------< top of screen >------------------------------------------DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0 SDRAM Interconnection test passed Basic SDRAM test passed Karaoke init OK (M)enu, (C)ommand, (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ M <-MAIN MENU 1. Audio --> 2. Basic Engine --> 3. Display PWB --> 4. Processor & Peripherals --> 5. Karaoke --> 6. Log --> 7. Miscellaneous --> 8. Video --> Select> 4 <-PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS MENU 1. Clock --> 2. DRAM Write/Read [9] 3. Flash --> 4. I2C --> 5. S2B --> 6. SDRAM Write/Read [16] Select> 6 <-------------------< bottom of screen >---------------------------Depending on the height of the screen, the text will start scrolling off the top of the screen. Layout of Results diagnostic nuclei on control/service PC Results returned from a Diagnostic Nucleus to the control/ service PC will have a maximum length of 300 characters and are terminated by a CR character (included in the string length) The result has the following layout < number >< string > [OK l ER] @< CR > The use of the "@" enables the Asterix system on the Control PC to parse the output string of each nucleus into a database. < number > is a 4-digit decimal number padded with leading zeros if its value is less than 4 digits. The first two digits identify the generating nucleus (or goup of nuclei), the latter two digits indicate the error number. < string > is a text string containing information about the result of the Diagnostic Nucleus. < number > and < string > are defined in [SDD_DN] in the output sections of each Nucleus. Examples: 1. 0001 Unknown command ER @ 2. 3100 OK @ 3. 0901 Data line X is not connected to the DRAM ER @ CL96532111_031.eps 071099 Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 5.12 Diagnostic Nuclei ASD-1 Ref. Reference Name Remark 17 AudioSig Audio Signature (Optional) 18a AudioDeemp0On Audio De-emphasis 0 On AudioDeempOn (DVD2B) Audio De-emphasis On (DVDv2B) AudioDeemp0Off Audio De-emphasis 0 Off AudioDeempOff (DVD2B) Audio De-emphasis Off (DVDv2B) 18c AudioDeemp1On Audio De-emphasis 1 On (Not for DVDv2B) 18d AudioDeemp1Off Audio De-emphasis 1 Off (Not for DVDv2B) 18e AudioDeemp0Tristat eOn Audio De-emphasis 0 in tristate/bidirectional mode (DVDv2B) 18f AudioDeemp0Tristat eOff Audio De-emphasis 0 back in output mode (Off) (DVDv2B) 18g AudioDeemp1Tristat eOn Audio De-emphasis 1 in tristate/bidirectional mode (DVDv2B) 18h AudioDeemp1Tristat eOff Audio De-emphasis 1 back in output mode (Off) (DVDv2B) 19a AudioMuteOn Audio Mute On 19b AudioMuteOff Audio Mute Off 20a AudioPinkNoiseOn Audio Pinknoise On 20b AudioPinkNoiseOff Audio Pinknoise Off 21a AudioSineOn Audio Sine signal On/Off 21b AudioSineBurst Audio Sine signal Burst 56a AudioDeemp0On PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis 56b AudioDeemp0Off PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis 56c AudioDeemp1On PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis 56d AudioDeemp1Off PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis Remark 18b 5.12.1 Basic Diagnostic Nuclei Ref. Reference Name Remark 1 BasicSpAcc Serial port Access test/ initialisation 2b BasicInterconDram BasicInterconSdram GB 27 5.12.4 Audio Each nucleus contains an atomic and independent diagnostic test, testing a functional part of the DVD player hardware on component level. Each Nucleus returns a result message to its caller. Some tests (e.g. generating a colour bar) can only return an "OK" result. Internal communication will be done via a uniform interface between the diagnostic Engine, Scripts and the Diagnostic Nuclei. The diagnostic Engine can only operate if a certain (minimal) set of hardware is functioning properly. To test this set of hardware, a set of basic diagnostic nuclei is embedded in the DVD player. Each basic diagnostic nucleus will only test that part of the hardware which is required for execution of the diagnostic Engine, e.g. a RAM test will only test that part of RAM that is used by the diagnostic engine. After the Diagnostic Engine is operational it is possible to do a full RAM diagnostic. All basic diagnostic nuclei start with prefix 'Basic'. In the overview each Diagnostic Nucleus consists of a reference number, a reference name and remarks. Reference number and name are coupled and one of them is enough for unique identification. The reference number can be used to find the description of the Diagnostic Nucleus in paragraph Error! Reference source not found..# where # is the reference number. 2a 5. Data and address bus Interconnection (only for DVDv2A) Data and address bus interconnection 3 BasicDramWrR DRAM Write Read (only for DVDv2A) 4 BasicSdramWrR SDRAM Write Read 5 BasicSramWrR SRAM Write Read 5.12.2 Processor and Peripherals Ref. Reference Name Remark 6 PapChksFl Checksum FLASH 7a PapUclkAclkCdda uClock A_CLK in CD-DA mode 7b PapUclkAclkDvd uClock A_CLK in DVD mode Ref. Reference Name 23a VideoColDencOn Colourbar DENC On 9 PapDramWrR DRAM Write Read (only for DVDv2A) 23b VideoColDencOff Colourbar DENC Off 10 PapFlashWrAcc FLASH Write Access 25a VideoScartLo Scart Low 25b VideoScartMi Scart Medium 25c VideoScartHi Scart High 52 VideoColSetupCom Colour Setup Communication 53a VideoColSetupHi Colour Setup High 53b VideoColSetupLo Colour Setup Low 54 VideoScartSwCom m Scart Switch communication 55a VideoScartSwDvd Scart Switch Dvd 55b VideoScartSwPass Scart Switch Pass-through 11 PapI2cNvram I2C NVRAM access 12 PapI2cDisp I2C Display PWB 13 PapS2bEcho S2B Echo 14 PapS2bPass S2B Pass-through 15 PapNvramWrR NVRAM Write Read 5.12.3 Components Ref. # Reference Name Remark 16 CompSdramWrR SDRAM Write Read 5.12.5 Video GB 28 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 Ref. Reference Name Remark Ref. Reference Name Remark 57a VideoScartPinLo PIO-pins as used in 2A for Scart-switching 40a BeRadialOn Radial control On 40b BeRadialOff Radial control Off 57b VideoScartPinMi PIO-pins as used in 2A for Scart-switching 41a BeSledgeIn Sledge Inwards 57c VideoScartPinHi PIO-pins as used in 2A for Scart-switching 41b BeSledgeOut Sledge Outwards 42a BeGroovesIn jump Grooves to Inside 5.12.6 DisplayPWB (slave processor) Ref. Reference Name Remark 26 DispVer Version number 27 DispKeyb Keyboard 28 DispRc Remote Control 29 DispLed LEDs 30 DispDisplay Display 5.12.7 Log (error logging in NVRAM) 42b BeGroovesMid jump Grooves to Middle 42c BeGroovesOut jump Grooves to Outside 43a BeTrayIn Tray In 43b BeTrayOut Tray Out 44 BeReset Reset Basic Engine 58a LaserCdOn CD Laser on 58b LaserCdOff CD Laser off 58c LaserDvdOn DVD Laser on 58d LaserDvdOff DVD Laser off 5.12.10 Karaoke Ref. Reference Name Remark 31 LogReadErr Read last Errors 32 LogReadBits Read errors Bits 33 LogReset Reset Ref. Reference Name Remark 48a KaraokeModeOff Switch Karaoke mode off 48b KaraokeModeOn Switch Karaoke mode on 49 KaraokeMicInput Check path from the microphone input to audio output 50a KaraokeKeyOn Set Karaoke Key to the maximum level (1200 cent) 5.12.8 Miscellaneous Ref. Reference Name Remark 34 MiscReadConfig Read Configuration area from NVRAM 50b KaraokeKeyOff Set Karaoke Key to flat octave (0 cent) 35 MiscNvramReset NVRAM Reset 51a KaraokeEchoOn Set Echo Control fuction on 36 MiscNvramMod Modify NVRAM contents 51b KaraokeEchoOff Set Echo Control function off 45a MiscPalNtscHi Check if PAL/NTSC line is high (Not for DVDv2B) 45b MiscPalNtscLo Check if PAL/NTSC line is low (Not for DVDv2B) 46 MiscApplVer Read version of application software 47a MiscTrayOpenNr Read the number of times the tray opened 47b MiscPowerOnTime Read the total time the player's power has been on 47c MiscPlayTimeCddaVcd Read the Playtime of CDDA and VCD discs 47d MiscPlayTimeDvd Read the Playtime of DVD discs 5.12.9 Basic Engine Ref. Reference Name Remark 37 BeVer Version number 38a BeFocusOn Focus On 38b BeFocusOff Focus Off 39a BeDiscmotorOn Discmotor On 39b BeDiscmotorOff Discmotor Off Note: A new Compair version for repair of the MONO boards will be developed. Block diagrams ASD-1 6. 29 6. Block diagrams Servo ASD1 BOARD SERVO PART LOADER CDM OPU 1 3 MEMORY CD-LASER DVDALAS2+ 7310 7102 S-RAM 132K TZA1033 CY7C199-15C 7110-7111 Var Gain MUX Diode Amplifiers Processing EQUALIZER DVD 15 1 CONTROL Header 8 ADDRESS HPSW DATA 4 7100-7106-7101 7311 Land 1104 DPD DVD-LASER MUX 6 CD FLEX 24P Push Pull Servo Signals Land/Groove Swap Mute Offset compensations RFo HF-IN D1-D6 6 3 Beam Tracking 2 CALF_MACE 4 +5 GND DECODER HD61 SAA7335HL/E/M2 O_CENTRAL 4 STB_DALAS V & I references Dual Laser MOTOR-IC Supply SILD FOCUS BA6856FP Serial SICL Laser#1 TACHO-OUT I/Face RADIAL 7304 SIDA Laser#2 B_V4 B_SYNC B_FLAG B_DATA B_BCLK B_WCLK I2S6 TO STi5505 ON DIAGRAM 5 3 MOTO-IN 1 DISK MOTOR 1301 M DRIVE HALL-FEEDBACK FLEX 11P HALL AD[0:7] SLEDGE MOTOR BLOCKDIAGRAM DIGITAL PART 1106 2 7207 CONTROL LINES ADC SERVO MACE2 SAA7399 PCS-PRE-AMPL 7104 TRAY MOTOR LM833D uP (8051 CORE) FLASH ROM 7202 PSENN AD[0:7] AD[0:7] A[0:16] AM29F002 PHI-INPUT M CONTROL BUS FLEX 8P HALL DATA/ADDRESS BUS 6 MHz M 2 PCS 4 END-SWITCH REF A[8:16] 2 ADRESS LATCH 7201 DRIVERS 7103 BA5938FM SLEDGE AD[0:7] A[0:7] 2 74HCT573D RADIAL TXD_BE RXT_BE CFR SUR SERVO OUTPUTS 4 FOCUS 5 TRAY-SWITCH POR 1100 TRAY1 4-WIRES S2B 4 t RSTN TO/FROM STi5505 ON DIAGRAM 5 TRAY2 4 8.46 MHz 1 4268_136 2012 CL06532065_036.eps 180500 Block diagrams ASD-1 6. 30 Didital ASD1 BOARD DIGITAL PART 6 5 TXD_SER RXD_SER RTS_SER CTS_SER 4 7600 CONN. 1602 4 SERVICE SERVICE SERIAL INTERFACE CONN. 1603 SERVICE 7503 2 DEEM[0:1] RSTN S2B 4 TO /FROM MACE2 (DIAGRAM 2) TXD_BE RXD_BE CFR SUR 7604, 7607 SCART[0:1] UART UART PROGRAMMABLE I/O OSD SCART 0/6/12V MUTE 0_6_12V 7608,7609,7610 MUTE_AV MUTE I2S 6 B_V4 B_WCLK B_DATA B_BCLK B_FLAG B_SYNC DEMULTIPLEXER VIDEO 3V3 DIG_OUT 5V R_OUT G_OUT B_OUT C_OUT CVBS_OUT Y_OUT VIDEO ENCODER MPEG DECODER ACLK CVBS RGB S-VHS 6 R/C G B/CVBS CVBS/Y 7612-7618 VIDEO FILTER BUFFER SUBPICTURE PCM__CLK HOST ST20 4 P50 7616 +5V -5V CLOCK SYNTHESIZER SEL_ACLK MK2742 CONN. 1604 STi5505 2 SDRAM CONTROLLER I2C CONTROLLER SDA SCLK 2 SDA SCLK RESETN Y-C +3V3 +6Vstby +12Vstby -8Vstby PCMout1 PCMout2 HSYNC I2C MEMORY INTERFACE TO/FROM A/V-MUX BOARD 7611 PCM (3X) DIG. OUT 4 PCM_CLK FRONT END INTERFACE BCLK DATA WCLK 3 SCLK PCM_OUT0 LRCLK SPDIF_OUT AUDIO DECODER AUDIO FROM HD61 DECODER (DIAGRAM 3) 2 TO A/V-MUX BOARD 2 OPTION 7504 CONN. 1600 +3V3 27 MHz SDRAM INTERFACE SYSTEM CONTROL BUS SYSTEM ADDRESS BUS SYSTEM DATA BUS +5V POWER SUPPLY +5Vstby -8Vstby 7505 +6Vstby EEPROM 2 +12Vstby ST24E32M6 STB_CONT P50 4 7401 16Mb FLASH AM29LV160BT 7404 16Mb SDRAM MT48LC1M16A1TG -7S 7405 SDA SCLK STB_CONT 2 16Mb SDRAM CONN. 1501 TO/FROM DISPLAY MT48LC1M16A1TG-7S 4268_136 2012 CL06532065_037.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 31 7. Electrical diagrams and PWB’s SERVO DALAS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3118 F114 3119 3197 2R2 3137 VCC1 GND2 MT1 100n 2117 F142 3131 2R2 2R2 3132 3133 2R2 2R2 FOC+ FOC- 7114 F174 F175 S2 A1_MACE +5Vx +5Vx F157 22K 2119 3148 F189 5 8 7105-B MC34072 7 2.5V 2.5V 3177 68K 2139 100n 120R 15K 3165 3176 3181 100n 3168 F179 10M SLSL+ VO2VO2+ V-REF H 2123 F172 OPTION F199 120K 4 100n 2.0V 2138 100n CALF_MACE 2 100R STB_DALAS ALPHA0 8 7105-A MC34072 1 F198 22R 3158 STB NC4 V-REF 3 6 4 3194 G 2137 F022 100n F197 F163 3153 OPTION 3120 1K +5V 39K F191 3173 100K 2142 10n +3V3S 3166 2.0V E 7116 BC847B 3174 F178 +5V 3179 220R BC847B F S1 6K8 LPF-DPD1 38 3186 O-CENTRAL 7115 BC857B +5V 220R NC5 NC6 RF-REF COP VSSD SILD 28 4R7 F152 47R 3140 RFP RFN VSSA3 SIDA F013 SILD +3V3S SL3187 29 30 2R2 1.5V SL+ SICL F012 F176 1.5V F011 3130 GND3 3183 100R 22n 47R 2R2 F151 F195 1R 100K 2141 +5A4 FTC 33 +5V 3185 3180 22p VSSA2 VDDD3 HEADER 3178 4 I 100n 12K R-EXT VDDA2 CD-LO F023 +3V3D OPTION OPTION 12K 3161 F021 LPF-DPD2 39 +5D F193 F192 COSPH 6 NC2 V-REF 14 C 03 F024 2140 7104-B LM833D 7 100n LAND 1R 8 2124 S1 42 04 TD1 35 2136 5 F169 10K 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 2135 +5V 1 3157 3159 TDO 34 V-REF 2133 22p 15p 100K 2130 2131 3 2 F168 TD2 37 HEADER 17 FO 2127 RADRAD+ FOCFOC+ 330R 16 DVD-REF VO3- 3193 +9V F137 7113 BC847B 3182 1K 3138 F188 18 12K 3155 10K F166 22n 15 DVD-D 100R Ax 3172 F165 F036 10K 3143 F186 VO3+ X2 MT +5V +5V 2118 3171 100R X2 F039 3199 FTC-REF 36 14 DVD-C O1 180p F185 22K +5V 7112 BC847B F037 RFP 12K 3152 OPTION 2129 F183 15p 6 3169 100R 3127 19 O2 10K O-CENTRAL 40 100n D 13 DVD-B F159 VSSA4 43 3 BEAM TRACKING 100R 3170 C O-D 45 MUX SINPH 2 12 DVD-A 10K3147 VDDA4 44 DPD PUSH PULL OFFSET COMPENS. 10 DVD-MI F180 F158 S2 41 9 VSSA1 3167 12K O-C 46 LAND/ GROOVE MUTE 11 NC1 B F182 F156 O-A 48 SWAP LAND 7104-A LM833D 1 3146 3149 8 VDDA1 F016 +5A1 2125 2132 8 100n F155 560R 100R RA +3V3S 3124 470R F038 3145 O-B 47 7 CD-F SICL 2R2 F173 3122 20 F133 VIN3 LOGIC TRAY X2 B 3192 27K VREF MT2 X2 F035 180p 6 CD-E 3162 F120 3121 2111 100n 3198 470R OPTION DIODE AMPLIFIERS PROCESSING 23 F123 470R +5V 1.5V 2128 22n F171 OPTION 3136 4 CD-D 5 CD-REF MON2 4 F190 F167 2122 22n 3 F181 F187 3156 100R 24 RAD+ D RFo 1105 +5A3 VAR GAIN 100R 3164 100n 4 3 CD-C +5V F177 5 F164 3160 2126 F184 100R 3154 100R E F +5V 3163 27K 2 CD-B 2R2 100p F020 F194 REFSIN 1 CD-A F162 SIDA F170 F161 F196 D Ax F 3150 3151 100R B C 2R2 F146 2113 100n 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 MUX 2121 220n 100n +5V 2120 24 OPTION LD-DVD VDDL MON2 F160 23 3142 7102 TZA1033 CD-MI 4R7 F154 22 F017 LD-DVD TM 91R +5L 3139 F015 2116 NC3 3144 21 F153 +5V 1R +5V V-REF 3115 TRAY1 F145 2114 RFP 15p 20 F150 3141 DVD-LO F149 19 100n F018 18 2115 +5L 2R2 3114 + - VOLTAGE CONTROL FWD 3K9 3129 3135 E VCC2 VCC3 3188 390R F109 68p 390p 2108 2107 180R 3117 3123 680R 4n7 47u 2104 2103 1K5 3103 F107 OPTION 1 6 NC2 1n +5A2 NC7 MON1 VDDD5 F 3134 330R 3175 2R2 F148 VIN4 BIAS - MUTE TRAY2 3184 16 +5V NC8 F147 LDCD 25 + - 15 16 8 VDDA3 15 D VIN5 5 NC1 VO2+ F139 COO C 17 TO LOADER 3196 12 VO2+ COM F144 RAD- 2R2 + F126 7 MUTE 9 NC3 330p 14 2134 TO / FROM LOADER 13 CL06532065_038.eps 180500 3195 REFCOS 27K 1 - + F125 +5V 26 4 VIN2 OPTION F019 B 3108 3107 F115 VO4+ F118 3191 F119 3 VIN1 13 VO2- F143 7 X2 SL VO2- 12 1106 52271-XX90 8 X2 Ax F141 +3V3S 2 VOL+ SL+ F140 11 F108 27 VO4- X2 11 NC5 LDCD 10 X2 SL- 7111 BC847B F134 2112 F138 MON1 8 E 1 VOL- 21 10 22 47R 10K F136 A 7103 BA5938FM GND1 7 91R 2101 100n REV 3128 47R F104 3 7106 BFS20 2 +9V 2 RAC-SW F132 3126 6 F135 47R 3 7101 BFS20 2 3110 1 F129 RAD- 7110 BST82 10K FOCFOC+ 1n5 F127 F128 2109 3 +12Vstby F113 1 3112 150R F122 RAD+ 4 F112 3111 7100 BFS20 OPTION F131 2 F124 2105 22p 3104 390R F101 OUT GND 2100 100n F102 10K F014 2110 2n2 F121 9 H 22p HPSW 1 5 F130 G 2106 IN 47R F106 3K9 2145 220p 3116 2144 220p 1104 C 3190 VO22143 220p B D 3189 VO2+ 3125 F116 8K2 F111 4 3113 1100-4 TRAYSW 3 +12Vstby 3106 15p 1100-3 47p F110 2 3101 1K5 F103 2102 F117 1100-2 1 F105 10K 1100-1 7109 L78M09 1 3 OPTION 3102 OPTION 3105 A TO / FROM LOADER +5V 4R7 3100 +5V 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 I 1100-1 A1 1100-2 A1 1100-3 A1 1100-4 A1 1104 B1 1105 D8 1106 G1 2100 A9 2101 A10 2102 A3 2103 A5 2104 A6 2105 A7 2106 B3 2107 B6 2108 B6 2109 B3 2110 B3 2111 B11 2112 C4 2113 D8 2114 D7 2115 D5 2116 E4 2117 E6 2118 G9 2119 G10 2120 E2 2121 E2 2122 F4 2123 H10 2124 F7 2125 G3 2126 G2 2127 I10 2128 G8 2129 G8 2130 H2 2131 H3 2132 H3 2133 H4 2134 H3 2135 H4 2136 H5 2137 G12 2138 H6 2139 I8 2140 I6 2141 I2 2142 F11 2143 B1 2144 B2 2145 B2 3100 A5 3101 A6 3102 A5 3103 A4 3104 A7 3105 A2 3106 A7 3107 A12 3108 A12 3110 A8 3111 A5 3112 A6 3113 B4 3114 B12 3115 B12 3116 B4 3117 B5 3118 B8 3119 B7 3120 F12 3121 B12 3122 B12 3123 B5 3124 B12 3125 C4 3126 C4 3127 C12 3128 C2 3129 C5 3130 C12 3131 C13 3132 D12 3133 D13 3134 D7 3135 D5 3136 D6 3137 D6 3138 G9 3139 E4 3140 E5 3141 E2 3142 E5 3143 G9 3144 E1 3145 E7 3146 E8 3147 E8 3148 G9 3149 E8 3150 E3 3151 E3 3152 E8 3153 H9 3154 F3 3155 F8 3156 F3 3157 F8 3158 H9 3159 F7 3160 F3 3161 F8 3162 F3 3163 F1 3164 F3 3165 I9 3166 G8 3167 G3 3168 I9 3169 G3 3170 G3 3171 G3 3172 G2 3173 F12 3174 G12 3175 H6 3176 H8 3177 H8 3178 I5 3179 E11 3180 I2 3181 I8 3182 F10 3183 F10 3184 I6 3185 I5 3186 I7 3187 I2 3188 A8 3189 A3 3190 A4 3191 B9 3192 B12 3193 C13 3194 H8 3195 I8 3196 B9 3197 C9 3198 D10 3199 E9 7100 A5 7101 A8 7102 E4 7103 A10 7104-A G2 7104-B H2 7105-A G12 7105-B G10 7106 A7 7109 A9 7110 C4 7111 C5 7112 E10 7113 E10 7114 E10 7115 D11 7116 E12 F011 I2 F012 I2 F013 I2 F014 B4 F015 E4 F016 F4 F017 E5 F018 E5 F019 D6 F020 D6 F021 F7 F022 G12 F023 H5 F024 H6 F035 E9 F036 E9 F037 E10 F038 E11 F039 E11 F101 A10 F102 A6 F103 A4 F104 A7 F105 A1 F106 A5 F107 A4 F108 A12 F109 A7 F110 A1 F111 A2 F112 A6 F113 A6 F114 A8 F115 B12 F116 A2 F117 B3 F118 B9 F119 B9 F120 B12 F121 B2 F122 B5 F123 B11 F124 B2 F125 B6 F126 B9 F127 B2 F128 C2 F129 C5 F130 C1 F131 C3 F132 C4 F133 C11 F134 C4 F135 C1 F136 C2 F137 C12 F138 C2 F139 C7 F140 C2 F141 D2 F142 D12 F143 D2 F144 D2 F145 D7 F146 D8 13 PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 F147 D2 F148 D2 F149 E2 F150 E1 F151 E5 F152 D6 F153 E2 F154 E2 F155 E7 F156 E8 F157 G10 F158 E7 F159 E8 F160 E2 F161 E4 F162 E4 F163 H10 F164 F4 F165 F7 F166 F8 F167 F4 F168 F7 F169 F8 F170 F2 F171 F3 F172 H9 F173 F4 F174 F8 F175 F8 F176 G7 F177 G1 F178 G7 F179 I9 F180 G4 F181 G1 F182 G2 F183 G4 F184 G1 F185 G4 F186 G4 F187 G1 F188 G4 F189 G8 F190 H1 F191 H7 F192 H2 F193 H6 F194 I5 F195 I5 F196 I5 F197 G11 F198 G12 F199 I7 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 32 SERVO MACE 4 5 6 7 CSTCC +3A 100n 3205 SINPH 2205 10K F215 3206 REFCOS 100n 10K REFCOS 126 COSPHI 128 ACT_EMFP 22K F220 1 ACT_EMFN 3243 3246 3242 127 PCS 5200 3202 1R +3A F298 CLOCK GEN. F202 DEBUG TEST A VddDp1 57 2203 100n VssDp2 95 VddDp2 96 43 31 VssDp4 VssDp3 32 VddDp4 VddDp3 44 11 21 VssDc2 12 22 VddDc2 VssDp5 109 VssAs VddDp5 110 VddAs VssDp6 68 119 VddDp6 69 120 VssDc1 82 F203 +3A +3A +3A +3A VssAop F209 MON_D 73 +3A 2228 100n VddAop F206 2227 100n +3A 100MHZ 3201 1R PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 Port 4 H7 30 F212 H6 29 F214 H5 28 H4 27 26 25 H1|A17 24 F218 23 F219 TRAYSW 3240 10K AM(0:17) AM(17) SL Slegde control F226 3210 4K7 80 RP F227 70 RA F224 3K9 F230 3211 81 Radial control TL_FTL Port ROM 2 4K7 F233 F234 71 3214 FO Focus control 3K9 2210 1n 8051 A15 52 F222 A14 51 F223 A13 50 F225 A12 49 F228 A11 48 F229 A10 47 F231 A9 46 F232 A8 45 F235 F236 93 3215 92 10K DEFOn core Defect detector DEFIn I6 AD7 65 F237 AD6 64 F239 63 F241 AD5 115 FTCH 116 FTCL 79 E OTD Port RAM Track counter AD4 AD3 0 AD1 AD0 O1 106 D1|MIRN O2 107 D2|TLN 03 108 D3|REN 04 111 D4|FEN F258 112 S1 F261 113 S2 3219 3221 10K SFR Signal cond. Dx AM(11) 7201 74HCT573 AM(10) AM(9) 1 AM(8) 11 59 F249 58 F252 DSDen 78 RSTI 98 A1_MACE Port 1 NC1 2 NC2 3 NC3 36 NC4 37 GND 2208 10 F033 100n 19 F238 2 3 18 F240 AMD(2) 4 17 F242 AMD(3) 5 16 F244 AMD(4) 6 15 F246 AMD(5) 7 14 F248 AMD(6) 8 13 F251 AMD(7) 9 12 F253 AMD(4) AMD(3) AMD(2) AMD(1) AMD(0) 1D F254 3220 10K 10K PORN F257 CSI F259 OTD-HD61 ALE 3213 4R7 +5VC 100n 7202 M29F002 32 AM(0:17) AM(0) 12 A0 AM(1) 11 A1 AM(2) 10 A2 13 DQ0 AM(3) 9 A3 14 DQ1 AM(4) 8 A4 15 DQ2 AM(5) 7 A5 17 DQ3 AM(6) 6 A6 18 DQ4 AM(7) 5 A7 19 DQ5 AM(8) 27 A8 20 DQ6 AM(9) 26 A9 21 DQ7 AM(10)23 A10 AM(11)25 A11 AM(12) 4 1 A12 RP_NC AM(13)28 A13 24 G_ AM(14)29 A14 22 E_ AM(15) 3 A15 31 W_ AM(16) 2 A16 30 A17 F284 INT2 O-CENTRAL +3V3S 2215 22u +3V3S 4K7 3 4 5 6 7 AMD(4) AMD(5) AMD(6) AMD(7) +5VC F PSENn F260 WE G 6200 F286 2R2 BAS316 3234 3258 8K2 2214 22n 2216 1n BC857B 7203 3232 3235 100K 3227 4K7 H F281 3229 12K F285 1201 RSTN I F294 POR RFo INT WE WRI {CFR,SUR,RXD_BE,TXD_BE} 8 9 E AMD(3) +3V3S +3V3S HPSW STB_DALAS +3V3S +3V3S CL06532065_039.eps 180500 {ALE,PSENn,RDI,WRI,CSI,WE,OTD-HD61,POR,PORN,RSTN,INT,MOTO1,RFo,T1,T2,T3} 2 AMD(2) NC7 100 3236 F293 3257 F031 TXD_BE RXD_BE F030 p93-89 3238 10K F290 SUR F289 SIDA +5V AMD(1) +3A F295 RDI F296 CFR F292 TRAY2 F291 T1 TRAY1 I 3256 3255 E2 3228 10K p93-89 STBY 3230 10K AMD(0) 16 F270 13 PXT2en INT3|ALEh 14 PXT2 15 PXT0 F266 17 PXT1 18 F272 16 RDNH WRNH RXD1 F267 33 20 TXD1 F271 34 19 ATIP_IN E2 OPTION 3231 10K D NC8 101 H2 +5V 1 2209 F034 67 NC6 F032 3252 INT0_PWD F268 35 +5V 3251 3254 INT1 RXD2 39 TXD2 40 F269 38 RDN WRN TPWM 84 41 TEN 85 42 FOK CLO 87 I2CSCL F276 90 F277 86 I2CSDA F275 91 P6 104 F273 IREFT 3225 200K F283 3226 10K 114 VRH F274 105 ALPHA0 F282 +3V3S F029 LLP H9 F279 F278 94 ALPHAO LDON 4 F264 3224 2213 150R 100n 3253 ATIP_IN H 2212 100n 118 F265 10K 117 3237 +3A C1 20 NC5 ATIPin OPC_INT OPC SRV_INT_LGR PW 77 Port 3 Port 5 P6 88 124 ADC/ AGC ref. Laser control 89 CALF F280 A2 123 Uopt F027 122 F028 97 F025 A1 Uopb F263 121 CALF_MACE F026 3250 G Vcc F262 OPTION 3249 EN AMD(1) AMD(5) POR 3248 OPTION 3212 4R7 AMD(0) AMD(6) F247 10K 3223 11K AMD(7) 55 F256 3239 PSENn EAn interface 61 +5V +5V AM(12) ALE 53 F255 3247 PSENn System F243 F245 54 ALE Ex 62 60 AD2 F250 3222 11K AM(13) VSS p93-89 S2 AM(14) AMD(0:7) +3V3S S1 C AM(15) VCC F221 72 3208 3209 2207 1n+3V3S F B F216 H3|CSBN H0|A16 SILD SICL H2|CSDN XDET 2K7 2206 33n +3V3S D 14 VssDp1 56 3260 1R F288 22K OPTION SL FO 13 3244 RAD- RA SINPHI F217 OPTION C 9 3259 1R REFSIN 3241 COSPH RAD+ 125 12 F287 B REFSIN F207 2204 MON_A 74 F210 TS3 103 F201 3245 F200 F208 99 TS2 102 TS1 CLKOUT 76 RAC_SW 11 +3V3S +3A DEB_OUT 75 8 5 F213 6 F211 10 XTLI F299 2226 100n XXTLO RAC-SW 7 7207 SAA7399HL 1M 3204 330R 10 OPTION F297 SELPLL F204 A 9 +3V3S 3200 10K 1205 3203 8 +3V3S +3V3S VddDc1 83 3 2 F205 1 10 11 12 13 14 1201 I13 1205 A4 2203 A10 2204 B2 2205 B2 2206 C1 2207 D1 2208 D13 2209 D14 2210 D1 2212 H3 2213 H4 2214 H13 2215 H11 2216 H12 2226 A4 2227 A6 2228 A7 3200 A4 3201 A6 3202 A7 3203 A4 3204 A4 3205 B2 3206 B2 3208 C2 3209 C2 3210 C2 3211 D2 3212 D13 3213 D14 3214 D2 3215 D2 3219 F2 3220 F10 3221 F2 3222 F1 3223 F2 3224 H3 3225 H5 3226 H4 3227 H13 3228 I8 3229 H13 3230 H8 3231 H6 3232 H12 3234 I11 3235 I12 3236 H9 3237 H2 3238 I8 3239 F10 3240 B10 3241 B1 3242 C1 3243 C2 3244 C2 3245 A5 3246 C2 3247 F10 3248 G2 3249 G2 3250 G2 3251 H8 3252 H8 3253 H5 3254 H8 3255 I7 3256 I7 3257 I8 3258 I12 3259 A6 3260 A7 5200 A9 6200 H12 7201 D12 7202 D13 7203 H12 7207 A3 F025 G2 F026 G2 F027 G2 F028 H4 F029 H5 F030 I8 F031 I8 F032 H8 F033 D13 F034 D13 F200 A5 F201 A5 F202 A9 F203 A6 F204 A4 F205 A7 F206 A5 F207 A6 F208 A5 F209 A6 F210 A5 F211 A4 F212 B10 F213 B2 F214 B10 F215 B2 F216 B10 F217 B2 F218 C10 F219 C10 F220 C2 F221 C2 F222 C11 F223 C11 F224 C2 F225 C11 F226 C1 F227 C2 F228 C11 F229 D11 F230 D2 F231 D11 F232 D11 F233 D1 F234 D2 F235 D11 F236 D2 F237 D10 F238 D13 F239 D10 F240 D13 F241 E10 F242 E13 F243 E10 F244 E13 F245 E10 F246 E13 F247 E10 F248 E13 F249 E10 F250 E2 F251 E13 F252 E10 F253 E13 F254 F10 F255 F10 F256 F10 F257 F11 F258 F2 F259 F11 F260 F14 F261 F2 F262 F10 F263 G2 F264 H4 F265 H3 F266 H9 F267 H8 F268 H8 F269 H7 F270 H9 F271 H8 F272 H9 F273 H5 F274 H5 F275 H5 F276 H6 F277 H6 F278 H4 F279 H4 F280 H6 F281 H14 F282 H7 F283 H7 F284 H8 F285 H13 F286 H12 F287 I11 F288 I12 F289 I7 F290 I7 F291 I6 F292 I6 F293 I8 F294 I12 F295 I7 F296 I7 F297 A4 F298 A10 F299 B2 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 33 Decoder 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3300 F300 2300 CSTCC F306 +5VB +5VB +5VB F302 +5VB VSSD9 VSSD8 VDDD9 VSSD7 VDDD8 VSSD6 VDDD7 VSSD5 VDDD6 VSSD4 VDDD5 VSSD3 VDDD4 VSSD2 VDDD3 VSSD1 VDDD2 94 10 11 19 20 31 32 44 45 59 60 72 73 81 82 92 93 98 99 CRIN 95 CLOCK GENERATION CONTROL 21 TEST1 F309 RDA1 RDA2 22 TEST2 2K7 3K3 RDA3 25 NC3 3305 2K7 2305 3332 C RDA4 2304 F314 3 REFLO 22n RDA5 F316 4 REFHI 22n ANALOG DATA CAPTURE 5 VREF 3K3 6 HFIN 2319 3309 F319 2 IREF 27p 10K BIT DETECTOR RDA6 DEMOD RDA7 3339 F322 8 AGCOUT 43 DA0 41 DA1 AMD(1) AMD(3) AMD(5) AMD(7) 46 WRI WRI 8 RAMAD81 7 RAMAD91 6 A12 A11 A10 C A6 A4 RAMAD31 25 A3 RAMAD21 24 D A2 RAMAD11 23 A1 RAMAD01 21 A0 GND 14 RAD12 89 F333 RAMAD121 RAD13 90 F334 RAMAD131 E CFLG NC9 WCLK BCLK FLAG DATA RAD14 91 F335 RAMAD141 SYNC EBUOUT V4 SERIAL OUT INTERFACE STOPCLK T1 TACHO BLOCK T2 NC8 MOTO2|T3 MOTO1 NC7 MEAS1 NC5 CL1 36 NC4 NC6 49 CSI 22K INT 3310 +5V SCL E MOTOR INTERFACE 48 ALE ALE B RAD11 88 F332 RAMAD111 47 RDI RDI I|O2 RAMAD141 1 A5 RAMAD41 26 RAD8 84 F329 RAMAD81 RAD9 85 F330 RAMAD91 RAD10 87 F331 RAMAD101 33 DA7 I|O3 RAMDA21 13 A8 RAD7 83 F328 RAMAD71 34 DA6 AMD(6) I|O4 RAMDA71 15 RAMAD121 3 A7 RAMAD131 2 RAD6 80 F327 RAMAD61 SUB-CPU INTERFACE I|O5 RAMDA61 16 RAMAD101 5 A9 RAMAD111 4 RAD5 79 F326 RAMAD51 35 DA5 I|O6 RAMDA51 17 A13 RAD3 77 F324 RAMAD31 37 DA4 AMD(4) I|O7 RAMDA41 18 RAMAD71 RAD4 78 F325 RAMAD41 SDA D RAMDA31 19 RAMAD51 10 A14 RAMAD61 9 RAD2 76 F323 RAMAD21 39 DA3 A OE_ I|O0 RAD1 75 F321 RAMAD11 40 DA2 AMD(2) BCAIN AMD(0:7) AMD(0) 20 RAMDA11 12 I|O1 RAMDA01 11 RAD0 74 F320 RAMAD01 12 OTD DETECTOR F312 3331 120p 61 F305 RAMRW 71 F307 RAMDA01 70 F308 RAMDA11 68 F310 RAMDA21 67 F311 RAMDA31 66 F313 RAMDA41 65 F315 RAMDA51 64 F317 RAMDA61 63 F318 RAMDA71 WE_ CE_ NC10 2318 27 22 RRW 23 PORE +5VA 2307 22n 7 +5VB 100n VCC RAMRW 100n +5VB RDA0 22K 2306 10u F304 NC2 24 MUXSW +5V 3304 VSSA1 NC1 16 9 VSSA2 CROUT 7311 SAA7335HL 100 1 14 3330 +5VB 3302 220R VDDA2 2303 47u 2302 100n B 1M +5VA VDDD1 +5VA +5VA 2301 100MHZ +5VB 3301 VDDA1 F303 A +5V 100MHZ 5301 5300 4R7 28 7310 CY7C199 +5VB 1300 PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 +5V F301 +5V +5V 3337 100R F347 3338 100R F343 B_BCLK B_WCLK F342 3336 100R F346 B_DATA 100R 3335 100R F345 F344 3334 B_FLAG 100n B_SYNC 3313 4K7 B_V4 3312 4K7 3333 2309 F348 F338 F336 F337 F341 3311 22K MEAS1 100R F F340 F339 38 27 28 29 30 42 26 97 51 13 15 62 17 18 50 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 69 96 86 F +5V +5V 2310 3317 F351 1R 3316 1R 6301 6303 6302 +12Vstby +5V 7304 BA6856FB 100n VCC A3 27 VM2 DRIVER 26 VM1 GAIN CONTROL S1D S1D S1D 28 RNF A2 5 A1 7 NC1 1 NC2 2 H1+ 9 4K7 3318 - + F355 H F357 STBY F358 3320 7315 BC847B 4K7 F360 2314 100n MOTO1 F361 3340 F362 3322 4K7 3323 4K7 F363 3324 100K 2315 100n +5V T1 23 PS 22 EC 21 + ECR - 20 CNF 19 VH 18 FG1 FG2 16 FG3 F371 T3 REV F368 17 T2 I 24 + - REV + - PS + - H BIAS H1- 10 NC3 4 NC4 6 H2+ 11 + - H2- 12 + + - NC5 15 H3+ 13 H3- 14 F350 11 F352 10 F353 9 NOT MOUNTED 2311 100n 2312 100n 2313 100n 6 F354 3319 F356 5 F359 47R MT2 MT1 GND 30 29 8 4 3321 6K8 2 F364 6K8 1 3326 47R F367 6K8 F370 3328 F372 22K 52271-1190 I 7312 BC857B 3329 22K F373 +5V +5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 H 3 F366 3327 8 7 3325 + - G 1301 3 TO LOADER F349 F369 G F365 25 CL06532065_040.eps 180500 13 1300 A6 1301 G13 2300 A11 2301 A8 2302 A5 2303 A5 2304 B5 2305 C5 2306 C2 2307 C3 2309 F7 2310 G11 2311 H12 2312 H12 2313 H12 2314 H8 2315 I9 2318 B3 2319 C4 3300 A11 3301 A6 3302 A7 3304 B3 3305 C3 3309 C5 3310 E5 3311 F7 3312 F6 3313 F6 3316 G9 3317 G9 3318 H7 3319 H13 3320 H6 3321 H12 3322 H8 3323 H8 3324 I9 3325 I12 3326 I13 3327 I12 3328 I12 3329 I13 3330 B5 3331 B4 3332 C4 3333 F8 3334 F8 3335 F8 3336 F8 3337 F9 3338 F9 3339 C5 3340 H9 5300 A8 5301 A5 6301 G8 6302 G9 6303 G8 7304 G11 7310 A10 7311 A6 7312 I13 7315 H7 F300 A11 F301 A8 F302 A7 F303 A5 F304 A6 F305 B10 F306 B5 F307 B10 F308 B10 F309 B4 F310 B10 F311 B10 F312 B4 F313 B10 F314 B5 F315 C10 F316 C5 F317 C10 F318 C10 F319 C5 F320 C10 F321 C10 F322 C5 F323 C10 F324 D10 F325 D10 F326 D10 F327 D10 F328 D10 F329 D10 F330 D10 F331 E10 F332 E10 F333 E10 F334 E10 F335 E10 F336 F7 F337 F7 F338 F8 F339 F6 F340 F6 F341 F7 F342 F9 F343 F9 F344 F8 F345 F8 F346 F8 F347 F9 F348 F8 F349 G9 F350 G12 F351 G9 F352 G12 F353 G12 F354 H12 F355 H9 F356 H13 F357 H6 F358 H7 F359 H12 F360 H8 F361 H9 F362 H8 F363 H9 F364 H12 F365 I13 F366 I12 F367 I12 F368 I9 F369 I13 F370 I12 F371 I9 F372 I12 F373 I12 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 34 Memory 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 MEMORY PART OPTION RD_ DB3 11 D3 INT_|SCL-OUT DB2 9 D2 IACK_|SDA-IN DB1 8 D1 CLK DB0 7 D0 +5V_DS 7400-D 74HCT00D 12 F406 3 14 2 11 3418 13 3412 WAIT 3413 7 7 F435 3405 +5V_DS F F434 OPTION 7400-B 74HCT00D 4 3414 14 6 CE1 VSS1 10K 5 VDD_MEM 3416 100n 100n 2412 2413 100n 100n 100n 100n 1 25 7 VDD 19 BA AD11 20 BANK SELECT 25 AD0 21 A0 DATA INPUT 27 AD1 22 A1 REGISTER 29 AD2 23 A2 31 AD3 24 A3 AD4 27 A4 AD5 28 A5 AD6 29 A6 AD7 30 A7 AD8 31 A8 AD9 32 A9 AD10 20 A10 LCKE CLK VDD_MEM2 3403 F432 100n 35 CLK 34 CKE 10K F415 18 CS_ RASN 17 RAS_ CASN 16 CAS_ WEN 15 WE_ DQMU 36 DQMH DQML 14 DQML 512Kx16 LWE LDQM COLUMN DECODER AD0 21 A0 DATA INPUT DQ3 6 AD1 22 A1 REGISTER DQ4 8 AD2 23 A2 DQ5 9 AD3 24 A3 DQ6 11 AD4 27 A4 DQ7 12 AD5 28 A5 DQ8 39 AD6 29 A6 DQ9 40 AD7 30 A7 DQ10 42 AD8 31 A8 DQ11 43 AD9 32 A9 DQ12 45 AD10 20 A10 DQ0 2 LCKE DQ14 48 CLK 3404 DQ15 49 PROGRAMMING REGISTER LWCBR LWE LQDM VSSQ 4 DQ1 3 35 CLK 34 CKE 10K F41618 VDD_MEM2 CSN2 33 17 RASN NC 37 16 CASN 15 WEN 36 DQML 14 DQMU CS_ RAS_ CAS_ WE_ DQMH DQML DQ2 5 DQ3 6 LDQM DQ4 8 DQ5 9 512Kx16 512Kx16 E DQ6 11 COLUMN DECODER DQ7 12 DQ8 39 DQ9 40 DQ10 42 DQ11 43 DQ12 45 F DQ13 46 LATENCY & BURST LENGTH DQ14 48 DQ15 49 PROGRAMMING REGISTER LRAS LCBR LWE 33 LWCBR NC 37 LWE G LQDM VSS VSSQ 26 50 10 41 47 4 10 41 47 H +5V_DS 2 4 3407 22R 3 NC 1 27M_CLK1 7400-C 74HCT00D 9 2414 2 3 DQ2 5 14 3406 8 I +3V3 100R 7 27M_CLKOUT 3410 CLK_8MHz F419 5402 F428 10 100MHZ F420 5403 VDD_MEM +3V3 VDD_MEM2 100MHZ 100u F430 D BANK SELECT DQ13 46 LATENCY & BURST LENGTH LRAS LCBR 512Kx16 2418 4 19 BA 100n 2417 100n 2416 F431 TOP 13 38 44 VDDQ OPTION 3409 5 1 AUXCLK 7 DQ1 3 OPTION 5 25 AD11 DQ0 2 22 CSN1 7403 74HCT1G04 1 VDD 26 50 7402 74HCT1G79 7405 MT48LC1M16A1TG BOTTOM 13 38 44 VDDQ VSS H C 18 VDD_MEM +5VOSC 100n 2411 16 VDD_MEM G 100n 2410 7404 MT48LC1M16A1TG 30 OPTION 7 2409 28 13 32 3415 2408 I 47u 14 2407 2420 7400-A 74HCT00D 1 100n 2406 47u DTACKn OPTION +5V_DS 26 100n 2419 10K 100n 3402 E 2415 +5V_DS 24 2403 100n OUTPUT BUFFER A1 D 21 2402 100n I/O CONTROL RWN 19 2404 2401 SENSE AMP 10 17 ROW DECODER VSS 15 SDRAM Interface VDD_MEM2 VDD_MEM2 COL. BUFFER SCL|SCL-IN 7401 Am29LV160BT 23 11 VCC A0 DQ0 10 A1 DQ1 9 A2 DQ2 8 A3 DQ3 7 A4 DQ4 6 A5 DQ5 5 A6 DQ6 4 A7 DQ7 42 A8 DQ8 41 A9 DQ9 40 A10 DQ10 39 A11 DQ11 38 A12 DQ12 37 A13 DQ13 36 A14 DQ14 35 A15 DQ15|A-1 34 A16 3 A17 2 A18 43 A19 12 CE_ 14 OE_ 44 WE_ 1 RESET_ 33 BYTE_ ROW BUFFER REFRESH COUNTER SDA|SDA-OUT 100R CL06532065_041.eps 290500 1 2 B RAM/ROM Interface LCBR 3 100n LCAS F425 12 D4 ADDRESS REGISTER 3401 SCL_EXE DB4 LRAS 100R 2 2405 WR_ TIMING REGISTER 3400 SDA_EXE 13 D5 OUTPUT BUFFER F424 DB5 I/O CONTROL 1 A0 SYSTEM ADDRESS Bus VDD_MEM SENSE AMP F423 CLK_8MHz 14 D6 ROW DECODER 4 C DB6 COL. BUFFER 5 CS_ ROW BUFFER REFRESH COUNTER 16 IRQ_I2C 15 D7 LCBR F422 DTACKn DB7 LCAS 6 18 VDD RESET_|STROBE_ ADDRESS REGISTER CE1 20 LRAS 17 +5V_DS TIMING REGISTER 19 RESET_I2C A SYSTEM DATA Bus 7406 PCF8584T B OPTION = NOT USED FOR FUTURE APPLICATION: I2C FROM MASTER TO SLAVE FOR SYSTEMS / COMBI'S 100n F421 2400 5400 100MHZ +5Vstby VSS2 A 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2400 B3 2401 C9 2402 C10 2403 C12 2404 C13 2405 B6 2406 C9 2407 C10 2408 C12 2409 C13 2410 C9 2411 C10 2412 C12 2413 C13 2414 H7 2415 E1 2416 H2 2417 H3 2418 I10 2419 I13 2420 I13 3400 C1 3401 C2 3402 E1 3403 F8 3404 F11 3405 F5 3406 I7 3407 I3 3409 H7 3410 I6 3412 E5 3413 F5 3414 F5 3415 F5 3416 G5 3418 E4 5400 A3 5402 I9 5403 I12 7400-A E2 7400-B F2 7400-C I6 7400-D E3 7401 C6 7402 H2 7403 H3 7404 D9 7405 D12 7406 B3 F406 E2 F415 G8 F416 G11 F419 I10 F420 I13 F421 A3 F422 C2 F423 C2 F424 C2 F425 C2 F428 I8 F430 H2 F431 H1 F432 G5 F434 F5 F435 F5 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 35 STI 5505 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 OPTION RAS1ND RWN CAS0ND CAS1ND CE1 CE_ROMN F568 RAS0ND OEND RAS1n_OR_HOLDREQ R|W_|DMAACK WE0n WE1n CAS0n_OR_HOLDACK CAS1n_OR_DMAREQn CE1n CE2n F501 3548 VDD_STI 100R 11 10K 12 F513 13 YC6 14 22n 10K 2505 3509 F517 3503 10K 3504 10K 68R 3508 10 VDD_STI 3505 3553 3552 YC5 15 YC7 100p VSYNC F523 19 20 27M_CLKOUT 3517 F054 23 25 IRQ0 IRQ1 TEST5 21 22 3K3 F557 3523 30 31 32 F556 33 41 F541 3522 10K 3520 F537 10K IRQ_I2C TEST1 TEST2 TEST3 TEST4 TDO TMS TRSTn 18 4 3521 10K F522 F525 2504 F528 188 186 189 187 190 TCK TDI TCK TDI TDO TMS TRSTN F534 F533 F532 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 14 F530 17 HSYNC PIO-4|0 PIO-4|1 PIO-4|2 PIO-4|3 PIO-4|4 PIO-4|5 PIO-4|6 PIO-4|7 F531 F521 SEL_ACLK2 RESET_I2C F524 207 2 201 202 203 204 205 206 1506-8 1506-9 23 VDD_STI 3K3 PCM-OUT1 24 PORT 4 I/O TEST JTAG IRQ AUDIO LPCM DECODER MPEG1/2 CE3n CSn RAS0n_OR_CE4n OEn B 1506-14 1506-15 1506-16 1506-17 1506-18 1506-19 C 1506-20 1506-21 1506-22 1506-23 48 VSSA_PCM 50 VREF_PCM 49 10u 330p 2509 PORT 3 I/O 1506-12 1506-13 100R F558 2506 PORT 2 I/O PORT 1 I/O 1506-11 1506-24 24 F055 3524 VDDA_PCM PORT 0 I/O 1506-10 2507 centre_on 3549 3554 3551 100R 9 43 44 45 46 47 SCLK PCM_OUTO PCM_CLK LRCLK SPDIF_OUT 100n SERVICE RXD_SER RTS_SER F510 F504 F509 OSLINKIN OSLINKOUT CPUreset CPUanalyse ErrorOUT VDD_STI YC4 16 F544 F545 F546 F547 F548 F549 F539 4K7 3540 PIO-3|0 PIO-3|1 PIO-3|2 PIO-3|3 PIO-3|4 PIO-3|5 PIO-3|6 PIO-3|7 10K F542 F519 RSTN OPTION 3519 SERVICE 3568 3 5 6 7 8 F554 7 64 PIO-2|0 PIO-2|3 PIO-2|4 PIO-2|5 PIO-2|7 1506-7 YC3 8 VDD_STI 3558 3556 3559 3555 F507 F506 3561 3557 YC6 3550 100R kar_by_pass YC4 YC5 YC3 YC2 YC1 CTS_SER YC0 F505 F508 3560 OPTION F514 3565 OPTION F060 OPTION 3564 F529 F553 PCMout2 MUTE OPTION F053 3546 F552 3567 100R kar_by_pass centre_on 15 16 17 20 21 22 3566 F526 3563 FLASH_OEN F052 RESETN 1506-6 6 uP ST20cpu PCMout1 6 VDD_STI 3545 D 220R 3525 2508 10K 3n3 E F560 SCLKo F562 F564 PCM_OUTO F566 PCM_CLK LRCLKo F567 F569 3570 SPDIF_OUT 100R F I_REF_DAC_RGB F590 I_REF_DAC_YCC 66 59 F587 V_REF_DAC_RGB 58 F589 F588 680R 15K 3535 3538 OSD_ACTIVE V_REF_DAC_YCC 65 OPTION 3534 10K 330R 27M_CLK HSYNC 4u7 +5VOSC 100n 7504 FXO-31FT 4 VDD 1 TS OSC 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 27M_CLK OUT 3 3536 100R GND 2 3569 OPTION F050 12 F051 27M_CLK1 4 CL06532065_042.eps 180500 6 3 R_OUT G_OUT B_OUT C_OUT CVBS_OUT Y_OUT 27M_CLK 4u7 2531 2530 VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI CLK DQML DQMU CSN1 CSN2 CASN RASN WEN DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 100n HSYNC 2 F576 2527 3537 PIXCLK_27MHz 2u2 2528 VDD_STI 2529 117 118 3573 100R VSSA1 54 F586 HSYNCn VDDA2 60 ODD_OR_EVEN VDDA1 53 51 GND17 52 VDD17 208 200 2526 100n VSYNC GND16 185 2525 100n VSSA2 VDD16 184 61 GND15 2524 100n 2523 100n 2522 100n 2521 100n 2520 100n 2519 100n F599 F593 F592 2u2 5502 100n AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 AD11 SDRAM Interface VDD_STI 5501 OSD_ACTIVE VDD_STI F596 F598 F594 F595 F597 2518 100n 2517 100n VDD_STI 2516 100n VDD_STI 2515 100n VDD_STI VDD_STI 2514 100n 2513 100n VDD_STI VDD_STI 2511 100n VDD_STI 2510 100n VDD_STI PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 2512 100n F585 VDD15 171 172 VDD13 149 GND14 GND12 140 160 VDD12 139 GND13 GND11 131 VDD14 VDD11 130 159 GND10 120 150 VDD10 119 SDCASn SDRASn SDWEn MEMCLKIN MEMCLKOUT DQML DQMU SDCS0n SDCS1n GND9 111 84 85 89 88 90 104 76 91 105 VDD9 110 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 GND8 103 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 AD11 VDD8 102 AD0 AD1 AD2 GND7 96 78 79 80 81 69 70 71 72 73 74 82 83 GND6 VDD7 VDD6 86 95 GND5 77 87 GND4 VDD5 75 VDD3 34 68 GND2 19 SDRAM CONTROLLER DATA DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 Interface GND1 VDD2 18 VDD1 4 1 H F056 F573 F574 Subpicture decoder ADDRESS GND3 B_V4 ENCODER Subpicture 2 IS VDD4 F582 B_DATA B_WCLK B_BCLK B_FLAG B_SYNC 67 F581 36 40 37 38 39 42 35 F580 FRONT-END F578 F579 B_OUT C_OUT CVBS_OUT Y_OUT Video DECODER 57 56 55 63 64 62 R_OUT G_OUT VIDEO MPEG {SCLKo,PCM_OUTO,PCM_CLK,LRCLKo,SPDIF_OUT,R_OUT,G_OUT,B_OUT,C_OUT,CVBS_OUT,Y_OUT,27M_CLK} Audio F583 1 1506-5 5 YC2 A 1506-4 4 F559 demultiplexer I 1506-3 3 YC1 AC3 VDD_STI B_DATA B_WCLK B_BCLK B_FLAG B_SYNC B_V4 F543 F527 3562 F538 PIO-0|0 PIO-0|3 PIO-0|4 PIO-0|5 PCM-OUT2|PIO-0|6 PIO-0|7 ADR14 ADR15 ADR16 ADR17 ADR18 ADR19 ADR20 ADR21 SYSTEM USE A/V/Sub G F520 FLASH_OEN 3541 47R F058 F059 YC7 3542 47R SEL_ACLK1 100n F536 F535 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 ADR11 ADR12 ADR13 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 F555 128 133 121 122 129 132 124 125 126 135 127 123 MEMORY interface 2 1506-2 2 DATA2 DATA1 DATA0 3526 10K F DATA7 DATA6 DATA5 DATA4 DATA3 6 92 93 94 97 98 99 100 101 106 107 108 109 112 113 114 115 E 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 DATA8 DATA9 DATA10 DATA11 DATA12 DATA13 DATA14 DATA15 RAM/ROM Interface 4 3K3 AUXCLK A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 SYSTEM DATA Bus D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 3547 3K3 VDD_STI 7503 STI5505 D 4u7 2502 OPTION 6 4 1506-1 1 YC0 OPTION 6 WAIT SYSTEM ADDRESS Bus C 4 VDD_STI SCL 4 3514 10K 3515 F518 10K 3516 VDD_STI 10K 4 22K 3502 VSS 6 P50 10K 6 3K3 F516 +5Vstby 7501 BC847B 3512 1n 6 3506 STB_CONT F540 2535 STB_CONT 6 SDA 5 SDA OPTION F502 OS_BOOT F515 8 28 27 26 29 116 136 137 134 138 1501-5 1n 68R VCC BRM2 BRM1_OR_BOOTFROMROM BRM0_OR_OSLINK_SEL RSTn AUXCLK READY PPC_CLK DMAXFER PPCn_MODE 1501-4 2534 3572 3511 1501-3 4 5504 F503 100n 4K7 47p F512 7505 M24C32 1 E0 2 E1 3 E2 6 SCL 7 WC_ 3507 SDA_EXE 3K3 2532 +5Vstby 2503 2500 68R 1501-2 SDA SCL VDD_STI 3500 F511 +5Vstby 3571 3K3 TO/FROM DISPLAY 5503 3513 9 10 198 199 11 12 13 4 47p 1501-1 I2C Bus VDD_STI PIO-1|0 PIO-1|2 PIO-1|3 PIO-1|4 PIO-1|5 PIO-1|6 PIO-1|7 SCL_EXE 3501 2533 TXD_BE RXD_BE BASIC ENGINE INTERFACE Bus A B TXD_SER OSD_ACTIVE F500 10K 13 14 G H I 1501-1 A1 1501-2 B1 1501-3 B1 1501-4 B1 1501-5 B1 1506-1 A14 1506-10 B14 1506-11 B14 1506-12 B14 1506-13 B14 1506-14 B14 1506-15 B14 1506-16 C14 1506-17 C14 1506-18 C14 1506-19 C14 1506-2 A14 1506-20 C14 1506-21 C14 1506-22 C14 1506-23 D14 1506-24 D14 1506-3 A14 1506-4 A14 1506-5 A14 1506-6 A14 1506-7 A14 1506-8 A14 1506-9 B14 2500 A3 2502 B5 2503 B6 2504 C11 2505 B11 2506 D14 2507 D14 2508 E14 2509 E13 2510 I3 2511 I3 2512 I4 2513 I4 2514 I4 2515 I4 2516 I5 2517 I5 2518 I5 2519 I9 2520 I9 2521 I9 2522 I10 2523 I10 2524 I10 2525 I10 2526 I11 2527 H13 2528 I11 2529 I11 2530 I11 2531 I11 2532 B1 2533 A1 2534 B1 2535 B1 3500 B3 3501 B3 3502 B5 3503 B11 3504 B11 3505 B11 3506 B4 3507 B5 3508 B11 3509 B11 3511 C6 3512 C6 3513 A10 3514 C6 3515 C6 3516 C6 3517 C13 3519 C9 3520 C11 3521 C12 3522 C12 3523 D13 3524 D14 3525 E14 3526 F2 3534 I12 3535 I13 3536 I14 3537 I12 3538 I13 3540 C9 3541 B7 3542 B8 3545 D14 3546 C7 3547 B6 3548 A10 3549 B10 3550 B10 3551 B10 3552 B10 3553 B11 3554 B10 3555 B9 3556 B9 3557 B9 3558 B9 3559 B9 3560 B9 3561 B9 3562 C7 3563 C7 3564 C7 3565 C8 3566 C7 3567 C7 3568 C8 3569 I12 3570 F14 3571 A2 3572 B2 3573 I12 5501 H11 5502 I11 5503 A1 5504 B1 7501 B5 7503 D2 7504 I13 7505 A2 F050 I14 F051 I14 F052 C7 F053 C7 F054 C12 F055 D14 F056 F14 F058 C7 F059 C8 F060 C8 F500 A13 F501 A11 F502 B5 F503 A6 F504 B9 F505 B9 F506 B9 F507 B9 F508 B9 F509 B9 F510 B9 F511 A1 F512 B1 F513 B11 F514 B8 F515 B1 F516 B1 F517 B11 F518 B6 F519 C9 F520 C7 F521 C10 F522 C11 F523 C13 F524 C10 F525 C11 F526 C7 F527 C7 F528 C11 F529 D7 F530 C10 F531 C10 F532 C10 F533 C10 F534 C10 F535 C5 F536 C6 F537 C11 F538 C6 F539 C6 F540 C6 F541 C12 F542 C9 F543 C7 F544 C9 F545 C9 F546 C9 F547 C9 F548 C9 F549 C9 F552 C7 F553 C8 F554 D8 F555 D6 F556 D12 F557 D12 F558 D14 F559 E14 F560 E14 F562 E14 F564 F14 F566 F14 F567 F14 F568 F2 F569 F14 F573 G14 F574 G14 F576 G14 F578 G2 F579 G2 F580 G2 F581 G2 F582 G2 F583 G2 F585 H11 F586 H11 F587 H13 F588 H12 F589 H12 F590 H13 F592 I8 F593 I8 F594 I8 F595 I8 F596 I8 F597 I8 F598 I8 F599 I8 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 36 Service interface and Back-end 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5600 SERVICE 1602-7 +5V 2600 F6011602-2 22K 4 13 VDD1 F 1603-3 1603-2 1603-6 3675 430R 47p 3661 2621 47p 2620 430R 3657 430R 47p 2623 1n5 2601 F603 F606 6K8 3635 100K 1n5 2602 6K8 3636 100K 22p 22p 2645 22p 2644 2643 22p 22p 2641 -Vvid 1604 1K 1 F656 5 HSYNC 5 PCMout2 3660 3684 3685 Y_OUT F663 {SCLKo,PCM_OUTO,PCM_CLK,LRCLKo,SPDIF_OUT,R_OUT,G_OUT,B_OUT,C_OUT,CVBS_OUT,Y_OUT,27M_CLK} 4 5 6 3655 430R 47p 2627 47p 3654 430R 2626 C_VID 7 8 9 10 5 SDA +6Vstby -Vvid 1K 7618 BC847B 15u PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 6 +12Vstby 3659 +5V 11 12 +3V3 F665 F666 H 5 F659 13 F664 5608 4 -8Vstby 7617 BC847B 15u OPTION F658 -Vvid 5 SCL F661 5607 F660 3683 2 3 F657 +5V C_OUT F645 3 G 7615 BC847B OPTION SEL_ACLK2 11 2 1603-5 F653 3662 +5V F655 430R 27M 9 I 1 1K 5 PCMout1 GND2 5 6 1K OPTION +2 GND1 3647 OUTPUT 3_68M 14 BUFFER OUTPUT BUFFER 5606 47p 3 X1 CVBS -Vvid 7614 BC847B 15u OUTPUT 13_5M 10 BUFFER CLOCK BUFFER/ CRYSTAL OSCILL. F654 3681 CVBS_OUT 3656 2 X2 2646 22p 7 2625 CLOCK SYNTHESIS H OUTPUT PCLK BUFFER 47p CLOCK SYNTHESIS AND CONTROL CICUITRY 3673 2622 1 PS2 6 430R 16 PS1 ACLK 47p OUTPUT BUFFER 2624 CLOCK SYNTHESIS AND CONTROL CICUITRY 15 PS0 3648 +5VOSC F652 5605 15u 3651 12 AS1 3670 F651 3679 B_OUT VDD2 8 AS0 430R 3669 2 3663 +5V E G_OUT 3680 3691 G 7616 MK2742 B_VID F649 3682 OPTION 430R 3632 47p 3664 430R 47p 2617 47p 2616 3678 R_OUT G_VID 3 7613 BC847B D OPTION R_VID 5 3626 1K F648 15u 3633 100n 5604 F647 3677 1 100n F646 +5V 3 +5VOSC 2619 7612 BC847B -Vvid 430R +5VOSC 4 2615 5 2 SPDIF_OUT F643 15u 22p 5602 2640 100MHZ F641 F644 47p +5V 22R +5V F628 5601 7611 74HCT1G125 F F640 C TO AUDIO / VIDEO MUX. BOARD 100R -8Vstby 2618 10K 3617 3665 F639 F637 F638 3676 3631 +5VOSC +5VOSC 4K7 3625 430R 7621 BC817-25 F672 F632 3671 47K 3629 F622 3606 3622 100R 100u 100u 2606 100u 2632 2633 22K 3618 3667 100R 330R 100n F673 F635 LRCLKo 3689 SEL_ACLK1 1603-8 8 1603-11 11 1603-9 9 1603-10 10 1603-7 7 1603-12 12 1603-22 22 1603-17 17 1603-13 13 1603-4 4 1603-20 20 1603-19 19 1603-1 1 SCLK 1603-16 16 1603-14 14 1603-18 18 LRCLK 1603-15 15 1603-21 21 F633 PCM_CLK 22K 5603 F625 +5V OPTION PCM_OUTO OPTION 3688 4K7 +5V OPTION 100R 3624 2610 MEAS1 0_6_12V +5V +5V 3623 OPTION 1608 F674 3690 B_FLAG 22K 1607 6 PH-S -8Vstby MUTE_AV 10K 3674 SCLKo 2614 22K 7620 BC857B B F6161602-6 F630 -Vvid F671 10K +5V F669 3K3 2642 100u CFLG 3687 E +5Vstby +5V 1606 4 PH-S 1602-5 3611 9 -8Vstby 3615 7610 BC847B F629 3637 VDD_STI 3686 1605 2611 100MHZ BLM31 F6111602-4 -8Vstby 7608 7609 BC857B BC857B F626 22K F627 3 PH-S A 5 PH-S 22n F617 F621 100n 2639 F624 VDD_STI 3605 F6071602-3 F620 3619 +3V3 7600-D 74HCT14D 14 8 F619 6600 MUTE P50 +5V 7 1PS76SB10 5 100n 2638 F623 10K +5Vstby STB_CONT 47R +12Vstby 100n F636 2637 11 220R 10K -8Vstby 3672 F634 100u 10 F670 2607 F618 470R 1 PH-S 100R 7 0_6_12V 2605 SCART0 3630 100R -8Vstby 3621 F612 4 CTS_SER 3628 3607 3627 470R F609 3614 8 9 7607 BC847B 10K 3642 100n 2636 6 100u 2604 7 +6Vstby 100n 2609 6 2635 F615 100n 5 5610 14 3 7600-B 74HCT14D VDD_STI +5Vstby 2634 F614 12 RTS_SER +5V 4 47u FROM SUPPLY C 7604 BC847B 10K F631 3 +5V 7 2 PH-S F6021602-1 3610 5 7 3616 2 3613 SCART1 10u 1 +5V 10K +3V3S 2608 1 B F608 2 7 3620 +5V 7600-C 74HCT14D 14 6 RXD_SER 11 3608 OUT GND +5V 7600-E 74HCT14D 14 10 13 7 7600-A 74HCT14D 100K IN F610 3 3612 7605 LD1117 1600 +12Vstby VDD_STI +3V3 100MHZ BLM31 2603 100n F604 10K 5609 7600-F 74HCT14D 14 12 2 F613 +5V D 1 TXD_SER 3609 A TO/FROM PC INTERFACE 22n 14 F605 7 PH-S F600 +5V SERIAL PC INTERFACE TO AUDIO/VIDEO MUX. BOARD 1 14 Y_VID 15 3658 -Vvid 16 1K CL06532065_043.eps 180500 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 I 1600 B1 1602-1 A13 1602-2 A13 1602-3 A13 1602-4 B13 1602-5 B13 1602-6 B13 1602-7 A13 1603-1 E13 1603-10 C13 1603-11 C13 1603-12 D13 1603-13 D13 1603-14 E13 1603-15 E13 1603-16 E13 1603-17 D13 1603-18 E13 1603-19 E13 1603-2 G13 1603-20 E13 1603-21 F13 1603-22 D13 1603-3 F13 1603-4 D13 1603-5 F13 1603-6 G13 1603-7 D13 1603-8 C13 1603-9 C13 1604 G13 1605 E1 1606 E1 1607 E1 1608 E1 2600 A12 2601 A13 2602 B13 2603 B2 2604 C3 2605 C8 2606 C9 2607 D2 2608 B3 2609 C2 2610 F6 2611 D1 2614 F9 2615 F10 2616 G9 2617 G10 2618 F2 2619 F2 2620 G9 2621 G10 2622 H9 2623 H10 2624 I9 2625 I9 2626 I9 2627 I9 2632 C9 2633 C9 2634 C2 2635 C3 2636 C4 2637 D2 2638 D3 2639 D4 2640 F12 2641 F12 2642 F12 2643 F12 2644 F13 2645 F13 2646 H4 3605 D5 3606 C10 3607 B12 3608 B11 3609 C12 3610 A13 3611 B13 3612 B6 3613 B6 3614 C6 3615 C11 3616 D12 3617 D12 3618 D8 3619 D9 3620 A13 3621 B13 3622 C9 3623 E11 3624 E11 3625 E11 3626 F11 3627 B7 3628 C7 3629 C10 3630 C8 3631 F9 3632 F10 3633 G9 3635 B13 3636 C13 3637 C12 3642 B6 3647 G9 3648 H9 3651 I9 3654 I9 3655 I10 3656 I10 3657 H10 3658 I10 3659 I10 3660 H11 3661 G10 3662 G11 3663 G11 3664 G10 3665 E11 3667 E11 3669 G1 3670 G1 3671 G1 3672 C3 3673 G3 3674 D11 3675 I4 3676 E5 3677 F8 3678 G6 3679 G8 3680 G8 3681 H8 3682 H8 3683 I8 3684 I8 3685 I8 3686 E2 3687 E2 3688 E3 3689 F3 3690 E4 3691 G1 5600 A13 5601 E5 5602 F10 5603 F1 5604 F10 5605 G10 5606 H9 5607 I9 5608 I9 5609 A2 5610 D1 6600 C9 7600-A A11 7600-B B11 7600-C A12 7600-D B12 7600-E A9 7600-F A8 7604 B7 7605 B3 7607 B6 7608 C11 7609 C10 7610 D10 7611 F5 7612 F11 7613 F11 7614 G10 7615 H10 7616 G1 7617 I10 7618 I10 7620 E2 7621 E3 F600 A13 F601 A13 F602 A13 F603 A12 F604 A3 F605 A2 F606 A12 F607 A13 F608 B3 F609 B6 F610 B7 F611 B13 F612 B12 F613 B12 F614 B2 F615 B2 F616 B13 F617 B7 F618 C2 F619 C11 F620 C13 F621 C6 F622 C10 F623 D2 F624 C10 F625 D13 F626 D10 F627 D2 F628 E6 F629 D10 F630 D12 F631 B3 F632 F1 F633 E12 F634 C3 F635 E12 F636 C2 F637 E12 F638 E12 F639 E8 F640 E11 F641 E11 F643 F10 F644 E11 F645 I3 F646 F11 F647 F9 F648 F10 F649 F11 F651 G9 F652 G10 F653 G11 F654 H9 F655 H10 F656 H13 F657 H11 F658 H13 F659 H13 F660 I9 F661 I10 F663 I9 F664 I10 F665 I13 F666 I11 F669 C11 F670 C2 F671 E2 F672 E2 F673 E3 F674 E3 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 37 Top view I2C SERVICE AV2 AV1 SUPPLY CL06532065_044.eps 230500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 38 Detailed Top view 1 CL06532065_045.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 39 Detailed Top view 2 CL06532065_046.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 40 Bottom view CL06532065_047.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 41 Detailed Bottom view 1 CL06532065_048.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 42 Detailed Bottom view 2 CL06532065_049.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 43 Testpoint overview SL H3- T3 VH SL+ SL- Cosph FO RA Sinph Stby-out T2 MOTO1 H3+ H1+ H2+ A1 A2 A3 H1H2Stby R-VID G-VID CVBS T1 CL1 9V FOCO1 O2 O4 O3 STOPCLK RFO B_V4 B_BCLK B_WCLK B_SYNC LRCLK PCMOUT0 SCLK DEEMPH1 SPDIF PCM_CLK DEEMPH0 HSYNC C_VID PCMOUT2 MUTE PCMOUT1 SCART Y_VID RAD+ FOC+ RADS1 S2 A B C D F E 2.5V 3V3 PCM_CLK B_VID VO2- STB_CONT VO2+ RSTN 27M_CLK CL06532065_050.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s Personal notes: ASD-1 7. 44 Personal notes: Alignments ASD-1 8. GB 45 8. Alignments No alignments available 9. IC Descriptions. 9.1 SAA7399 (MACE2) General. Mace2 is a name used for the successor of the ACE1 IC. The term MACE (mini-ACE) is used because MACE2 does not have a decoder on board. Application area's: Mainly CDR(W) and prototyping of DVD(-ROM) or high speed CDROM. Functions implemented on-board of MACE2: A further improved digital servo module. Derived from the ACE1 servo module, but with improvements (make the input switchable between diode signal and error signal processing, improved brake). The 80C51 micro-controller with external ROM. The OPC. Optimum Power calibration, used for CDR. The PCS. Position Control Sledge. A way to speed up sledge movement using hall sensors. • 9.3 Sledge stepper motor support. The Digital Servo block. In a CD system, there are some 12 control loops active. About six of them are needed to adjust the servo error signals, that is once per disc rotation offsets, signal amplitudes and loop gains (AGC's) are adjusted to enlarge system robustness and to avoid expensive potentiometer adjustments in production. The other six loops determine the laser spot position on the disc in the radial, axial (focus) and tangential directions. The servo in MACE2 takes care of these controls. The servo inside Mace2 also has to take care that the spot accesses a required position as fast as possible. This access system consists of two parts, namely the actuator and the sled, which are within a certain range, mechanically and electrically independent. So during an access the servo has to control as well the actuator as the sled. 9.4 Functional description servo Figure 9-1 Overall block diagram MACE2. 9.2 Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Focus and Radial servo loop. Built-in access procedure. Selectable servo error or servo diode inputs. Focus noise performance equivalent to DSICS Automatic closed loop gain control available for focus and radial loops High speed track crossing velocity measurement > 350 kHz. Fast Radial Brake circuitry. Sledge motor servo loop, with pulsed sledge support and PCS Incorporated micro-controller equivalent to 80C51 --> 66MHz. Programmable wait state controller. Two embedded RAM's of 416 bytes and 1.5 kB res. Optimum Power Calibration Hardware support up to write at N=8. Debug facilities. Memory mapped interface to sub-modules. Programmable clock multiplier. 8 Multipurpose I/O lines. 5 external interrupt lines. External Flash ROM support. Figure 9-2 Mace2 servo block diagram. The following functions can be distinguished: – A to D conversion: a direct AD-conversion of the diode/ error currents. – Pulse density D to A conversion: Noise shaper output stages. – Control unit: Provides mainly the communication and on/ off functions. – Focus normaliser: A partial division of focus and sum signal. Special saturating provisions are included when dividing through very small numbers. – Initialisation control: Includes the radial normaliser, automatic radial offset compensation and level initialisation for the Track Position Indicator (TPI) for both diode and error input signals. – TPI/TL generation and adaptive debounce: Generates Track loss (TL) which is protected against disc defects. The TL is made out of the unprotected TPI signal. The debouncer (with improved debounce times) minimises the disturbing effect of HF on the TL and Rp crossovers for the track count circuitry. GB 46 – – – – – – 9.5 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. Defect detector: Holds the focus and/or radial control signal on disc dropouts. Speed control: Used during access. With radial actuator feed forward. Focus control: PID controller with wide range adjustable characteristics. Radial control: PID controller with wide range adjustable characteristics. Sledge control: PID controller with wide range adjustable characteristics and a pulsed sledge controller. Laser Low Power: Switches the laser from write back to read power whenever the device tends to go off-track. 9.6 Focus control. 9.6.1 Focus start-up. To bring the actuator in focus position a triangular shaped voltage is applied to the actuator to perform a search movement. When the lens moves from or to the disc, CA (central aperture) is monitored to reach a certain programmable absolute level. When this value is CA level is reached, the FOK signal becomes true and FEn is passed to the FEn level detector. At the moment this FEn level is reached the wait for the focus mode is entered and the focus control loop is enabled to detect a sign inversion in the FEn signal. When this zero crossing in this FEn signal is detected, the loop is closed to function as PID controlled loop and is switched to the PID mode. During focus start-up a dither signal is added to the output signal of the integrator. It prevents the actuator from hitting its natural resonance. With this technique quantisation, effects are compensated for during start-up. Focus Position Control loop. The focus control loop contains a digital PID controller that has 5 parameters available to the user. These coefficients influence the integrating, proportional and differential action of this PID and a digital low pass filter following the PID. The fifth coefficient influences the loop gain. 9.6.3 Dropout detection. This detector can be influenced by one parameter. The FOK signal will become false and the integrator of the PID will hold if the CA signal drops below this programmable absolute CA level. When the FOK signal becomes false, it is assumed as caused by a black dot in the first place. 9.6.4 Focus Loss detection and Fast restart. Whenever FOK is false longer than about 2 ms, it is assumed that the focus point is lost. A fast restart procedure is initiated which is capable of restarting the focus loop within 200 to 300 ms depending on the uP-programmed coefficients. 9.6.5 9.7 Focus Automatic Gain Control loop. The loop gain of the focus control loop can be corrected automatically to eliminate tolerances in the focus loop. This gain control injects a signal into the loop that is used to Radial control. The MACE2 digital controller includes the following radial servo functions: 9.7.1 Level initialisation: During start-up an automatic adjustment procedure is activated to set the values of the radial error gain, offset and satellite sum/MIRN signal gain for TPI level generation. The initialisation procedure runs in a radial open loop situation and is < 200 ms. This start-up time period may coincide with the last part of the turntable motor start-up time period. Input circuits servo Five out of six of the MACE2 servo inputs can be switched between diode current inputs (for audio and data application) and error signal inputs (for recordable applications). The analogue signals from the diode pre processor are converted into a digital representation using A/D converters. 9.6.2 correct the loop gain. Since this decreases the optimal performance, the gain control should only activated shortly (for instance when starting a new disc). 9.7.2 Automatic gain adjustment: Because of this initialisation the amplitude of the RE signal is adjusted within _10% around the nominal RE amplitude. Offset adjustment: The additional offset in RE due to the limited accuracy of the start-up procedure is less than +/50nm. 9.7.3 TPI level generation: The accuracy of the initialisation procedure is such that the duty cycle range of TPI becomes 0.4 < duty cycle < 0.6. Sledge home: Sledge moves to reference position at the inner side of the disc with user defined voltage. Tracking control: The actuator is controlled using a PID loop filter with user defined coefficients. Access: In Mace2 there are two fundamentally different ways to perform an access: Using the PCS A more detailed description of this access method is given in an other section. Using the servo controlled access: The way it was done in the predecessors of Mace2.This access procedure is divided into 3 different modes, depending on the requested jump size: access type size access speed Actuator jump decreasing velocity Sledge jump maximum power to sledge 1 Controlled sl. jump controlled brake power The access procedure makes use of a track counting mechanism, a velocity signal based upon the number of tracks passed within a fixed time interval, a velocity setpoint calculated from the number of tracks to go and a user programmable parameter indicating the maximum sledge performance. If the number of tracks to jump is too large, then the Sledge jump mode is activated, else the actuator jump is performed. The requested jump size together with the required sledge braking distance at maximum access speed defines the value of the maximum numbers of tracks. During the actuator jump mode, velocity control with a PI controller is used for the actuator. The sledge is then continuously controlled using the filtered value of the integrator contents of the actuator. All filter parameters (for actuator and sledge) are user programmable. IC Descriptions. In the sledge jump mode maximum power (user programmable) is applied to the sledge in the correct direction, while the actuator becomes idle. Radial Automatic Gain Control loop: The loop gain of the radial control loop can be corrected automatically to eliminate tolerances in the radial loop. This gain control injects a signal into the loop which is used to correct the loop gain. Since this decreases the optimal performance the gain control should only be activated shortly (for instance when starting a new disc). This gain control differs from the earlier mentioned level initialisation. This level initialisation should be done first. The level initialisation without the gain control reduces tolerances from the frontend only. 9.8 The radial PID. Since we are dealing with a big variety of applications and drives, the servo controllers in MACE2 should be adjustable within a large frequency range. In order to read out the track properly -a track consists of sequential ordered data pit's which hold audio, video or ROM data - the focus and radial position controls must follow the moving track within some tenths of a micrometer, despite of disc imperfections and external disturbances. For instance, a rotating disc causes, due to track eccentricity, track unroundness, or disc skew, track movements up to some millimetres. The control loop reduces this to about one tenth of a micrometer. 9.9 Initialisation control. Due to optical, electrical and mechanical tolerances in CD players, properties of the servo signals such as offset and gain can vary. In general, without proper signal processing, a simple PID controller function cannot cope with this relatively large offset and gain spreads. Therefore, gain and offset adjustments during manufacture or active control, to compensate for these signal imperfections, become inevitable. Adjustment procedures in the factory are expensive. So, automatic adjustment procedures have been implemented in order to avoid most of the potentiometer adjustments. In the MACE2 servo automatic adjustments are applied to the radial error signal only. 9.10 The AGC. The Automatic Gain Control is used in the MACE2 digital servo to adjust the radial and focus bandwidths to a nominal value. Injecting a signal in the loop and measuring the phase of its resulting signal (wobble method) does this. Principle of the Automatic Gain Control. The principle of the Automatic Gain Control (AGC) circuit, as used in MACE2, is drawn in the next figure. ASD-1 9. GB 47 measured before the injection point. The injected signal is shaped by H/1+H . This measured signal is multiplied by a phase shifted version of the injected signal. The result of the multiplication is low pass filtered and integrated. (The integrator is started at the nominal gain of the control loop). The result of the integration is fed to the adjustable loop gain. This principle, synchronous detection, is also known as 'wobble method'. 9.11 The Fast brake. The fast brake is an aid to speed up radial capture after a high-speed jump. It is a separate radial control with a much higher bandwidth. The radial control output can be switched between fast brake mode and original radial control mode. The fast brake helps the radial actuator at the end of a jump to "stick" to the right track. In fast brake mode, the actuator starts to follow the track movements. It's a bit like jumping on a moving train. If you run as fast as the train, you can just step in. After a radial open loop jump the tracks are moving (as a result of eccentricity) at a very high speed underneath the radial actuator. This speed is too high for a normal radial control loop to do radial capture. When the radial control is switched over to fast brake mode for a short term, this moving of the tracks underneath the actuator becomes much slower, (because the actuator follows the track movement), so when you switch back to original radial control, it's much easier to do radial capture. 9.12 The Defect Detector. Because of the possible earlier mentioned defects (fingerprints, etc) a defect detection circuit is incorporated into the MACE2 servo. If a defect is detected, the radial and focus error signals may be zeroed, resulting in better playability. 9.12.1 Operation: The defect detector prevents the light spot from going out of focus and going off track due to disc dropout excitations. The defect detector can be switched on and off under software control and can be applied to the focus control only, or both to the focus and radial control. Whenever this circuit detects a defect, it will hold all radial and focus controls. The hold signal is generated whenever the reflected light intensity drops rapidly (< 1:5 ms) down to roughly 75% of the actual intensity level. In that case the output of the comparator becomes active and controls the focus and radial signal switch. This circuit improves the playability of the application (black dot performance, etc) and is programmable to optimise it for specific disc defects. The actions of this circuit can be monitored on the DEFO pin (active high). An external defect detection circuit can be added by removing the connection between DEFO and DEFI (normal operation) and inserting the external circuitry. These signals are afflicted with some uncertainties caused by: – Disc defects like scratches and fingerprints – The HF information on the disc, which is considered as noise by the detector signals. 9.13 Laser Drive On. Figure 9-3 Principle of the automatic gain control. A sine wave signal with a certain frequency is injected in the control loop at the summation point. The resulting signal is The LDON pin is used to switch the laser drive off and on. It is an open drain output. In case the laser is on, the output has a high impedance. The pin will be automatically driven if the focus control loop is switched on. GB 48 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. 9.14 Laser Low Power (LLP). The LLP output can be used by write-able systems to switch the laser back to read power when the light spot goes offtrack while writing discs. To prevent that the neighbour tracks are damaged when the spot goes off-track the laser has to be switched very fast to the safe read power. The laser is not switched off (like LDON does), so the system can carry on reading. The tracking (radial) and focus error signals are used to disable the laser write power. This is done through the LLPn, active low Laser Low Power, signal. Note that LLPn is a servo output, which is inverted before it is output via the LLP pin, so the LLP pin is active high. So, if any of the following conditions is true, the laser write power is disabled by the MACE2 servo. – Off Track, more than a quarter off a track away from the correct one – ORD, radial error signal too large. Larger than the given setpoint, which should be chosen at a critical write failure level. An adjustable band pass filter first processes the radial error signal. – OFD, focus error signal too large. Larger than the given setpoint, which should also be chosen with care. An adjustable band pass filter also first processes the focus error signal. All settings of the focus and radial part are independent. – OTR, prot stat flag which becomes active if ORD becomes active during an actual laser write ( LWR) action. This flag is reset only by a status read ( RSTAT) command. So until then LLPN stays active. – OFO, prot stat flag that becomes active if OFD becomes active during an actual laser write action. Same idea as OTR. This error detection circuit can be switched off (apart from the Off Track detection) by raising the setpoint levels to its maximum value. 9.15 The OPC. The OPC block in Mace2 is used for the following functions: • During write actions, it stores Pw samples, which can be evaluated by the microprocessor. • During OPC read actions, it stores A1, A2 and CALF samples, which are used for calculating the asymmetry and the modulation index. • The OPC block is used for EFM detection. • During reading of a disc, it stores A1 and CALF samples, which can be monitored. Although the OPC block is used for multiple functions, it got it's name from the OPC procedure, which is it's main task. The OPC (Optimum Power Calibration) procedure is used in CD-R/CD-RW/DVD-RAM applications. It is used to "calibrate" the laser write power in writable systems. It reads in 3 analogue signals from an analogue preprocessor like AEGER-2 (A1, A2, and CALF) and the actual write power (Pw) from the laser controller and feeds an analogue output signal Alpha0 back to AEGER-2. A1, A2 and CALF represent the max, min and average value of the EFM signal respectively. Alpha0 controls the laser write power. All analogue signals are converted to an 8 bit digital signal. Conversion frequency at 16.9MHz base clock is 88kHz (each channel). Figure 9-4 Definition of the A1, A2 and CALF signals. 9.16 Definition of terms. The asymmetry ( and modulation index m of the EFM signal are calculated from the analogue inputs: A1- A2 A1+A2 m A1+ A2 A1+CALF 9.17 Rough description of the OPC procedure Basically the OPC procedure tries to find out the optimum laser power to be used on a specific disc. The OPC procedure uses about 15 ATIP frames. These frames are located in the "PCA" area. This is a special part of the disc used only for power calibration. The drive first checks whether there are 15 frames "empty" in the PCA. Next the OPC is performed in these 15 frames. The OPC operation consists of two stages: A "write" and a "read" stage. First 15 ATIP frames are written (during which the OPC block stores Pw samples), and then the same 15 ATIP frames are read back again, (during which the OPC block stores A1, A2 and CALF samples). During the write stage, random EFMis written in a test area located on the inner side of the disc. During this recording the write power is increased stepwise from a low to a high power level. Figure 9-5 Figure 5: OPC write profile. First during 3 ATIP frames the power is increased in rather big steps (rough OPC). During this action Pw samples are stored into memory. During the rough OPC, the OPC makes 7 steps per ATIP frame. This gives 21 samples into the OPC memory. From these samples, the microprocessor can calculate what's roughly the best alpha0 setting for this typical disc. After 2 frames of calculations, another 10 ATIP frames are written using smaller steps (fine OPC) around the alpha0 setting, which gave the best result during the rough OPC. The second stage of the OPC procedure is the "read" phase IC Descriptions. in which the pattern recorded in the previous stage is read back. During this read phase the OPC block stores A1, A2 and CALF samples from exact the same location where during the OPC write phase the Pw samples where stored. The samples for A1, A2, CALF and Pw are listed side by side into memory. After the read back phase the processor calculates at which setting of alpha0 the least jitter is encountered. This setting will be used to write the disc with. 9.18 The OPC top level. The OPC block as a whole has 5 possible modes: – Recording mode: This can be either OPC writing (writing EFM test patterns to disc and Alpha0 stepping) or standard write mode (i.e. alpha0 is constant). – OPC reading: Reading back OPC test patterns from disc. – Normal read mode: detects the presence of EFM. – DVD read mode: used for DVD-RAM experiments. – EFMD only mode: no data being written to the AUX RAM, but the EFM detector and the PW monitor still running. Contents of the QUX RAM remain unchanged. All actions in the OPC hardware are synchronised to the ATIP frame sync, which can be either generated internally or received from the encoder/decoder during writing. The microprocessor writes data asynchronously to the OPC hardware. The OPC block synchronises this data to the sync either internally generated, or obtained from CDR60. ASD-1 9. the input LPF's, the OPC pre-processor and the EFM detector. The sequencer controls the timing of all the hardware actions in the OPC hardware. The sequencer is started either by an external ATIP sync or an internally generated sync (programmable). All data acquisition and alpha0 settings change synchronised to this sync signal (rising edge of the ATIP sync). An exception on this is the switching of the ATIP input itself, which is immediately changed whenever the bit in the OPC ctrl register is changed. When this was latched on the ATIP source itself, it would create a deadlock when there was no ATIPin from CDR-60. 9.23 The Pw monitor The Pw monitor is used during the "OPC write" and normal write mode. The comparator compares the incoming Pw with two programmable thresholds PW MAX and PW MIN. Both these thresholds can be programmed via the OPC PW register, which contains 4 bits for each threshold. Internally both 4-bit thresholds PW MAX and PW MIN are extended to 8 bit values. The compare function performs an unsigned compare. The first threshold is used to detect fingerprints. The second is used to check the correct operation of the laser driver. 9.19 The Analogue to Digital converter. The analogue to digital converter of the OPC is shared with the ADC required by the PCS. 9.20 The digital input filters. The combined ADC for the OPC and the PCS delivers a multiplexed stream of 8 bit words. A sequential low-pass filter filters this multiplexed stream. The 4 analogue multiplexed input signals from the OPC (A1, A2, CALF and Pw) are filtered by 4 identical LPF's. (One for each channel). This filters can be adapted to various speeds by changing the subsampling factor (i.e. the sample rate of the filter), the cut off frequency scales with the sample frequency. The sample frequency of the filter is equivalent to the OPC timebase frequency, which is the output of the pre-scaler. 9.21 OPC demux. The OPC demux block demultiplexes the stream supplied by the LPF. This same block also changes the format of the digital data from signed (representation inside the filter) to unsigned (representation in the rest of the OPC). The demultiplexing process introduces one baseclock delay. 9.22 The sequencer. The OPC sequencer controls the timing of all the hardware actions in the OPC hardware. It generates the OPC timebase and locks it to the ATIP pulse. A programmable pre-scaler generates the OPC timebase. Dividing the ADC sample clock by 8 derives the input clock of this pre-scaler. (= Identical to the sample rate per channel). The pre-scaler can divide this clock by a number in the range from 1-16. The division factor can be programmed via the OPC ctrl register. The OPC timebase is locked to the selected ATIP source, which can be either an external ATI P sync or an internally generated sync. (Programmable). The OPC timebase clock supplies the sample frequency for GB 49 Figure 9-6 OPC PW monitor. GB 50 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply TZA1033 FEATURES GENERAL DESCRIPTION • Operates with DVD-ROM,DVD-RAM, DVD+RW, DVD-RW, CD-ROM and CD-RW media The DVDALAS2 is an analogue preprocessor and laser supply circuit for DVD / CD read only players. The device contains data amplifiers, several options for radial tracking and focus control. The preamplifier forms a versatile, programmable interface between dual, voltage output CD/DVD mechanisms to Philips' digital signal processor family for CD and DVD (Gecko, HDR65, Iguano, etc..) • Operates up to 64x CD-ROM and 8x DVD-ROM • Support for Dual Light pen DVD systems (DVD/CDRW) • DVD-RAM (C) playback capability • DVD-RAM Land-Groove servo polarity switching • 3 different tracking servo strategies: Conventional 3 beam tracking for CD Differential Phase Detection (DPD) for DVD-ROM (including option to emulate traditional drop out detection; drop out concealment) Advanced Push Pull with dynamic offset compensation for DVD-RAM (recorded and unrecorded areas) The device contains serval options for radial tracking: Conventional 3 beam tracking for CD; Differential Phase Detector (DPD) for DVD; Push Pull for DVD-RAM with flexible L/R weighing to compensate dynamic offsets e.g. beamlanding offset. A radial error signal is generated to allow fast track count (FTC) during track jumps. • Radial error signal for fast track counting (FTC) • 2 different strategies to read header data: - Full bandwidth Push Pull signal - Left and Right side signal The dynamic range of this preamp/processor combination can be optimized for the LF servo and RF data paths. The gain in both channels can be programmed separately. This will guarantee an optimal playability for all kind of discs. • Universal photo diode IC interface using internal conversion resistors and offset cancelation Several functions are included to allow playback of DVD-RAM(C) discs: • Flexible adaption to different light pen configurations • The header information can be read via the data output path (RF) • Input buffer amplifiers with low-pass filtering • RF data amplifier with wide (programmable) bandwidth equivalent to 64xCD / 8x DVD when using equaliser function • DC offset compensation techniques provide a fast settling after disc errors. • Built-in equalisers cover CAV inner-outer disc range at highest speed. • two settings for focus offset correction for land and groove • Programmable RF gain for DVD-ROM / DVD-RAM / CD-RW / CDROM applications(approx 50dB range) The device can accommodate astigmatic, single foucault and double foucault detectors and can be used with P-type lasers with N- or P-sub monitor diodes. After an initial adjustment, the circuit will maintain control over the laser diode current. With an on-chip reference voltage generator, a constant and stabilized output power is ensured independent of ageing. A separate power supply connection allows the internal power dissipation to be reduced by connecting a low voltage supply. • Balanced RF-Data signal transfer (single ended still supported) • Fully automatic laser control including stabilization and an ON/OFF switch, plus a separate supplypin for power efficiency • Automatic monitor diode polarity selection. • Radial servo Polarity switch for land/groove • 3 and 5 V compatible digital interface • Enhanced signal conditioning in DPD circuit for optimal tracking performance under noisy conditions. ORDERING INFORMATION PACKAGE TYPE NUMBER NAME TZA1023 LQFP64 DESCRIPTION Plastic low pro?le QFP64; body 10 x 10 x 1.4 mm VERSION SOT314-2 IC Descriptions. ASD-1 DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply 9. TZA1033 DEVICE BLOCK DIAGRAM Var Gain MUX Diode Ampli?ers Processing DVD Balanced HF Data & header OPU Interface Header Land MUX DPD CD Push Pull Offset compensations Servo Signals D1-D6 Land/Groove Swap Mute 3 Beam Tracking FTC V & I references Rext Dual Laser Supply FTC comp. Laser#1 Serial Laser#2 I/Face Control Interface GB 51 GB 52 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply PINNING Name Pin Description CD-A 1 CD pick up input A CD-B 2 CD pick up input B CD-C 3 CD pick up input C CD-D 4 CD pick up input D CD-REF 5 CD pick up reference voltage CD-E 6 CD pick up input E CD-F 7 CD pick up input F DVD-A 12 DVD pick up input A DVD-B 13 DVD pick up input B DVD-C 14 DVD pick up input C DVD-D 15 DVD pick up input D DVD-ref 16 DVD pick up reference voltage O-A 48 Servo current output for Focus-A O-B 47 Servo current output for Focus-B O-C 46 Servo current output for Focus-C O-D 45 Servo current output for Focus-D O-central 40 Testpin for offset cancelation TD2 37 Internally connected FTC-ref 36 Servo output voltage reference input S1 42 Servo current output for radial tracking S2 41 Servo current output for radial tracking TD1 35 Internally connected FTC 33 Fast track count voltage output RFP 55 pos. RF output signal RFN 56 neg. RF output signal RF-REF 54 DC Reference signal input RF LPF-DPD1 38 DPD Low pass bandwidth capacitor, channel pos LPF-DPD2 39 DPD Low passbandwidth capacitor, channel neg Land 20 Land/groove toggle input HEADER 21 Header detector window input CD-MI 62 CD laser monitor input DVD-MI 10 DVD laser monitor input CD-LO 61 CD laser output DVD-LO 64 DVD laser output COP 27 Positive inputFTC comparator COM 28 Inverting inputFTC comparator COO 29 FTC comparator output TZA1033 IC Descriptions. DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply Name Pin Description SIDA 23 Serial host interface data input SICL 24 Serial host interface clock input SILD 25 Serial host interface load VDDA1 8 Analog Supply voltage 1 (RF input) VDDA2 59 Analog Supply voltage 2 (RF internal) VDDA3 53 Analog Supply voltage 3 (RF output stage) VDDA4 44 Analog Supply voltage 4 (Servo) VDDD5 30 Digital Supply voltage (5V dig core) VDDD3 22 Digital Supply voltage (3V I/O pads and FTC comp.) VDDL 63 Supply voltage for laser VSSA1 9 Analog Ground 1 VSSA2 58 Analog Ground 2 VSSA3 57 Analog Ground 3 VSSA4 43 Analog Ground 4 VSSD 26 Digital ground Rext 60 Reference current input (Connect 12k1 to VSSA4) STB 31 Standby input TM 19 Testmode input TDO 34 test data out ASD-1 9. TZA1033 GB 53 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply TZA1033 DVD-LO VDDL CD-MI CD-LO R-EXT VDDA2 VSSA2 VSSA3 RFN RFP RF-REF VDDA3 - - - - 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 handbook, full pagewidth 64 PINNING CD-A 1 48 O-A CD-B 2 47 O-B CD-C 3 46 O-C 4 45 O-D 5 44 VDDA4 CD-E 6 43 VSSA4 CD-F 7 42 S1 VDDA1 8 41 S2 VSSA1 9 40 O-CENTRAL DVD-MI 10 39 LPF-DPD2 - 11 38 LPF-DPD1 DVD-A 12 37 TD2 DVD-B 13 36 FTC-REF DVD-C 14 35 TD1 DVD-D 15 34 TDO DVD-REF 16 33 FTC TZA1023 CD-D CD-REF 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 VDDD3 SIDA SICL SILD VSSD COP COM COO VDDD5 STB - 21 22 20 LAND 19 HEADER 18 - TM 17 XXX - GB 54 Fig.2 Pin configuration. NEW MXXxxx IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. BA6856FP: 3 PHASE MOTOR DRIVER FOR DVD PLAYERS Features • /3-phase, full-wave pseudo linear driving system • built-in power save • built-in therma shut down circuit • built-in current limit circuit • built in Hall bias circuit • built in FG-output (3-phase parallel output) • with switching function of regular/ reverse rotations blockdiagram 28 RNF 27 VM2 26 25 BA6856FB VCC DRIVER GAIN CONTROL VM1 A3 3 A2 5 A1 7 NC1 1 NC2 2 H1+ 9 H1- 10 NC3 4 NC4 6 H2+ 11 H2- 12 NC5 15 H3+ 13 H3- 14 - + 24 23 REV PS REV EC 21 + ECR - 20 CNF VH 18 FG1 17 FG2 16 FG3 MT2 30 + - PS 22 19 + - + + - H BIAS + + MT1 29 GND 8 GB 55 GB 56 9. ASD-1 RNF VM1 VM2 VCC REV PS EC ECR CNF VH FG1 FG2 FG3 N.C. GND H1+ H1H2+ H2H3+ H3- DESCRIPTION Not connected Not connected Output 3 for motor Not connected Output 2 for motor Not connected Output 1 for motor Ground Hall input Amp1. positive input Hall input Amp1. negative input Hall input Amp2. positive input Hall input Amp2. negative input Hall input Amp3. positive input Hall input Amp3. negative input Not connected FG3 signal output terminal FG2 signal output terminal FG1 signal output terminal Hall Bias Capacitor connection pin for phase compensation Torque control standard voltage input terminal Torque control voltage input terminal POWER SAVE switch Reverse terminal Power supply for sinal division Power supply 2 for driver Power supply 2 for driver Power supply for driver division GND N.C. N.C. A3 N.C. A2 N.C. A1 pin description PIN No PIN NAME 1 N.C. 2 N.C. 3 A3 4 N.C. 5 A2 6 N.C. 7 A1 8 GND + 9 H1 10 H1 + 11 H2 12 H2 + 13 H3 14 H3 15 N.C. 16 FG3 17 FG2 18 FG1 19 VH 20 CNF 21 ECR 22 EC 23 PS 24 REV 25 VCC 26 VM2 27 VM1 28 RNF FIN FIN Terminal lay-out IC Descriptions. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems FEATURES • Compatibility with CD-I, CD-ROM, MPEG-video DVD-ROM and DVD-video applications • Designed for very high playback speeds • Typical CD-ROM operation up to n = 12, DVD-ROM to n = 1.9, maximum rates (tbf) • Matched filtering, quad-pass error correction (C1-C2-C1-C2), overspeed audio playback function included (up to 3 kbytes buffer) In DVD modes double-pass C1-C2 error correction is used which is capable of correcting up to 5 C1 frame errors and 16 C2 frame errors. • Lock-to-disc playback, Constant Angular Velocity (CAV), pseudo-Constant Linear Velocity (CLV) and CLV motor control loops The SAA7335 contains all the functions required to decode an EFM or EFM+ HF signal directly from the laser pre-amplifier, including analog front-end, PLL data recovery, demodulation and error correction. The spindle motor interface provides both motor control signals from the demodulator and, in addition, contains a tachometer loop that accepts tachometer pulses from the motor unit. • Interface to 32 kbytes SRAM for DVD error correction and de-interleave • Sub-code/ header processing for DVD and CD formats • Programmable HF equalizer • In DVD mode it is still compatible with Philips block decoders • Sub-CPU interface can be parallel or fast I2C-bus • On-chip clock multiplier. GENERAL DESCRIPTION This device is a high-end combined Compact Disc (CD) and Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) compatible decoding device. The device operates with an external 32 kbytes S-RAM memory for de-interleaving operations. The device provides quad-pass error correction for CD-ROM applications (C1-C2-C1-C2) and operates in lock-to-disk, CAV, pseudo CLV and CLV modes. The SAA7335 has two independent microcontroller interfaces. The first is a serial I2C-bus and the second is a standard 8-bit multiplexed parallel interface. Both of these interfaces provide access to a total of 32 × 8-bit registers for control and status. This data sheet contains an descriptive overview of the device together with electrical and timing characteristics. For a detailed description of the device refer to the user guide “SAU/UM96018”. Supply of this CD/DVD IC does not convey an implied license under any patent right to use this IC in any CD or DVD application. QUICK REFERENCE DATA SYMBOL PARAMETER MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT VDDD digital supply voltage 4.5 5.0 5.5 IDDD digital supply current − 70 300 mA VDDA analog supply voltage 4.5 5.0 5.5 V V IDDA analog supply current − 70 300 mA fxtal crystal input frequency 4 25 tbf MHz Tamb operating ambient temperature −20 − +70 °C Tstg storage temperature −55 − +125 °C GB 57 GB 58 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems ORDERING INFORMATION PACKAGE TYPE NUMBER NAME DESCRIPTION VERSION SAA7335GP LQFP100 plastic low pro?le quad ?at package; 100 leads; body 14 × 14 × 1.4 mm SOT407-1 BLOCK DIAGRAM handbook, full pagewidth HF input SRAM 32 KBYTES ADC PLL BIT DETECTOR DEMODULATOR EFM/EFM+ DECODER clock input CLOCK GENERATOR SPINDLE MOTOR CONTROL SAA7335 I2S-BUS OUTPUT INTERFACE block decoder output SUB-CPU INTERFACE MGK242 motor control Fig.1 Simplified block diagram. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems PINNING SYMBOL PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION VSSA1 1 supply Iref 2 I analog current reference input for ADC REFLo 3 I analog low reference input for ADC analog ground 1 REFHi 4 I analog high reference input for ADC VREF 5 I analog negative input HFIN 6 I VSSA2 7 supply analog positive input analog ground 2 AGCOUT 8 O VDDA2 9 supply analog supply voltage 2 digital supply voltage 1 analog test pin output VDDD1 10 supply VSSD1 11 supply OTD 12 I off track detect input MOTO1 13 O 3-state motor control output n.c. 14 − MOTO2/T3 15 I/O n.c. 16 − not connected, reserved T1 17 I tachometer 1 input digital ground 1 not connected, reserved motor control output/tachometer 3 input T2 18 I VDDD2 19 supply VSSD2 20 supply TEST1 21 I test input 1 TEST2 22 I test input 2 POR 23 I power-on reset input MUXSWICH 24 I use clock multiplier input n.c. 25 − not connected, reserved CL1 26 O divided clock output BCAIN 27 I BCA input SDA 28 I/O SCL 29 I 9. tachometer 2 input digital supply voltage 2 digital ground 2 sub-CPU I2C-bus serial data input/output sub-CPU I2C-bus serial clock input INT 30 O VDDD3 31 supply digital supply voltage 3 sub-CPU interrupt output (open-drain) VSSD3 32 supply digital ground 3 da7 33 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 7 input/output (parallel) da6 34 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 6 input/output (parallel) da5 35 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 5 input/output (parallel) n.c. 36 − da4 37 I/O n.c. 38 − da3 39 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 3 input/output (parallel) da2 40 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 2 input/output (parallel) not connected, reserved sub-CPU data bus bit 4 input/output (parallel) not connected, reserved GB 59 GB 60 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems SYMBOL PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION da1 41 I/O n.c. 42 − da0 43 I/O VDDD4 44 supply VSSD4 45 supply WRi 46 I sub-CPU write enable input (active LOW) RDi 47 I sub-CPU read enable input (active LOW) ALE 48 I sub-CPU address latch enable input CSi 49 I sub-CPU chip select input (active HIGH) STOPCLOCK 50 O stop clock output n.c. 51 − not connected, reserved V4 52 O serial subcode output (for CD) EBUOUT 53 O digital audio output SYNC 54 O I2S-bus sector sync output FLAG 55 O I2S-bus correction ?ag output DATA 56 O I2S-bus serial data output BCLK 57 I/O I2S-bus bit serial clock input/output WCLK 58 I/O I2S-bus word clock input/output sub-CPU data bus bit 1 input/output (parallel) not connected, reserved sub-CPU data bus bit 0 input/output (parallel) digital supply voltage 4 digital ground 4 VDDD5 59 supply digital supply voltage 5 VSSD5 60 supply digital ground 5 RAMRW 61 O n.c. 62 − RAMDA7 63 I/O RAM data bus bit 7 input/output RAMDA6 64 I/O RAM data bus bit 6 input/output RAMDA5 65 I/O RAM data bus bit 5 input/output RAMDA4 66 I/O RAM data bus bit 4 input/output RAMDA3 67 I/O RAM data bus bit 3 input/output RAMDA2 68 I/O RAM data bus bit 2 input/output n.c. 69 − RAMDA1 70 I/O RAMDA0 71 I/O VDDD6 72 supply digital supply voltage 6 VSSD6 73 supply digital ground 6 RAMAD0 74 O RAM address bit 0 output RAMAD1 75 O RAM address bit 1 output RAMAD2 76 O RAM address bit 2 output RAMAD3 77 O RAM address bit 3 output RAMAD4 78 O RAM address bit 4 output RAMAD5 79 O RAM address bit 5 output RAMAD6 80 O RAM address bit 6 output VDDD7 81 supply RAM read/write control output not connected, reserved not connected, reserved RAM data bus bit 1 input/output RAM data bus bit 0 input/output digital supply voltage 7 IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems SYMBOL 9. PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION VSSD7 82 supply RAMAD7 83 O RAM address bit 7 output RAMAD8 84 O RAM address bit 8 output RAMAD9 85 O RAM address bit 9 output n.c. 86 − not connected, reserved RAMAD10 87 O RAM address bit 10 output RAMAD11 88 O RAM address bit 11 output RAMAD12 89 O RAM address bit 12 output RAMAD13 90 O RAM address bit 13 output RAMAD14 91 O RAM address bit 14 output VDDD8 92 supply digital supply voltage 8 VSSD8 93 supply digital ground 8 CRIN 94 I analog crystal input CROUT 95 O analog crystal output digital ground 7 CFLG 96 O correction statistics output MEAS1 97 O front-end telemetry output VDDD9 98 supply digital supply voltage 9 VSSD9 99 supply digital ground 9 VDDA1 100 supply analog supply voltage 1 GB 61 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 76 RAMAD2 77 RAMAD3 78 RAMAD4 79 RAMAD5 81 VDDD7 80 RAMAD6 82 VSSD7 83 RAMAD7 84 RAMAD8 85 RAMAD9 86 n.c. 87 RAMAD10 88 RAMAD11 89 RAMAD12 90 RAMAD13 93 VSSD8 92 VDDD8 94 CRIN 95 CROUT 96 CFLG 97 MEAS1 99 VSSD9 98 VDDD9 100 VDDA1 handbook, full pagewidth 91 RAMAD14 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems VSSA1 1 75 RAMAD1 Iref 2 74 RAMAD0 REFLo 3 REFHi 4 73 VSSD6 72 VDDD6 VREF 5 71 RAMDA0 HFIN 6 70 RAMDA1 VSSA2 7 69 n.c. AGCOUT 8 68 RAMDA2 VDDA2 9 67 RAMDA3 VDDD1 10 66 RAMDA4 VSSD1 11 65 RAMDA5 OTD 12 64 RAMDA6 SAA7335 MOTO1 13 63 RAMDA7 n.c. 14 62 n.c. MOTO2/T3 15 61 RAMRW n.c. 16 60 VSSD5 T1 17 59 VDDD5 T2 18 58 WCLK VDDD2 19 57 BCLK VSSD2 20 56 DATA TEST1 21 55 FLAG TEST2 22 54 SYNC 53 EBUOUT POR 23 MUXSWICH 24 52 V4 51 n.c. Fig.2 Pin configuration. STOPCLOCK 50 CSi 49 RDi 47 ALE 48 WRi 46 VSSD4 45 VDDD4 44 da0 43 n.c. 42 da1 41 da2 40 da3 39 n.c. 38 da4 37 n.c. 36 da5 35 da6 34 da7 33 VSSD3 32 VDDD3 31 INT 30 SCL 29 SDA 28 CL1 26 n.c. 25 BCAIN 27 GB 62 MGK241 IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Analog front-end This block converts the HF input to the digital domain using an 8-bit ADC proceeded by an AGC circuit to obtain the optimum performance from the convertor. This block is clocked by ADCCLK which is set by the external crystal frequency plus a flexible clock multiplier and divider block. PLL and bit detector This subsystem recovers the data from the channel stream. The block corrects asymmetry, performs noise filtering and equalisation and finally recovers the bit clock and data from the channel using a digital PLL. 9. 1. The coincidence counter: this is used to detect the coincidence of successive syncs. It generates a sync coincidence signal if 2 syncs are 588 ±1 EFM clocks apart. 2. The main counter: this is used to partition the EFM signal into 17-bit words. This counter is reset when: a) A sync coincidence is generated b) A sync is found within ±6 EFM clocks of its expected position. The sync coincidence signal is also used to generate the lock signal which will go active HIGH when 1 sync coincidence is found. It will reset to LOW when, during 61 consecutive frames, no sync coincidence is found. The equalizer and the data slicer are programmable. FRAME SYNC PROTECTION DVD MODE Digital logic This circuit detects the frame synchronization signals. Two synchronization counters are used in the SAA7335: All the digital system logic is clocked from the master ADC clock (ADCCLK) described above. Advanced bit detector 1. The coincidence counter: this is used to detect the coincidence of successive syncs. It generates a sync coincidence signal if 2 syncs are 1488 ±3 EFM+ clocks apart. The advanced bit detector offers improved data recovery for multi-layer discs and contains two extra detection circuits to increase the margins in the bit recovery block: 2. The main counter: this is used to partition the EFM+ signal into 16-bit words. This counter is reset when: 1. Adaptive slicer: adds a second stage slicer with higher bandwidth b) A sync is found within ±10 EFM+ clocks of its expected position. 2. Run length 2 push-back: all T2 run lengths are pushed back to T3, thereby automatically determining the erroneous edge and shifting the transitions on that edge. a) A sync coincidence is generated The sync coincidence signal is also used to generate the lock signal which will go active HIGH when 1 sync coincidence is found. It will reset to LOW when, during 61 consecutive frames, no sync coincidence is found. Demodulator EFM/EFM+ demodulation FRAME SYNC PROTECTION CD MODE This circuit detects the frame synchronization signals. Two synchronization counters are used in the SAA7335: The 14-bit EFM (16-bit EFM+) data and subcode words are decoded into 8-bit symbols. GB 63 GB 64 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems Microcontroller interface The SAA7335 has two microcontroller interfaces, one serial I2C-bus and one parallel (8051 microcontroller compatible). The sequence for a write data command (1 data byte) is as follows: • Send START condition • Send address 3EH (write) The two communication modes may be operated at the same time, the modes are described below: • Write command address byte 1. Parallel mode: protocol compatible with 8052 multiplexed bus: • Send STOP condition. • Write data byte a) da0 to da7 = address/data bus The sequence for a read data command (that reads 1 data byte) is as follows: b) ALE = Address Latch Enable, latches the address information on the bus • Send START condition c) WRi = active LOW write signal for write to SAA7335 • Write status address byte d) RDi = active LOW read signal for read from SAA7335 e) CSi = active HIGH Chip Select signal (this signal gates the RDi and WRi signals). 2. I2C-bus mode: I2C-bus protocol where SAA7335 behaves as slave device where: • Send address 3EH (write) • Send STOP condition • Send START condition • Send address 3FH (read) • Read data byte • Send STOP condition. a) SDA = I2C-bus data READING AND WRITING DATA TO THE SAA7335 b) SCL = I2C-bus clock The SAA7335 has 32 × 8-bit configuration and status registers as shown in Table 1. Not all locations are currently defined and some remain reserved for future upgrades. These can be written to or read from via the microcontroller interface using either the serial or parallel control bus. c) I2C-bus slave address (write mode) = 3EH d) I2C-bus slave address (read mode) = 3FH e) Maximum data transfer rate = 400 kbits/s. MICROCONTROLLER INTERFACE (I2C-BUS MODE) Bytes are transferred over the interface in single bytes of which there are two types; write data commands and read data commands. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 65 Am29LV160BT/Am29LV160BB 16 Megabit (2 M x 8-Bit/1 M x 16-Bit) CMOS 3.0 Volt-only Sector Erase Flash Memory DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS ■ Single power supply operation — Full voltage range: 2.7 to 3.6 volt read and write operations for battery-powered applications ■ Top or bottom boot block configurations available ■ Embedded Algorithms — Regulated voltage range: 3.0 to 3.6 volt read and write operations and for compatibility with high performance 3.3 volt microprocessors — Embedded Erase algorithm automatically preprograms and erases the entire chip or any combination of designated sectors ■ Manufactured on 0.35 µm process technology — Embedded Program algorithm automatically writes and verifies data at specified addresses ■ Supports Common Flash Memory Interface (CFI) ■ High performance — Full voltage range: access times as fast as 90 ns — Regulated voltage range: access times as fast as 80 ns ■ Ultra low power consumption (typical values at 5 MHz) — 200 nA Automatic Sleep mode current — 200 nA standby mode current ■ Minimum 100,000 write cycle guarantee per sector ■ Package option — 48-ball FBGA — 48-ball µBGA — 48-pin TSOP — 44-pin SO ■ Compatibility with JEDEC standards — 10 mA read current — Pinout and software compatible with singlepower supply Flash — 20 mA program/erase current — Superior inadvertent write protection ■ Flexible sector architecture — One 16 Kbyte, two 8 Kbyte, one 32 Kbyte, and thirty-one 64 Kbyte sectors (byte mode) — One 8 Kword, two 4 Kword, one 16 Kword, and thirty-one 32 Kword sectors (word mode) — Supports full chip erase — Sector Protection features: A hardware method of locking a sector to prevent any program or erase operations within that sector Sectors can be locked in-system or via programming equipment Temporary Sector Unprotect feature allows code changes in previously locked sectors ■ Data# Polling and toggle bits — Provides a software method of detecting program or erase operation completion ■ Ready/Busy# pin (RY/BY#) — Provides a hardware method of detecting program or erase cycle completion (not available on 44-pin SO) ■ Erase Suspend/Erase Resume — Suspends an erase operation to read data from, or program data to, a sector that is not being erased, then resumes the erase operation ■ Hardware reset pin (RESET#) — Hardware method to reset the device to reading array data GB 66 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Am29LV160B is a 16 Mbit, 3.0 Volt-only Flash memory organized as 2,097,152 bytes or 1,048,576 words. The device is offered in 48-ball FBGA, 48-ball µBGA, 44-pin SO, and 48-pin TSOP packages. The word-wide data (x16) appears on DQ15–DQ0; the bytewide (x8) data appears on DQ7–DQ0. This device is designed to be programmed in-system with the standard system 3.0 volt VCC supply. A 12.0 V VPP or 5.0 VCC are not required for write or erase operations. The device can also be programmed in standard EPROM programmers. The device offers access times of 80, 90, and 120 ns, allowing high speed microprocessors to operate without wait states. To eliminate bus contention the device has separate chip enable (CE#), write enable (WE#) and output enable (OE#) controls. The device requires only a single 3.0 volt power supply for both read and write functions. Internally generated and regulated voltages are provided for the program and erase operations. The Am29LV160B is entirely command set compatible with the JEDEC single-power-supply Flash standard. Commands are written to the command register using standard microprocessor write timings. Register contents serve as input to an internal state-machine that controls the erase and programming circuitry. Write cycles also internally latch addresses and data needed for the programming and erase operations. Reading data out of the device is similar to reading from other Flash or EPROM devices. Device programming occurs by executing the program command sequence. This initiates the Embedded Program algorithm—an internal algorithm that automatically times the program pulse widths and verifies proper cell margin. The Unlock Bypass mode facilitates faster programming times by requiring only two write cycles to program data instead of four. Device erasure occurs by executing the erase command sequence. This initiates the Embedded Erase algorithm—an internal algorithm that automatically preprograms the array (if it is not already programmed) before executing the erase operation. During erase, the device automatically times the erase pulse widths and verifies proper cell margin. The host system can detect whether a program or erase operation is complete by observing the RY/BY# pin, or by reading the DQ7 (Data# Polling) and DQ6 (toggle) status bits. After a program or erase cycle has been completed, the device is ready to read array data or accept another command. The sector erase architecture allows memory sectors to be erased and reprogrammed without affecting the data contents of other sectors. The device is fully erased when shipped from the factory. Hardware data protection measures include a low VCC detector that automatically inhibits write operations during power transitions. The hardware sector protection feature disables both program and erase operations in any combination of the sectors of memory. This can be achieved in-system or via programming equipment. The Erase Suspend/Erase Resume feature enables the user to put erase on hold for any period of time to read data from, or program data to, any sector that is not selected for erasure. True background erase can thus be achieved. The hardware RESET# pin terminates any operation in progress and resets the internal state machine to reading array data. The RESET# pin may be tied to the system reset circuitry. A system reset would thus also reset the device, enabling the system microprocessor to read the boot-up firmware from the Flash memory. The device offers two power-saving features. When addresses have been stable for a specified amount of time, the device enters the automatic sleep mode. The system can also place the device into the standby mode. Power consumption is greatly reduced in both these modes. AMD's Flash technology combines years of Flash memory manufacturing experience to produce the highest levels of quality, reliability and cost effectiveness. The device electrically erases all bits within a sector simultaneously via Fowler-Nordheim tunneling. The data is programmed using hot electron injection. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 67 PRODUCT SELECTOR GUIDE Family Part Number Ordering Part Number: Am29LV160B VCC =3.0–3.6 V V CC 80R = 2.7–3.6 V 90 120 Max access time, ns (tACC) 80 90 120 Max CE# access time, ns (tCE) 80 90 120 Max OE# access time, ns (tOE) 30 35 50 Note: See “AC Characteristics” for full specifications. BLOCK DIAGRAM DQ0–DQ15 (A-1) RY/BY# VCC Sector Switches VSS Erase Voltage Generator RESET# WE# BYTE# Input/Output Buffers State Control Command Register PGM Voltage Generator Chip Enable Output Enable Logic CE# OE# VCC Detector A0–A19 Timer Address Latch STB STB Data Latch Y-Decoder Y-Gating X-Decoder Cell Matrix 21358C-1 GB 68 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A19 NC WE# RESET# NC NC RY/BY# A18 A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A16 BYTE# VSS DQ15/A-1 DQ7 DQ14 DQ6 DQ13 DQ5 DQ12 DQ4 VCC DQ11 DQ3 DQ10 DQ2 DQ9 DQ1 DQ8 DQ0 OE# VSS CE# A0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Standard TSOP Reverse TSOP 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 A16 BYTE# VSS DQ15/A-1 DQ7 DQ14 DQ6 DQ13 DQ5 DQ12 DQ4 VCC DQ11 DQ3 DQ10 DQ2 DQ9 DQ1 DQ8 DQ0 OE# VSS CE# A0 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A19 NC WE# RESET# NC NC RY/BY# A18 A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 21358C-2 IC Descriptions. SYNCHRONOUS DRAM FEATURES 1M16A1 • Plastic Package - OCPL* 50-pin TSOP (400 mil) -6 -7 -8A • Refresh 2K or 4K with Self Refresh Mode at 64ms -6 -7 -8A SETUP 166 MHz 143 MHz 125 MHz *Off-center parting line **CL = CAS (READ) latency Configuration 512Kx6banks Refr shCount RowAd res ing BankAd res ing ColumnAd res ing 2Kor4K 2K(A0-A10) 2(BA) 256(A0-A7) 1 Meg x 16 GENERAL DESCRIPTION HOLD CL=3* 5.5ns 5.5ns 6ns Vss DQ15 DQ14 VssQ DQ13 DQ12 VDDQ DQ11 DQ10 VssQ DQ9 DQ8 VDDQ NC DQMH CLK CKE NC A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 Vss Note: The # symbol indicates signal is active LOW. PARTNUMBER ARCHITECTURE MT48LC1M16A1TG S KEY TIMING PARAMETERS AC ES TIME 50 49 48 47 46 45 4 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 3 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 23 24 25 16Mb (x16) SDRAM PART NUMBER S • Part Number Example: MT48LC1M16A1TG-7S CLOCK VDD DQ0 DQ1 VssQ DQ2 DQ3 VDDQ DQ4 DQ5 VssQ DQ6 DQ7 VDDQ DQML WE# CAS# RAS# CS# BA A10 A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD 1Megx16 TG • Timing (Cycle Time) 6ns (166 MHz) 7ns (143 MHz) 8ns (125 MHz) SPE D GB 69 PIN ASSIGNMENT (Top View) 50-Pin TSOP MARKING • Configuration 1 Meg x 16 (512K x 16 x 2 banks) 9. MT48LC1M16A1 S - 512K x 16 x 2 banks • PC100 functionality • Fully synchronous; all signals registered on positive edge of system clock • Internal pipelined operation; column address can be changed every clock cycle • Internal banks for hiding row access/precharge 1 Meg x 16 - 512K x 16 x 2 banks architecture with 11 row, 8 column addresses per bank • Programmable burst lengths: 1, 2, 4, 8 or full page • Auto Precharge Mode, includes CONCURRENT AUTO PRECHARGE • Self Refresh and Adaptable Auto Refresh Modes - 32ms, 2,048-cycle refresh or - 64ms, 2,048-cycle refresh or - 64ms, 4,096-cycle refresh • LVTTL-compatible inputs and outputs • Single +3.3V ±0.3V power supply • Supports CAS latency of 1, 2 and 3 OPTIONS ASD-1 2ns 2ns 2ns 1ns 1ns 1ns The 16Mb SDRAM is a high-speed CMOS, dynamic random-access memory containing 16,777,216 bits. It is internally configured as a dual 512K x 16 DRAM with a synchronous interface (all signals are registered on the positive edge of the clock signal, CLK). Each of the 512K x 16-bit banks is organized as 2,048 rows by 256 columns by 16 bits. Read and write accesses to the SDRAM are burst oriented; accesses start at a selected location and continue for a programmed number of locations in a programmed GB 70 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. 16Mb: x16 SDRAM G E N E R A L D E S C R IP T IO N (c o n tin u e d ) sequence. Accesses begin with the registration of an ACTIVE command, which is then followed by a READ or WRITE command. The address bits registered coincident with the ACTIVE command are used to select the bank and row to be accessed (BA selects the bank, A0-A10 select the row). The address bits registered coincident with the READ or WRITE command are used to select the starting column location for the burst access. The SDRAM provides for programmable READ or WRITE burst lengths of 1, 2, 4 or 8 locations, or the full page, with a burst terminate option. An AUTO PRECHARGE function may be enabled to provide a self-timed row precharge that is initiated at the end of the burst sequence. The 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM uses an internal pipelined architecture to achieve high-speed operation. This architecture is compatible with the 2n rule of prefetch architectures, but it also allows the column address to be changed on every clock cycle to achieve a high-speed, fully random access. Precharging one bank while accessing the alternate bank will hide the PRECHARGE cycles and provide seamless, high-speed, random-access operation. The 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM is designed to operate in 3.3V, low-power memory systems. An auto refresh mode is provided, along with a power-saving, power-down mode. All inputs and outputs are LVTTL-compatible. SDRAMs offer substantial advances in DRAM operating performance, including the ability to synchronously burst data at a high data rate with automatic columnaddress generation, the ability to interleave between internal banks in order to hide precharge time, and the capability to randomly change column addresses on each clock cycle during a burst access. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 71 16Mb: x16 SDRAM ROWADDRESS LATCH 11 11 ROW DECODER FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM 2,048 BANK0 MEMORY ARRAY (2,048 x 256 x 16) CKE CLK DQML, DQMH COMMAND DECODE CS# WE# CAS# RAS# 256 (x16) CONTROL LOGIC SENSE AMPLIFIERS I/O GATING DQM MASK LOGIC MODE REGISTER COLUMNADDRESS BUFFER BURST COUNTER 8 COLUMNADDRESS LATCH 12 8 COLUMN DECODER REFRESH CONTROLLER ADDRESS REGISTER REFRESH COUNTER SENSE AMPLIFIERS I/O GATING DQM MASK LOGIC 11 ROWADDRESS MUX 256 (x16) 11 11 ROWADDRESS LATCH 11 ROW DECODER 12 DATA OUTPUT REGISTER 16 16 DATA INPUT8 REGISTER 256 A0-A10, BA 16 256 2,048 BANK1 MEMORY ARRAY (2,048 x 256 x 16) DQ0DQ15 GB 72 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 16Mb: x16 SDRAM PIN DESCRIPTIONS P IN N U M B E R S S Y M B O L T Y P E D E S C R IP T IO N 35 CLK Input Clock: CLK is driven by the system clock. All SDRAM input signals are sampled on the positive edge of CLK. CLK also increments the internal burst counter and controls the output registers. 34 CKE Input Clock Enable: CKE activates (HIGH) and deactivates (LOW) the CLK signal. Deactivating the clock provides PRECHARGE POWER-DOWN and SELF REFRESH operations (all banks idle), ACTIVE POWER-DOWN (row ACTIVE in either bank) or CLOCK SUSPEND operation (burst/access in progress). CKE is synchronous except after the device enters power-down and self refresh modes, where CKE becomes asynchronous until after exiting the same mode. The input buffers, including CLK, are disabled during powerdown and self refresh modes, providing low standby power. CKE may be tied HIGH. 18 CS# Input Chip Select: CS# enables (registered LOW) and disables (registered HIGH) the command decoder. All commands are masked when CS# is registered HIGH. CS# provides for external bank selection on systems with multiple banks. CS# is considered part of the command code. 15, 16, 17 WE#, CAS#, RAS# Input Command Inputs: RAS#, CAS# and WE# (along with CS#) define the command being entered. 14, 36 DQML, DQMH Input Input/Output Mask: DQM is an input mask signal for write accesses and an output enable signal for read accesses. Input data is masked when DQM is sampled HIGH during a WRITE cycle. The output buffers are placed in a High-Z state (two-clock latency) when DQM is sampled HIGH during a READ cycle. DQML corresponds to DQ0-DQ7; DQMH corresponds to DQ8-DQ15. DQML and DQMH are considered same state when referenced as DQM. 19 BA Input Bank Address Inputs: BA defines to which bank the ACTIVE, READ, WRITE or PRECHARGE command is being applied. BA is also used to program the twelfth bit of the Mode Register. 21-24, 27-32, 20 A0-A10 Input Address Inputs: A0-A10 are sampled during the ACTIVE command (rowaddress A0-A10) and READ/WRITE command (column-address A0-A7, with A10 defining AUTO PRECHARGE) to select one location out of the 512K available in the respective bank. A10 is sampled during a PRECHARGE command to determine if all banks are to be precharged (A10 HIGH). The address inputs also provide the op-code during a LOAD MODE REGISTER command. 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 39, 40, 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49 33, 37 DQ0DQ15 7, 13, 38, 44 4, 10, 41, 47 VDDQ VSSQ 1, 25 VDD Supply Power Supply: +3.3V ±0.3V. 26, 50 VSS Supply Ground. NC Input/ Data I/Os: Data bus. Output – No Connect: These pins should be left unconnected. Supply DQ Power: Provide isolated power to DQs for improved noise immunity. Supply DQ Ground: Provide isolated ground to DQs for improved noise immunity. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 73 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) DVD BACKEND DECODER WITH INTEGRATED HOST PROCESSOR . .. . . . . INTEGRATED 32-BIT RISC HOST CPU - 2KBYTES INSTRUCTION CACHE, 2KBYTES DATA CACHE/SRAM - 50K DHRYSTONES/SEC (2.1) - 50MHz VIDEO DECODER - FULLY SUPPORTS MPEG-2 MP@ML - MEMORY REDUCTION - PAL IN 12MBITS SUBPICTURE DECODER HIGH PERFORMANCE ON-SCREEN DISPLAY AUDIO DECODER - 5.1 CHANNEL DOLBY AC-3® / MULTI CHANNEL MPEG-2 DECODING - DOWNMIX TO STEREO OR TO DOLBY PRO-LOGIC COMPATIBLE OUTPUTS FOR MPEG-2 AND AC-3 - IEC6958 - IEC61937 COMPATIBLE OUTPUT - LPCM (DVD) MODE SUPPORTED - 6 CHANNELS OUTPUT PAL/NTSC ENCODER - MACROVISIONTM 7.01/6.1 COMPATIBLE - TELETEXT, AND CLOSED CAPTION HIGH PERFORMANCE SDRAM INTERFACE PROGRAMMABLE MEMORY INTERFACE FOR DRAM, ROM, PERIPHERALS ETC. FRONT-END CHANNEL IC INTERFACE - DVD, VCD AND CD-DA COMPATIBLE - DSS - DVB BISTREAMS - SERIAL AND PARALLEL INTERFACES - HARDWARE SECTOR FILTERING - INTEGRATED CSS DECRYPTION AND TRACK BUFFER INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS - 2 UARTS, 1 I2C CONTROLLER, 3 PWM OUTPUTS, 3 TIMERS, 3 CAPTURE TIMERS, SMART CARD - 34 BITS OF PROGRAMMABLE I/O - OS LINK PROFESSIONAL TOOLSET SUPPORT - ANSI C COMPILER AND LIBRARIES - OPERATING SYSTEMS SUPPORT - ADVANCED DEBUGGING TOOLS 208 PIN PQFP PACKAGE DESCRIPTION The STi5505 provides a very highly integrated backend solution for DVD and combo DVD-DVB (Set Top Box) applications. The STi5505 incorporates a host CPU which handles both general application (DVD navigation, CD-DA, VCD, DVB) and drivers of the different embedded periphals (audio/video, subpicture decoders, OSD, PAL/NTSC encoder...). The STi5505 offers one of the best cost-effective (memory savings, internal peripherals availability) solution to DVD-DVB applications with rapid time to market (Reference design, DVD-DVB Software Toolkit). Figure 1 : General Block Diagram DMA CHANNELS ARBITOR FRONT-END INTERFACE (SECTOR PROCESSOR & DVD DECRYPTION) ST20 CPU . . .. . PRODUCT PREVIEW 2K INSTRUC. CACHE EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE MPEG2/AC3 AUDIO 5.1 CHANNEL MPEG2 VIDEO SUBPICTURE OSD 2K DATA CACHE AND 2K SRAM OS LINK 2 UART 1 I2C PIO 3 PWM SMART CARD DIAGNOSTICS CONTROLLER AND SYSTEM SERVICES PAL/NTSC TELETEXT INTERFACE PQFP208 (Plastic Quad Flat Pack) ORDER CODE : STi5505ACV GB 74 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. STi5505 (Rev. Ax) I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION The performance offered by the ST20 CPU and its associated hardware (decoders, encoder, peripherals...) allows an integrated and unified DVD or DVD-DVB software solution. All the following operations are performed inside the STi5505 : - application management (DVD Navigation, VCD, CD-DA, DVB-Program Guide ...), - device data retrieval drivers (demultiplex, stream buffer management ...), - device presentation drivers (video decoder, subpicture decoder, on-screen display, audio decoder, PAL/NTSC encoder ...), - embedded peripherals drivers (UART, I2C, Programmable I/O, Smart Card ...). I.1 - ST20 32-bit CPU The ST20 micro-core family has been developped by SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics to provide the tools and building blocks to enable the development of highly integrated application-specific 32bits device at the lowest cost and fastest time to market. The STi5505 integrates a ST20 C2 core with the following characteristics : - 50K Dhrystones/s at 50MHz, - 8/16 bits instructions (32 most common instructions in 8 bits), - instruction cache 2Kbytes - write back replacement policy, - internal SRAM 2Kbytes to ensure fast access to critical code, data, interrupt handler ... - data cache 2 Kbytes - write back replacement policy, The STi5505's ST20 is provided with advanced debugging tools : - on-chip real-time emulation, - debugging with minimal impact on software and performance, - non intrusive attachment to the host via JTAG (IEEE1149.1), - no intrusion into the performance of the CPU core, - no intrusion into user code space by a debug kernel, - only 40bytes used for breakpoint handler. I.2 - Video Decoder The video decoder implemented in the STi5505 uses a patented memory reduction/bandwith reduction scheme to offer the user the best band- width/memory size compromise. The algorithm is lossless and uses "on-the-fly" decoding to reduce the memory requirements to two frame buffers in memory reduction mode. In this mode, PAL decoding is contained in 12Mbits. When used in bandwith reduction mode, the memory usage is the normal three buffers but the bandwith required by the decoder is significantly reduced compared to a classical implementation. In summary, the features of the decoder are : - MPEG-2 Main Profile/Main Level (MP@ML) support, - MPEG-2 program streams, Packet Elementary streams and MPEG-1 system streams support, - memory reduction architecture allowing sharing of single 16 Mbits SDRAM between MPEG decoding, micro and transport functions - memory expandable to 32 Mbits of SDRAM, - letter box (16:9) filter, - pan-scan, horizontal and vertical image resizing, - automatic error concealment. I.3 - Subpicture Decoder The STi5505 has a hardware DVD compliant subpicture decoder. Subpicture units are copied by DMA into subpicture bit buffer. The subpicture decoder can decode complete subpicture units without any interaction from the ST20. The main subpicture decoder features are : - up to 720x480 or 720x576 subpicture area, - internal LUTs for Sub Picture, Highlight and PCI (4 bits color and contrast outputs), - internal color LUT (4 bits from SP, HL, PCI to 24 Y,Cr,Cb bits) for SP color inputs to MPEG, OSD, SP mixer. I.4 - Audio Decoder The audio decoder cell is a fully compatible Dolby AC-3 / MPEG-1/MPEG-2 decoder capable of decoding both 5.1 and 2 channel streams compatible with the DVD standard. Downmix from 5.1 channels is supported for both Dolby and MPEG-2 streams. The output can be sent directly to external DACs or formatted for transmission in accordance with the IE6958 standard. The decoder can also handle linear PCM in accordance with the DVD standard. An integrated downsampler is provided for conversion from 96 kHz to 48kHz. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 75 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION (continued) The main features of the decoder core are : - Decodes 5.1 Dolby AC-3 Digital surround, - Output to 6 channels. Downmix modes : 1, 2, 3 or 4 channels for MPEG and AC-3 streams, - Karaoke mode for DVD. MPEG-2 capable, AC-3 capable, - MPEG-1, 2-channel audio decoder layers 1 and 2, - MPEG-2, 6-channel audio decoder layer 2, - PCM : transparent. downsampling 96 to 48 kHz, - Accepts MPEG-2 PES stream format for : MPEG2, MPEG-1, Dolby AC-3 and Linear PCM, - IEC6958 Output Interface, - CD-DA PCM format (subcode output in IEC6958 user data), - Downmix for Dolby Pro Logic compatible outputs for AC-3 and MPEG-2 (Pro Logic encoder), - Pro Logic decoder, - PLL for Internal 44.1 and 48kHz PCM clock generation, - On chip pink noise generator. I.5 - High Performance On-Screen Display The graphics performance of the STi5505 supports the new requirements for intelligent program guides and interactive applications. The display interface supports up to 256 colors for each OSD region and a transparency feature allows mixing of video with the OSD. Fast access graphics and many other additional features are available and are supported by a graphics library. Very high system performance is obtained by closely coupling the ST20 RISC processor and cache with the MPEG audio/video core and display memory. Low latency RISC access and DMA engines allow rapid construction of bit maps. I.6 - PAL/NTSC Encoder The STi5505 integrates a PAL/NTSC encoder. It converts the digital MPEG/Sub Picture/OSD stream into a standard analog baseband PAL/NTSC signal and into RGB analog components. Six analog output pins are available on which it is possible to output CVBS, S-VHS (Y/C) and RGB formats. The encoder handles interlaced and non-interlaced mode. It can perform Closed Captions, CGMS or Teletext encoding and allows Macrovision 7.01/6.1 copy protection. The encoder supports both master and slave modes for synchronization. I.7 - Memory Interfaces The STi5505 has been designed to minimize system costs by enabling various memory savings. Two kinds of memory interfaces are used on the STi5505 : a programmable External Memory Interface (EMI) and a high performance SDRAM interface. The External Memory Interface supports several address ranges (memory banks). In each bank, a set of signals are entirely programmable and can be used to map 8/16 bits peripherals such as Front End channel ICs in DVD applications. The EMI contains a zero glue logic DRAM and a low-cost EPROM interface. This interface can be programmed to interface very easily peripherals. The SDRAM memory interface supports gluelessly 125 MHz SDRAMs providing the adequate bandwiths to achieve MPEG decoding and display, OSD drawing and display, and general system use. Memory savings can be realized on ROM requirements too : the ST20 VL-RISC micro-core has the highest code density of any 32 bit CPU, leading to the lowest cost program ROM. I.8 - Front-End Interface The STi5505 's front end interface accepts : - DVD, VCD and CD-DA sectors, - DVB-DSS transport stream. In DVD mode, DVD, VCD and CD-DA information can be input into STi5505 through a serial interface or a generic parallel interface. In serial mode, data are captured and filtered from I2S and V4 interfaces by an internal sector processor. V4 interface is used to capture VCD and CDDA subcode information. In parallel mode, sector processor is bypassed. GB 76 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. STi5505 (Rev. Ax) I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION (continued) The main features of the DVD interface are : - DVD, VCD and CD-DA compatible, - hardware sector filtering, - subcode error correction for CD-DA, - integrated CSS decryption, - integrated track buffer support, - DMA engine to ST20 memory. In DVB-DSS mode, DVB-DSS transport stream is input through a serial interface. The STi5505 extracts and descrambles Packet Elementary Streams belonging to one user selected program to be decoded and presented. The main features of the DVB-DSS interface are : - descrambling (transport packet and packet elementary streams in DVB mode, transport packet in DSS mode ; up to 32 streams descrambling), - PID and section filtering, - clock recovery, - DMA engine. In DVB-DSS mode, a high speed digital interface allows to transfer packets between the Set Top Box and external units, either for recording or playback purposes. This interface provides also full support for an external IEEE1394 connection. I.9 - Integrated Peripherals Several peripherals generally used in DVD players or DVD-DVB combos have been integrated into the STi5505. They are : - two UARTs to interface remote control receivers, DVD front end, modem ..., - one I2C controller to interface serial memories, remote control receivers, microcontrollers..., - 2 SmartCard interfaces (ISO7816-3) for DVBDSS conditionnal access, pay per view ..., - PWM/timer module for control of system clock, - 34 programmable I/O pins, - OS Link interface, - JTAG with boundary scan for debug. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 77 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION VDD PIO3[6] PIO3[5] PIO3[4] PIO3[3] PIO3[2] PIO3[1] PIO3[0] GND PIO1[4] PIO1[3] PIO4[6] PIO4[5] PIO4[4] PIO4[3] PIO4[2] PIO4[1] PIO4[0] TRST TDO TCK TMS TDI GND VDD ADR[21] ADR[20] ADR[19] ADR[18] ADR[17] ADR[16] ADR[15] ADR[14] ADR[13] ADR[12] ADR[11] GND VDD ADR[10] ADR[9] ADR[8] ADR[7] ADR[6] ADR[5] ADR[4] ADR[3] ADR[2] ADR[1] GND VDD DATA[15] DATA[14] 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 II.1 - Pin Connections VDD 1 156 DATA[13] PIO3[7] 2 155 DATA[12] PIO2[0] 3 154 DATA[11] GND 4 153 DATA[10] PIO2[3] 5 152 DATA[9] PIO2[4] 6 151 DATA[8] PIO2[5] 7 150 GND PIO2[7] 8 149 VDD PIO1[0] 9 148 DATA[7] PIO1[2] 10 147 DATA[6] PIO1[5] 11 146 DATA[5] PIO1[6] 12 145 DATA[4] PIO1[7] 13 144 DATA[3] PIO4[7] 14 143 DATA[2] PIO0[0] 15 142 DATA[1] PIO0[3] 16 141 DATA[0] PIO0[4] 17 140 GND VDD 18 139 VDD GND 19 138 PPC_MODE PIO0[5] 20 137 PROCCLK PIO0[6]/PCM_OUT2 21 136 WAIT/READY PIO0[7] 22 135 CS IRQ[0] 23 134 DMAXFER PCM_OUT1 24 133 R/W/DMAACK STi5505 IRQ[1] 25 132 CAS1/DMAREQ PWM0/OSLINK_SEL 26 131 GND PWM1/BOOTFROMROM 27 130 VDD PWM2 28 129 CAS0/HOLDACK RST 29 128 RAS1 TEST1 30 127 RAS0/CE[0] TEST2 31 126 CE[3] TEST3 32 125 CE[2] TEST4 33 124 CE[1] VDD 34 123 OE PQFP208 (Top View) GND 35 122 BE[1] B_DATA 36 121 BE[0] B_BCLK 37 120 GND B_FLAG 38 119 VDD B_SYNC 39 118 PIXCLK_27MHz B_WCLK 40 117 OSD_ACTIVE TEST5 41 116 AUXCLK B_V4 42 115 DQ[15] SCLK 43 114 DQ[14] PCM_OUT0 44 113 DQ[13] PCM_CLK 45 112 DQ[12] LRCLK 46 111 GND SPDIF_OUT 47 110 VDD 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 VSSA Y_OUT C_OUT CV_OUT V_REF_DAC_YCC I_REF_DAC_YCC VDD GND AD[4] AD[5] AD[6] AD[7] AD[8] AD[9] VDD MEMCLKOUT GND AD[0] AD[1] AD[2] AD[3] AD[10] AD[11] SDCS[0] SDCS[1] VDD GND SDRAS SDCAS SDWE DQML DQ[0] DQ[1] DQ[2] VDD GND DQ[3] DQ[4] DQ[5] DQ[6] DQ[7] VDD GND MEMCLKIN 60 VDDA VDDA DQMU 59 105 I_REF_DAC_RGB 52 58 DQ[8] ODD/EVEN V_REF_DAC_RGB 106 57 51 56 DQ[9] HSYNC R_OUT 107 G_OUT 50 55 DQ[10] VSSA_PCM 54 DQ[11] 108 53 109 49 VSSA 48 B_OUT VDDA_PCM V_REF_PCM GB 78 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued) II.2 - Pin List Pin Name Type Function 1, 18, 34, 67, 75, 86, 95, 102, 110, 119, 130, 139, 149, 159, 171, 184, 208 4, 19, 35, 68, 77, 87, 96, 103, 111, 120, 131, 140, 150, 160, 172, 185, 200 53, 60 54, 61 48 49 50 VDD Power Supply GND Ground VDDA VSSA Analog Power Supply for DENC D/A Converters Analog Ground for DENC D/A Converters Analog Power Supply for PLL PCM Analog Reference for PLL PCM Analog Ground for PLL PCM SUPPLIES VDDA_PCM V_REF_PCM VSSA_PCM FRONT-END INTERFACE I2S Data (DVD) or PARA_DATA[2] (DVD//) or Link Data (DVB/DSS) I2S Word Clock or PAR A_DATA[6] (DVD//) or NRSS_CLK (DVB/DSS) I2S Bit Clock (DVD) or PARA_DATA[3] (DVD//) or Link Bit Clock (DVB/DSS) Error Flag (DVD) or PARA_DATA [4] (DVD//) or Link Sync (DVB/DSS) Sector / Abs Time Sync (DVD) or PARA_DATA[5] (DVD//) or Link Not Valid (DVB/DSS) Versatile Input Pin (Subcode Input) or PARA_DATA[7] (DVD//) or NRSS_IN (DVB/DSS) 36 B_DATA I 40 B_WCLK I/O 37 B_BCLK I 38 B_FLAG I 39 B_SYNC I 42 B_V4 I R_OUT G_OUT B_OUT C_OUT CV_OUT Y_OUT I_REF_DAC_RGB I_REF_DAC_YCC V_REF_DAC_RGB V_REF_DAC_YCC OSD_ACTIVE PIXCLK_27MHz HSYNC ODD/EVEN O O O O O O I I I I I/O I I/O I/O Red Output Green Output Blue Output Chroma Output Composite Video Output Luma Output DAC Current Reference DAC Current Reference DAC Voltage Reference DAC Voltage Reference OSD Active System Clock Input Horizontal Sync Vertical Sync O O O O I/O O O Serial Bit Clock Audio Serial Output Data 0 Audio Serial Output Data 1 Audio Serial Output Data 2 PCM Clock In or Out Left/Right Clock SPDIF Output VIDEO OUTPUT INTERFACE 57 56 55 63 64 62 59 66 58 65 117 118 51 52 AC-3/MPEG1-2 AUDIO OUTPUT INTERFACE 43 44 24 21 45 46 47 SCLK PCM_OUT0 PCM_OUT1 PCM_OUT2 PCM_CLK LRCLK SPDIF_OUT IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 79 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued) II.2 - Pin List (continued) Pin Name Type IRQ[0:1] I Function EXTERNAL INTERRUPTS 23, 25 External Interrupts PROGRAMMABLE I/O AND ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Device Configuration Chapter) 15 PIO0 [0] I/O 16 PIO0 [3] I/O 17 PIO0 [4] I/O 20 PIO0 [5] I/O 21 22 PIO0 [6] PIO0 [7] I/O I/O 9 10 198, 199 11 12 13 3 5 6 7 PIO1 [0] PIO1 [2] PIO1 [3:4] PIO1 [5] PIO1 [6] PIO1 [7] PIO2 [0] PIO2 [3] PIO2 [4] PIO2 [5] I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O 8 201 202 203 204 205 206, 207, 2 191-197 14 PIO2 [7] PIO3 [0] PIO3 [1] PIO3 [2] PIO3 [3] PIO3 [4] PIO3 [5:7] PIO4 [0:6] PIO4 [7] I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O General Purpose I/O or PARA_SYNC (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Data (Smart Card 1 Data I/O) General Purpose I/O or PARA_REQ (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Clk (Smart Card 1 Clock) General Purpose I/O or PARA_STR (DVD//Front End) or Sc1RST (Smart Card 1 Reset) General Purpose I/O or PARA_DATA[0] (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Cmd VCC (Smart Card 1 Voltage Enable) General Purpose IO or Sc1DataDir (Smart Card 1 Dir) General Purpose I/O or PARA_DATA[1] (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Detect(Smart Card 1 Detect) General Purpose I/O or I2C Data General Purpose I/O or I2C Clock General Purpose IO General Purpose IO or ASC1 TXD General Purpose IO or ASC1 RXD General Purpose IO or ASC3 TXD General Purpose I/O or Sc0Data (Smart Card 0 Data I/O) General Purpose I/O or Sc0Clk (Smart Card 0 Clock) General Purpose I/O or Sc0RST (Smart Card 0 Reset) General Purpose I/O or Sc0CmdVCC (Smart Card 0 Voltage Enable) General Purpose I/O or Sc0Detect (Smart Card 0 Detect) General Purpose IO or OSLink In General Purpose IO or OSLink Out General Purpose IO or CPUReset General Purpose IO or CPU Analyse General Purpose IO or ErrorOut General Purpose IO General Purpose IO General Purpose IO or ASC3 RXD TCK TDI TDO TMS TRST I I O I I Test Clock Test Data Input Test Data Input Test Mode Select Test Reset PWM2 PWM1/BOOTFROMROM PWM0/OSLINK_SEL RST AUXCLK O O/I O/I I O PWM2 Output PWM1 Output or Configuration Oslink Pins PWM0 Output or Boot from ROM during Reset Reset Auxilary Clock for Any Purpose JTAG INTERFACE 188 186 189 187 190 SYSTEM USE 28 27 26 29 116 GB 80 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued) II.2 - Pin List (continued) Pin Name Type Function AD[0:11] DQ[0:15] O I/O SDRAM Address Bus SDRAM Data (Lower Byte) SDCS[0:1] SDCAS SDRAS SDWE MEMCLKIN MEMCLKOUT DQML DQMU O O O O I O O O SDRAM Chip Selects SDRAM CAS SDRAM RAS SDRAM Write Enable SDRAM Memory Clock Input SDRAM Memory Clock Output DQ Mask Enable (Lower) DQ Mask Enable (Upper) ADR[1:21] DATA[0:15] RAS1/HOLDREQ WAIT/READY R/W/DMAACK BE[0:1] CAS0/HOLDACK CAS1/DMAREQ CE[1:3] CS PROCCLK RAS0/CE0 DMAXFER PPC_MODE OE I/O I/O O I/O I/O O O/I O O I I/O O I I I/O External Memory Address Bus External Memory Data Bus DRAM RAS or reserved External Wait States or Reserved DRAM R/W Strobe or Reserved Byte enable DRAM CAS or Reserved DRAM CAS or Reserved Chip Select for Banks 1 - 3 Reserved ST20 Clock or Reserved DRAM RAS or Chip Select for Bank 0 Reserved Reserved Output Enable or Reserved 30 TEST1 I/O 31 TEST2 I/O 32 TEST3 I/O DATA_RX/STROBE_TX (SDAV Mode) or SDAV_CLK (P1394 Mode) ST R O BE _ R X/ D AT A _ TX ( SD A V M od e) o r DATA_IN/DATA_OUT (P1394 Mode) Direction (SDAV Mode) or DATA_VALID In/Out (P1394 Mode) TEST5 O SDRAM INTERFACE 78-81, 69, 70-74, 82, 83 92-94, 97-101, 106-109, 112-115 84, 85 89 88 90 104 76 91 105 EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE 161-170, 173-183 141-148, 151-158 128 136 133 121, 122 129 132 124-126 135 137 127 134 138 123 SDAV/P1394 INTERFACE MISCELLANEOUS 41 NRSS_OUT (DVB/DSS) IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 81 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) III - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION III.1 - Functional Modules Figure 1 shows the subsystem modules that make up the STi5505. These modules are outlined below. III.1 - CPU The Central Processing Unit (CPU) on the STi5505 is the ST20-C2 32-bit processor core. It contains instruction processing logic, instruction and data pointers and an operand register. It directly accesses the high speed on-chip SRAM memory, which can store data or programs, and uses the Caches to reduce access time to off chip program and data memory. The processor can access memory via the general purpose External Memory Interface (EMI) or via the SDRAM EMI which is shared with the MPEG decoder. III.2 - Memory Subsystem The STi5505 on-chip SRAM memory system provides 160 Mbytes/s internal data bandwidth, supporting pipelined 2 cycles internal memory access at 25ns cycle times. The STi5505 memory system consists of 2 Kbytes of SRAM, 2Kbytes of instruction cache, a 2Kbytes data cache that can be programmed to be SRAM, and an external memory interface (EMI). The STi5505 product has 2 Kbytes of on-chip SRAM. The advantage of this is the ability to store time critical code on chip, for instance interrupt routines, software kernels or device drivers, and even frequently used data without these being flushed from the caches. The instruction and data caches are direct mapped with a write-back system for the data cache and support burst accesses to the external memories for refill and write-back which are effective for increasing performance with page-mode and SDRAM memories. The STi5505 EMI controls access to the external memory and peripherals while the SDRAM EMI provides access to the SDRAM buffer for the MPEG decoders, ST20 and DMA peripherals. The STi5505 EMI can access a 16 Mbytes (or greater if DRAM is used) physical address space in each of the four general purpose memory banks, and provides sustained transfer rates of up to 80 Mbytes/s. Peripherals that support an asynchronous data acknowledge are supported as is an external Power PC which can share the bus with the STi5505 and access the SDRAM buffer through the device. High memory bandwidths up to 200 Mbytes/s can be supported by the SDRAM EMI. The STi5505 internal memory interconnect provides buffering and arbitration of memory access requests to sustain very high throughput of memory accesses. III.3 - Syste m Services Module The STi5505 system services module includes : - Phase locked loop (PLL) - accepts 27MHz input and generates all the internal high frequency clocks needed for the CPU and the OS-Link. - test access port - JTAG compatible. - Diagnostics controller accessed via the JTAG port providing : - Bootstrapping during development - Hardware breakpoint and watchpoint - Real time trace - External LSA triggering support. III.4 - Serial Communications To facilitate the connection of this system the front end device and other peripherals, two UARTs (ASCs) are included in the device. The UARTs provide an asynchronous serial interface. The UART can be programmed to support a range of baud rates and data formats, for example, data size, stop bits and parity. Two synchronous serial communications (SSC) interfaces are provided on the device. These can be used for a remote control device for example via an I2C or SPI bus. III.5 - Interrupt Subsystem The STi5505 interrupt subsystem supports eight prioritized interrupt levels. Two external interrupt pins are provided. Level assignment logic allows any of the internal or external interrupts to be assigned and, if necessary, share any interrupt level. III.6 - Front End Interf ace & DVD Decryption The front end interface accepts sectors in the case of DVD, MPEG-1 system stream in the case of VCD and PCM data for CD-DA applications on an I2S interface. In the case of VCD and CD-DA disks the subcode information is input via a simple asynchronous serial interface similar to a UART. The bitstream and subcode stream then pass through a "sector processor" block which handles sector filtering in the case of DVD and sectorizing using the subcode stream for VCD and CD-DA systems. GB 82 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. STi5505 (Rev. Ax) III - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION (continued) The block also handles overspeed processing for all systems. The capturing of CD-DA sectors is based on a flywheel tiner to improve robusters by concealing erros in the subcode stream. For DVD the data, having had sector headers removed, then passes through a DVD conformant de-cryption stage and is written into any of the system memories using a programmable DMA engine. When a subcode stream is present it is locally buffered, by subcode block and can be read by the CPU for subsequent processing, if required. III.7 - PWM and counter module This unit includes three separate pulse width modulator (PWM) generators using a shared counter, and three timer compare and capture channels sharing a second counter. The counters can be clocked from a pre-scaled internal clock or from a pre-scaled external clock via the capture clock input and the event on which the timer value is captured is also programmable. The PWM counters are 8-bit with 8-bit registers to set the output high time. The capture/compare counter and the compare and capture registers are 32-bit. III.8 - Parallel Programmable IO module 40 bits of parallel I/O are provided. 34 of then are connected to actual PIO pins. Each bit is programmable as an output or an input. The output can be configured as a totem pole or open drain driver. Input compare logic is provided which can generate an interrupt on any change on any input bit. Many pins of the STi5505 device are multi-function and can either be configured as PIO or connected to an internal peripheral signal. III.9 - MPEG Video decoder The video decoder is a real-time video compression processor supporting the MPEG-1 and MPEG2 standards at video rates up to 720 x 480 x 60 Hz and 720 x 576 x 50 Hz. Picture format conversion for display is performed by vertical and horizontal filters. User-defined bitmaps may be superimposed on the display picture through use of the on-screen display function. III.10 - PAL/NTSC encoder The digital encoder which is integrated in the STi5505 converts a multiplexed 4:2:2 YUV stream into a standard analog baseband PAL/NTSC signal and into RGB analog components. The encoder can also perform closed-caption, CGMS or teletext encoding and allows MacrovisionTM 7.01/6.1 copy protection. III.11 - MPEG-2 Audio / Dolby AC-3 Decoder The audio decoder is a Dolby AC-3 decoder capable of decoding both 5.1 and 2 channel DVD comformant bitstreams. The decoder also handles MPEG1 (layers 1 & 2) and MPEG-2 layer 2 (6 channels). Downmix to 2 channels is possible for Dolby and MPEG standards with optional pro-logic encoding. The decoder directly accepts MPEG-2 PES streams as input. The decoder is capable of supporting IEC6958-IEC61937 formatted outputs for AC-3 and MPEG audio, linear PCM (left & right,16, 18, 20 & 24 bits), zero output (Mute mode) and PCM audio. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 83 ST24E32 ST25E32 32K SERIAL I2C EEPROM with EXTENDED ADDRESSING NOT FOR NEW DESIGN COMPATIBLE with I2C EXTENDED ADDRESSING TWO WIRE SERIAL INTERFACE, SUPPORTS 400kHz PROTOCOL 1 MILLION ERASE/WRITE CYCLES, OVER the FULL SUPPLY VOLTAGE RANGE 40 YEARS DATA RETENTION SINGLE SUPPLY VOLTAGE ± 4.5V to 5.5V for ST24E32 version ± 2.5V to 5.5V for ST25E32 version WRITE CONTROL FEATURE BYTE and PAGE WRITE (up to 32 BYTES) BYTE, RANDOM and SEQUENTIAL READ MODES SELF TIMED PROGRAMING CYCLE AUTOMATIC ADDRESS INCREMENTING ENHANCED ESD/LATCH UP PERFORMANCES ST24E32 and ST25E32 are replaced by the M24C32 DESCRIPTION The ST24/25E32 are 32K bit electrically erasable programmable memories (EEPROM), organized as 8 blocks of 512 x 8 bits. The ST25E32 operates with a power supply value as low as 2.5V. Both Plastic Dual-in-Line and Plastic Small Outline packages are available. 8 8 1 1 PSDIP8 (B) 0.25mm Frame SO8 (M) 200mil Width Figure 1. Logic Diagram VCC 3 E0-E2 SCL SDA ST24E32 ST25E32 WC Table 1. Signal Names E0 - E2 Chip Enable Inputs SDA Serial Data Address Input/Output SCL Serial Clock WC Write Control VCC Supply Voltage VSS Ground VSS AI01201B GB 84 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 ST24E32, ST25E32 Figure 2A. DIP Pin Connections Figure 2B. SO Pin Connections ST24E32 ST25E32 ST24E32 ST25E32 E0 E1 E2 VSS 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 VCC WC SCL SDA E0 E1 E2 VSS AI01202B 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 VCC WC SCL SDA AI01203C Table 2. Absolute Maximum Ratings (1) Symbol Value Unit Ambient Operating Temperature ±40 to 125 °C TSTG Storage Temperature ±65 to 150 °C TLEAD Lead Temperature, Soldering 215 260 °C TA Parameter (SO8) (PSDIP8) 40 sec 10 sec VIO Input or Output Voltages ±0.6 to 6.5 V VCC Supply Voltage ±0.3 to 6.5 V VESD Electrostatic Discharge Voltage (Human Body model) Electrostatic Discharge Voltage (Machine model) (3) (2) 4000 V 500 V Notes: 1. Except for the rating ºOperating Temperature Rangeº, stresses above those listed in the Table ºAbsolute Maximum Ratingsº may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the Operating sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to Absolute Maximum Rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Refer also to the SGS-THOMSON SURE Program and other relevant quality documents. 2. 100pF through 1500Ω; MIL-STD-883C, 3015.7 3. 200pF through 0Ω; EIAJ IC-121 (condition C) DESCRIPTION (cont'd) Each memory is compatible with the I2C extended addressing standard, two wire serial interface which uses a bi-directional data bus and serial clock. The ST24/25E32carry a built-in 4 bit, unique device identification code (1010) corresponding to the I2C bus definition. The ST24/25E32 behave as slave devices in the I 2C protocol with all memory operations synchronized by the serial clock. Read and write operations are initiated by a START conditiongenerated by the bus master. The START condition is followed by a stream of 4 bits (identification code 1010), 3 bit Chip Enable input to form a 7 bit Device Select, plus one read/write bit and terminated by an acknowledge bit. Spare parts list ASD-1 10. GB 85 10. Spare parts list VAL6011 Various 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 3139 197 60090 GENEVA LP LOADER ASSY 9305 022 60101 VAM6001/01 3139 194 00710 SUSPENSION 3139 194 00710 SUSPENSION 3139 194 00620 SUSPENSION 3139 194 00620 SUSPENSION 3139 197 60060 CLAMPER ASSEMBLY Loader Various 0004 0009 0010 0011 0012 4822 358 10266 3139 198 80010 4822 532 13097 TULE 3139 194 00270 3139 197 50060 Monoboard Various 1104 1106 1205 1300 1301 1603 1604 2422 025 15963 CON BM H 24P F 0.50 FFC SMD R 2422 025 16158 CON BM H 8P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R 2422 540 98428 RES CER SM 8M467 CSTCC8.46MHz R 2422 540 98426 RES CER SM 6MHz CSTCC6.00MHz R 4822 267 51454 CONN. 11P FEMALE 2422 025 16389 CON BM V 22P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R 2422 025 16388 CON BM V 16P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R g 2100 2101 2103 2104 2105 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2120 2121 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 80151 4822 126 13193 4822 122 33761 4822 126 13956 4822 126 14315 2020 552 95697 2222 861 15222 4822 126 14305 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14305 4822 122 31765 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 13879 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14508 4822 126 14508 4822 122 33761 4822 126 14494 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14241 4822 122 33761 5322 126 11583 4822 126 13883 4822 126 13883 4822 126 13883 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14549 5322 126 11578 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 47µF 16V 4.7nF 10% 63V 22pF 5% 50V 68pF 5% 63V CASE 0603 390pF 5% 50V 0603 50V 2N2 PM5 100nF 10% 16V 0603 1nF 10% 50V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100pF 2% 63V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 220nF 20% 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 180pF 5% 50V 0603 180pF 5% 50V 0603 22pF 5% 50V 22nF 10% 25V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 0603 50V 330P COL R 22pF 5% 50V 10nF 10% 50V 0603 220pF 5% 50V 220pF 5% 50V 220pF 5% 50V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 33nF 16V O6O3 1nF 10% 50V 0603 2208 2209 2210 2212 2213 2215 2216 2226 2227 2228 2300 2301 2302 2303 2306 2309 2310 2314 2315 2318 2319 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2418 2419 2420 2500 2502 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 23237 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 80349 4822 124 23002 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 5322 122 33861 4822 126 11669 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 12095 4822 124 80349 4822 124 80349 4822 126 14305 3198 030 74780 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 4822 126 14305 4822 122 31765 4822 126 14494 4822 124 23002 4822 126 14305 5322 126 11579 4822 126 14241 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 3198 030 74780 2531 3198 030 74780 2532 2533 2534 2535 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2614 2615 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 5322 126 11578 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14494 4822 126 14247 4822 126 14247 4822 126 14305 4822 124 12095 4822 126 14494 4822 124 12095 4822 124 12095 4822 124 23002 4822 124 80151 4822 126 14305 4822 124 12095 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 1nF 10% 50V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 22µF 6.3V 1nF 10% 50V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 47µF 20% 6.3V 10µF 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 120pF 10% 50V 27pF 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 47µF 20% 6.3V 47µF 20% 6.3V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL R 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100pF 2% 63V 22nF 10% 25V 0603 10µF 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 3.3nF 10% 63V 0603 50V 330P COL R 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL R EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL R 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 1nF 10% 50V 0603 1nF 10% 50V 0603 22nF 10% 25V 0603 0603 50V 1N5 COL R 0603 50V 1N5 COL R 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 22nF 10% 25V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 100µF 20% 16V 10µF 16V 47µF 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 124 12095 4822 124 12095 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 100µF 20% 16V 100µF 20% 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 f 3100 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3110 3111 3112 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3146 3147 3148 3153 3155 3157 3158 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 5322 117 13034 1k5 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13034 1k5 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13062 390Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13058 150Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13021 47Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 5322 117 13042 3k9 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30181 180Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30681 680Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13062 390Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30471 470Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30471 470Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W 2322 704 69109 4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 5322 117 13047 330Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 5322 117 13053 6k8 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 117 12917 1Ω 5% 0.062W CASE0603 4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 5322 117 13028 12k 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13043 220Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 2322 704 69109 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13022 22k 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 117 12139 22Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13017 100Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 GB 86 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3187 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3219 3220 3221 3224 3225 3226 3227 3229 3230 3231 3232 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3242 3243 3246 3247 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3300 3301 3302 3304 3305 3309 3310 3311 10. Spare parts list ASD-1 5322 117 13063 120Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30393 39k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13047 330Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 051 30153 15k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 051 30221 220Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 051 30561 560Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13018 1k0 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13017 100Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 2322 704 61204 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 5322 117 13049 470Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13042 3k9 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30331 330Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30151 150Ω 5% 0.062W 2322 704 62004 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30123 12k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 117 12902 8k2 1% 0.063W 0603 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30221 220Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W 3312 3313 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30472 4822 051 20108 4822 051 20108 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30682 5322 117 13026 3323 5322 117 13026 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3403 3404 3405 3412 3414 3416 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 4822 117 13632 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30689 3509 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3541 3542 3545 3546 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3554 3564 3566 3570 3571 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30153 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30331 4822 051 30681 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30221 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30689 3572 4822 051 30689 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 4822 051 30008 4822 117 12925 4822 117 13632 4822 117 13632 4822 117 13632 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4k7 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 1Ω 5% 0.1W 1Ω 5% 0.1W 4k7 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 6k8 5% 0.062W 4k7 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4k7 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 6k8 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 6k8 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 3k3 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603 RC21 RST SM 10k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 15k 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 330Ω 5% 0.062W 680Ω 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 220Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 100Ω 5% 0.062W 68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603 RC21 RST SM 68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603 RC21 RST SM 0Ω jumper 47k 1% 0.063W 0603 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 3616 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30471 4822 051 30471 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30221 2322 704 64301 3632 2322 704 64301 3633 2322 704 64301 3635 3636 3637 3642 3647 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30103 2322 704 64301 3648 2322 704 64301 3651 2322 704 64301 3654 2322 704 64301 3655 2322 704 64301 3656 2322 704 64301 3657 2322 704 64301 3658 3659 3660 3661 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30102 2322 704 64301 3662 3663 3664 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30102 2322 704 64301 3665 3667 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3677 3678 3679 3681 3683 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 4822 117 12139 4822 051 30331 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30223 10k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W 470Ω 5% 0.062W 470Ω 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 220Ω 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 6k8 5% 0.062W 6k8 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 1k 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 1k 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 22Ω 5% 0.062W 330Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 22k 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11499 4822 157 11499 4822 157 70299 4822 157 70299 4822 157 71206 4822 157 71206 4822 157 71206 4822 157 11499 4822 157 10547 4822 157 71206 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11717 BLM31P500SPT BLM31P500SPT BLM31P500SPT BLM11P600SPT BLM11P600SPT 2.2µH (NL322522T-2R2J) 2.2µH (NL322522T-2R2J) BLM21A601SPT BLM21A601SPT BLM21A601SPT BLM11P600SPT 15µH 5% BLM21A601SPT 15µH 5% 15µH 5% 15µH 5% 15µH 5% 15µH 5% BLM31P500SPT BLM31P500SPT b 5200 5300 5301 5402 5403 5501 5502 5503 5504 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 d 6200 6301 4822 130 11397 BAS316 9322 128 69685 S1D Spare parts list 6302 6303 6600 9322 128 69685 S1D 9322 128 69685 S1D 4822 130 11528 1PS76SB10 ce 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7201 7202 7203 7207 7304 7310 7311 7312 7315 7401 7404 5322 130 42718 5322 130 42718 9352 637 37518 4822 209 17229 4822 209 30095 4822 209 32073 5322 130 42718 4822 209 15083 5322 130 60803 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 9351 869 80118 3104 123 95660 4822 130 60373 9352 636 60557 4822 209 16877 4822 209 15899 9352 622 13557 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 9322 132 01668 9322 144 59668 7405 9322 144 59668 7501 7503 5322 130 60159 9322 151 16671 7504 7505 4822 242 10838 8204 056 05580 7600 7604 7605 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7620 7621 5322 209 71568 5322 130 60159 4822 209 17398 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 9352 456 80115 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 209 16062 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 4822 130 42804 BFS20 BFS20 BA5938FM LM833D MC34072D BFS20 AN78M09 BST72A BC846B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC856B BC846B BC856B SAA7399HL/M2A BA6856FP CY7C199-15C SAA7335HL BC856B BC846B AM29LV160B IC SM MT48LC1M16A1TG7S (MRN)R IC SM MT48LC1M16A1TG7S (MRN)R BC846B IC SM STI5505AVC (ST00) Y 27MHZ 120P FX0-31FT IC SM M24C32WMN6TNKSA PC74HCT14T BC846B LD1117DT33 BC846B BC856B BC856B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC846B MK2742-03S BC846B BC846B BC856B BC817-25 ASD-1 10. GB 87

Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : 3.1-701
Create Date                     : 2000:11:23 15:32:20Z
Creator Tool                    : Adobe PageMaker 6.53
Modify Date                     : 2008:12:23 17:10:35+08:00
Metadata Date                   : 2008:12:23 17:10:35+08:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Description                     : cover-U
Creator                         : 東城 憲穂
Title                           : cover-U
Keywords                        : 
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 3.0.2J (Power Macintosh 版)
Document ID                     : uuid:15537f7c-1579-4fa9-9c71-6f0a66d1e417
Instance ID                     : uuid:9eb67b51-d0e1-4f8e-9f46-32e85560bdca
Page Count                      : 143
Subject                         : cover-U
Author                          : 東城 憲穂
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu